College of Arts & Sciences 2001-2002 Contact Information WRITE Office of Admissions Pacific University 2043 College Way Forest Grove, OR 97116

CALL 503-359-2900 or toll-free 1-800-933-9308 Marsh Hall cover photo by Tania Hand © 2001

VISIT Pacific University has made every effort to ensure that the information is accurate at the www.pacificu.edu time of publication, but reserves the right to change the provisions in this catalog. This includes the right to discontinue courses, change E-MAIL requirements for admission and graduation, adjust fees or change any other regulation or policy in this catalog. The information and [email protected] policies in this catalog are for informational purposes only and do not constitute an agreement or contract between Pacific University and students, staff, or faculty.

NOTICE OF NONDISCRIMINATION It is the policy of Pacific University not to discriminate on the basis of sex, disability, race, color, national origin, sexual orientation, age, religious preference, disabled veteran or Vietnam Era status in admission and access to, or treatment in employment, educational programs or activities as required by Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1072, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title VII of the Civil Rights act of 1964, the Age Discrimination Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 and their implementing regulations. Questions or complaints may be directed to the Vice President for Academic Affairs, 2043 College Way, Forest Grove, Oregon 97116, 503-359-2215.

Periodical Postage Paid at Forest Grove, Oregon

© 2001 Pacific University. All rights reserved.

2 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 ACCREDITATIONS & MEMBERSHIPS ■ Accreditation & Memberships

ACCREDITATIONS MEMBERSHIPS Pacific University is accredited by the Pacific is a member of the National Commission on Colleges of the Northwest Association of Independent Colleges and Association of Schools and Colleges. In Universities, the Oregon Independent addition, selected programs have received Colleges Foundation, the Oregon Indepen- specialized accreditation from: dent Colleges Association, the American Optometry Association of University Women, the Council on Optometric Education Council for Higher Education of the United Church of Christ, the College Scholarship Music Service, the Northwest Conference of National Association of Independent Colleges, the National Schools of Music Collegiate Athletics Association and the Physical Therapy Association of Independent Liberal Arts Commission on Accreditation in Colleges for Teacher Education. Physical Therapy Education of the American Physical Therapy Association Occupational Therapy Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education of the American Occupational Therapy Association, Inc. Professional Psychology Clinical (Psy.D.): Committee on Accreditation of the American Psychological Association Counseling (M.A.): Oregon Board of Counselors and Therapists meeting educational standards for becoming a Licensed Professional Counselor Education Teacher Standards and Practices Commission of the State of Oregon Physician Assistant Studies Accreditation Review Committee on Education for the Physician Assistant, Inc.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 3 University Officers & Trustees

Senior Officers of Administration Senior Officers of the Board of Trustees Faith Gabelnick William H. Stoller President Chairman of the Board Larry R. Clausen A.E. “Gene” Brim Vice President for Academic Affairs Chairman Emeritus Len Hightower Steven R. Rogel Vice President for Enrollment Management Vice Chairman of the Board Irene M. Moszer Tim Schauermann Vice President for Finance and Administration Secretary Timothy O’Malley Vice President for University Relations Daiva A. Banaitis Program Director, School of Physical Therapy Thomas D. Beck Dean, College of Arts and Sciences Leland W. Carr Dean, College of Optometry Lee M. Colaw Chief Information Officer Michel Hersen Dean, School of Professional Psychology Willard M. Kniep Dean, School of Education Eva C. Krebs Dean of Students Christine F. Legler Program Director, School of Physician Assistant Studies Molly McEwen Program Director, School of Occupational Therapy

4 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 OFFICERS & TRUSTEES ■

Pacific University Board of Trustees Senior Trustees Ernest “Wayne” Atteberry Victor Atiyeh James H. Berglund OD ‘60 Steven C. Boone ‘73 A.E. “Gene” Brim Doris Burlingham George W. Burlingham Robert E. Epler Mindy Cameron ‘65 Max K. Evans ‘58 Eleanore A. Chong Ron Fraedrick Mary Fehrs Robert E. Gillis ‘61 Faith Gabelnick Tom F. Hartung Krys Glover Thomas J. Holce ‘58 Elizabeth Goldblatt Elizabeth H. Johnson Ronald L. Greenman Roy Lieuallen ‘40 Lawrence W. Harris III James G. Reynolds Mark Hollinger Thomas J. Sloan Leslie F. Stevens Eng Lock Khoo Loran L. Stewart John G. King Jean B. Tate ‘52 Eric Knutson ’66, OD ‘67 Benjamin R. Whiteley Michael Leidecker Dean M. Wilcox ‘50 Kenneth Lewis John Medeiros Honorary Trustees John R. Meyer ‘49 A. J. Buttrey Paul V. Phillips ‘78 Roy B. Clunes, OD ’39 John D. Ritchie Louis B. Perry Steven R. Rogel Ralph H. Shumm Dwight A. Sangrey Newton K. Wesley, OD ’39 Tim Schauermann ‘66 Bryce Seidl Sherry H. Smith ‘64 William H. Stoller ‘74 Douglas C. Strain Sheila Manus Vortman

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 5 Table of Contents

Accreditation and Memberships ...... 3 University Officers and Trustees ...... 4 Introduction to the University ...... 8 Entering the University ...... 14 Tuition and Fees ...... 16 Financial Aid ...... 20 Degree Requirements ...... 23 Academic Programs ...... 22 Anthropology, Sociology and ...... 158 International Programs...... 92 Applied Science ...... 28 International Studies ...... 97 Art ...... 29 Japanese ...... 169 Athletics ...... 34 Journalism...... 108 Bioinformatics ...... 36 Mathematical Sciences ...... 100 Biology ...... 38 Media Arts and Communications...... 107 Business and Economics...... 45 Music ...... 115 Communications, Media Arts and ...... 107 Occupational Therapy ...... 126 Creative Writing...... 62 Optometry and Visual Science...... 127 Chemistry ...... 52 Peace and Conflict Studies ...... 130 Chinese Studies...... 93 Philosophy...... 132 Computer Science...... 100 Physical Therapy ...... 136 Dance...... 167 Physician Assistant Studies...... 140 Economics, Business and ...... 45 Physics...... 142 Education ...... 56 Politics and Government ...... 147 Engineering ...... 60 Pre-Medical Studies...... 152 English...... 61 Psychology...... 153 Environmental Studies Program ...... 68 Social Work ...... 160 Exercise Science...... 72 Sociology and Anthropology ...... 158 Feminist Studies...... 78 Spanish ...... 169 Film Production ...... 109 Sports Medicine ...... 74 French ...... 170 Study Abroad ...... 92 German...... 170 Symphony Conducting Geology ...... 55 Apprenticeship Program ...... 124 History...... 81 Theatre...... 164 Honors Program ...... 87 Video Production ...... 108 Humanities ...... 90 World Languages and Literatures...... 168 Integrated Media ...... 109

6 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 TABLE OF CONTENTS ■

Academic Policies and Procedures ...... 178 Academic Conduct Policies ...... 186 University Services and Resources ...... 190 Faculty of the College of Arts & Sciences ...... 200 Faculty Emeriti ...... 205 Telephone Directory...... 207 Academic Calendar ...... 208 Map ...... 210 Index ...... 212

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 7 Introduction

MISSION OF PACIFIC UNIVERSITY Our graduate programs in education and the health and human service professions The mission of Pacific University is to provide emphasize the principles of liberal learning. an education of exceptional quality in liberal Pacific’s history is richly steeped in a tradition of community service. To build arts and sciences, and in selected professional upon our legacy, we have identified the programs to prepare students for service to a above mission and values as those we changing community, nation and world. fully embrace in all of our programs and initiatives. In addition to our mission, Pacific University values Pacific University offers exceptional • A community of faculty, staff, and students academic value. Independent analyses of dedicated to high academic standards, the university’s educational quality, cost and the ready availability of financial aid integrity, lifelong learning, and service to the have determined that Pacific is among the community and the integration of liberal arts best educational values in the nation. and professional education; Emphasizing quality, keeping costs in check and offering additional opportuni- • A community that embraces creativity, ties for financial assistance are top flexibility and change and that honors priorities. diversity of viewpoints; Pacific provides a caring community • A community that respects our traditions, our where friendships are a priority and environment and our relationships beyond faculty are committed to helping students succeed. The university is small enough the campus. that opportunities abound for students to get involved, but big enough that students working together can have a PACIFIC: AN OVERVIEW meaningful impact. Pacific University, founded in 1849, is an The 55-acre Forest Grove campus contains independent, comprehensive university 18 major buildings in a picturesque setting recognized nationally for its exemplary of green lawns and tall shade trees. Architec- programs and as one of the best values in ture at Pacific is a pleasant blend of the old higher education west of the Mississippi. and new, represented at one end of the With an enrollment of almost 2,000, Pacific spectrum by historic Old College Hall is pioneering new developments in the (1850), the first permanent structure of delivery of higher education. We are Pacific University, and at the other by the creating a dynamic, new learning commu- University’s new science, music and nity that will prepare our students for professional buildings. It also includes the competitive and compassionate profes- 90,000 square foot Pacific Athletic Center sional lives. and the Tom Reynolds Soccer Field. Pacific’s curriculum is a distinct model of In addition to its Forest Grove campus, the education that links theory with practice. University has a satellite campus located in Our undergraduate liberal arts programs Eugene that serves the needs of the School of connect classroom education with Education, and operates facilities in Portland professional preparation through that support the academic and clinical internships, practica and research programs. programs of the College of Optometry and the School of Professional Psychology.

8 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 INTRODUCTION ■

A HISTORY OF COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES PACIFIC UNIVERSITY Mission Pacific University was established by the The College of Arts and Sciences, through Legislative Assembly of the Territory of Oregon in 1849, but traces its beginnings to effective teaching built on close faculty/student an orphan school established in 1842 by the relationships, provides, in a residential setting, Reverend and Mrs. Harvey Clarke, Congre- a broad liberal arts education with a strong gational missionaries who came to the emphasis on service and application of Northwest from Chester, Vermont. With the knowledge that produces graduates with the help of Alvin T. Smith, they built a log cabin for a school on a the corner of what are now intellectual capabilities and personal qualities 15th and Elm Streets in Forest Grove, Oregon. that enable them to participate in rewarding In 1847, Mrs. Tabitha Moffett Brown careers and to contribute to their communites. reached Oregon by wagon train and Pacific’s base in the liberal arts is clearly visited the Clarkes. She became interested reflected in the more than 25 different in their work and assisted in teaching the programs in the College of Arts and Sciences. children. Inspired by her assistance, Rev. This College is the largest unit and the core of Clarke and Mr. Smith made arrangements the University. As such, it provides a broad for the children to be taught in a log spectrum of opportunities to match indi- church that they built on what is now the vidual interests and career plans. campus of Pacific University. The College of Arts and Sciences has a In the summer of 1848, Reverend George curriculum which affirms in practice that a H. Atkinson arrived in Oregon. Reverend broad educational experience is both an Atkinson was commissioned by the Home end in itself and a means to set personal Missionary Society of Boston to “found an and professional directions. Within the academy that shall grow into a college.” divisions of Arts, Humanities, Natural Reverend Clarke and several others drew Sciences, and Social Sciences, the College up plans for the new institution. offers a carefully constructed range of On September 26, 1849, the Territorial courses with breadth and depth in basic Legislature granted a charter establishing fields. Student studies are supported by a Tuality Academy, and in 1854, a new charter strong advising program, which covers was issued granting full privileges to “Tualatin academic development through career Academy and Pacific University.” Thirty acres counseling and placement. The College is of land were donated as a building site by essentially residential, which provides the Reverend Clarke and Elkanah Walker. Dr. kind of living and learning experiences that characterizes the better, smaller, indepen- Atkinson secured The Reverend Sidney dent liberal arts colleges. Harper Marsh of Union Theological Seminary of New York to serve as the first president of In a world which increasingly asks not the new school. Mr. Marsh was the son of the what you know but how quickly can you president of the University of Vermont, and learn, Pacific prepares its students, no grandson of the first president of Dartmouth matter what their pre-professional orienta- College. Sidney Harper Marsh served as tion, to communicate clearly, to analyze president from 1853 to 1879. problems, to synthesize information and to understand people, systems and cultures. Pacific University has evolved into a comprehensive, independent University that The College has traditionally encouraged off-campus learning. Pacific undergradu- provides both undergraduate and profes- ates may study abroad, pursue indepen- sional graduate programs. At the heart of dent research projects, and may undertake the University is the College of Arts and career internships which earn credit toward Sciences, offering a broad curriculum in graduation. the liberal arts and sciences. Surrounding the College are the School of Education The College offers a Bachelor of Arts and a and a select cluster of graduate schools in Bachelor of Science degree. In addition to the health and human service professions, the regular program, the College offers including Occupational Therapy, Optometry, three intensive four week summer terms. A Physical Therapy, Physician Assistant variety of summer classes are available which apply to undergraduate degree Studies, and Professional Psychology.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 9 requirements. Summer term provides an population is a balance of traditional affordable option for earning additional students in their early twenties and of credits or accelerating degree completion. older students seeking new careers. Those The Summer Session catalog is available in students accepted to our programs have mid-March and may be obtained from the demonstrated superior academic, profes- Registrar’s Office. sional, and interpersonal abilities. As graduates of the School of Education, they are well prepared for service to a changing GRADUATE SCHOOLS community, nation, and world. AND COLLEGES School of Occupational Therapy School of Education The School of Occupational Therapy at For over ninety years teacher education Pacific University offers a 29 month entry- has been an integral part of Pacific level Masters of Occupational Therapy University. Today the School of Education (MOT) degree to educate and prepare continues this long tradition with compre- future occupational therapists for the hensive and innovative programs de- challenges of the next century. signed to meet the needs of those seeking Occupational Therapy focuses on day-to- professional education coursework, at day activities (occupations) in which both the undergraduate and graduate people engage on a daily basis. Through level. At campuses in Forest Grove and successful engagement in meaningful and Eugene, courses of study include under- valued daily occupations, an individual graduate and graduate degree programs experiences a sense of competency, self- leading to initial licensure for teachers in fulfillment and subsequent health and regular and special education classrooms well-being. and for school counselors. In addition, the The School of Occupational Therapy holds School offers a continuing teaching license firmly to the founding philosophy of the program for in-service teachers, and a profession: engagement in meaningful and special masters program for optometrists. purposeful day-to-day activities leads to Non-degree programs for teachers who health and well-being. Fieldwork, involv- wish to add endorsements and/or ing partnerships with community practi- authorizations are also provided. tioners and organizations, is integrated An outstanding faculty is the key to the throughout the curriculum. Fieldwork excellence of Pacific’s educational pro- experiences provide students the opportu- grams. Representing a wide range of nity to study and engage in a variety of teaching and academic expertise, the settings where people across the age span majority of the faculty hold earned maintain, promote or regain occupational doctorates and have had significant function, health, and well-being. experience teaching in public school The Occupational Therapy curriculum classrooms. Pacific’s faculty members focuses on the study of occupational demonstrate a commitment to education function/dysfunction and its impact on as a lifelong process. health. This emphasis, along with a As a complement to providing an educa- commitment to facilitate critical thinkers tional environment that fosters the and problem solvers, prepares graduates development of intellectual independence for a future in community based practices. and high ethical standards, the School of Consistent with the philosophy of Pacific Education has a strong relationship with University, the School of Occupational surrounding school districts and commu- Therapy seeks to promote values of nities. This allows students to fulfill the leadership, quality and service. Graduat- field-based components of their programs ing therapists from Pacific University’s in a variety of settings, which serve as School of Occupational Therapy are well laboratories for all aspects of the teacher qualified to utilize occupation as a education program. powerful medium for facilitating health in A final factor critical to the success of our communities. School of Education programs is the quality of its students. The student

10 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 INTRODUCTION ■

College of Optometry important contributions to the health care of Oregon and the surrounding states. The College of Optometry offers a four- year Doctor of Optometry degree, and a The School of Physical Therapy has a Masters of Science in Clinical Optometry strong and caring faculty dedicated to degree. Offering quality learning opportu- providing a quality educational experience nities within a supportive environment is to its students. Special faculty strengths of highest priority at Pacific. Its Optometry are in geriatrics, motor control, stroke programs are distinctive, and they treatment, biomechanics, research and emphasize service to both profession and orthopedic physical therapy. Many of the community. faculty have gained regional or national recognition for their clinical skills and In addition to maintaining a full service research contributions. clinic on campus, the College operates four fully-staffed clinics in the Portland In addition to the professional program, area. Students regularly complete profes- the School of Physical Therapy offers a sional preceptorships in Alaska, Arizona, Masters of Science in Health Sciences California, Colorado, Florida, Hawaii, degree for practicing physical therapists Montana, Minnesota, New Mexico, North as well as several continuing education Dakota, South Dakota, Washington, programs for the professional community Germany, and Guam. annually. These programs are staffed by the School’s faculty and by other authori- The Masters of Science in Clinical Optom- ties in the field. The School has also etry degree program is designed to developed a Doctor of Physical therapy prepare individuals for careers in optom- degree for physical therapist clinicians. etric education, research and specialty This program will begin in the Fall, 2001 practice. It usually requires a minimum of 21 months to complete. School of Physician Assistant Studies Residency programs leading to a certifi- cate in Primary Eye Care Optometry, The School of Physician Assistant Studies Geriatric Optometry, Ocular Disease/ strives to prepare students for service in a Refractive and Ocular Surgery, or Cornea changing healthcare environment through and Contact Lenses are available through an education based in primary care the College. The Cornea and Contact Lens medicine with a focus on critical thinking. residency is provided directly by Pacific The 27-month masters degree curriculum University. The Ocular Disease/Refractive is designed to provide the student with the and Ocular Surgery residency is provided didactic and clinical skills needed to assist through a joint program with Eye Care in the practice of medicine while stressing Associates of Nevada. Other programs are the importance of understanding and are provided through affiliations with the valuing the diversity of cultures, peoples Veterans Administration Medical Centers. and lifestyles. Students are provided a foundation of medical knowledge from School of Physical Therapy which to begin lifelong learning to meet the needs and challenges of a changing The School of Physical Therapy offers a healthcare system. three-year Doctor of Physical Therapy degree. Pacific University’s location in The Faculty of the School of Physician Forest Grove, Oregon offers physical Assistant Studies includes physicians, therapy students the values associated physician assistants, psychologists, with a small town environment, as well as pharmacists, nurses, physical therapists, some of the excitement of a larger city— other health care providers along with Portland. The campus itself has many basic scientists in anatomy and physiol- cultural, sports, and social events and ogy. Through this team approach to opportunities. education, the physician assistant student learns to value the roles of other members The students of the School of Physical of the team. Therapy are bright, enthusiastic and committed to the profession which results The program is proud to acknowledge the in a very high retention rate. Over the active participation of the medical years, graduates have made many community in all aspects of the program.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 11 Community providers are involved in the educational experience. This experience advisory and admissions committees and grounds the development of clinical serve as lecturers and preceptors. The competence in the knowledge base and program has affiliations with hospitals, methods of inquiry of scientific psychol- managed care organizations, medical ogy. The program also fosters an apprecia- groups, community clinics, nursing homes tion of human functioning, as it occurs in and private practice physicians through- natural settings, including awareness of out Oregon and surrounding states.The personal, interpersonal, and societal Physician Assistant (PA) is a respected influences operating within those settings. member of the health care team who The School orients students to scholarship works with his or her supervising physi- which contributes to an understanding of cian to provide diagnostic and therapeutic human nature, to research that informs the patient care in a variety of medical clinical endeavor, and to services to a settings. The physician assistant is ranked variety of populations. as one of the top careers in growth In addition, the School recognizes that the potential by the U.S. Department of Labor. person and values of the practitioner are Positions are available in both primary central to effective and socially responsible and specialty care at a variety of practice practice. It strives to promote the develop- settings such as community clinics, private ment and integration of both professional practice, medical groups, hospitals, competence and humanitarian values. The managed care organizations, prisons and School seeks to be responsive to the real other government agencies. In addition to needs of the many diverse peoples in a clinical practice, physician assistants may rapidly changing society, and works to advance into positions in research, maintain a close connection with the academics, public health and health care community which it serves. administration. The School’s curriculum provides students with a solid foundation for both professional School of Professional Psychology practice and continuing professional The School of Professional Psychology at growth. Doctoral graduates of the School Pacific offers doctoral studies in Clinical possess the knowledge and skills to Psychology, leading to the Doctor of provide psychological services to indi- Psychology (Psy.D.) degree with an viduals, groups and the community in a emphasis on preparing graduates for variety of contexts, including the tradi- service careers as professional psycholo- tional areas of professional psychology: gists. The School also offers the Master of psychological assessment, psychotherapy, Arts in Counseling Psychology from its and applied research. They are encour- location in downtown Portland. Specialty aged to seek out new and innovative tracks in Behavior Analysis and Organiza- professional roles. Training is structured to tional Behavior develop skills in current prepare graduates to enter the practice areas. Emphasis on community postdoctoral licensing process. involvement and practical applications of Professional psychology complements theoretical and scientific psychology make and strengthens the other health the school unique in the Pacific Northwest. profession programs among Pacific’s Graduates will have met the Oregon graduate offerings. educational requirements for Licensed Professional Counselor. Graduates have been employed in a variety of mental health and organizational roles. The School maintains a Psychological Service Center, located in downtown Portland. This clinic offers psychological services to the community while provid- ing supervised training experiences to its practicum and internship students. The School of Professional Psychology provides a comprehensive and integrated

12 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 INTRODUCTION ■

OTHER ACADEMIC PROGRAMS Harvey W. Scott Memorial Library AND RESOURCES The Library at Pacific offers a welcoming atmosphere and a variety of information Continuing Education and research resources. Library faculty Pacific University offers continuing and staff work regularly with students and education credits to practitioners and faculty to assist them in locating, evaluat- other licensed professionals in the health ing and using today’s world of informa- care fields served by Pacific University’s tion—both traditional and electronic. The professional programs in Occupational Library’s collections include books, Therapy, Optometry, Physical Therapy, periodicals, and databases as well as Physician Assistant Studies and Profes- government documents, videos, and sional Psychology. sound recordings. The Library is also the home of the Margaret McChesney Scott Programs are held both on campus and in Music Library and the University archives. various communities across the U.S. and Canada. Certification courses are also While the Library strives to build strong, offered which may allow for expanded core collections, it also participates in area license privileges for some professions. library consortia to meet the considerable Programs range from one-hour lectures to research needs of our students and faculty. week-long conferences. Some continuing Through courier services and interlibrary education offerings are available by loans, students and faculty can efficiently videotape study and some via internet. tap the substantial research resources of Information about currently scheduled our region and beyond. For additional educationals may be obtained by contact- information about the Library and its ing the individual college or program. services, please visit the University’s web site at www.pacificu.edu. Pacific University also administers the Community School program, which offers non-credit classes for personal and professional growth.

English Language Institute Pacific’s English Language Institute offers an intensive language study program for foreign students learning English. The ELI has in residence approximately 40 students from Asia, Europe and Latin America. ELI students live with American roommates in the residence halls and may take regular university classes as soon as their English skills allow. The ELI also provides special summer study programs. The ELI is a division within the School of Education.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 13 Entering the University

ADMISSION AS A FRESHMAN partial credit for arts and sciences courses at the baccalaureate level. These courses We seek to admit students who demon- must be completed with a grade of “C-” or strate the necessary skills to be successful higher. Academic departments decide in a rigorous academic environment. In which transfer courses satisfy requirements selecting students for the freshman class, for majors and minors at Pacific. Students Pacific gives primary consideration to should consult the department chair in academic preparation and potential for their major field. Students who transfer successful study at the college level. from an unaccredited college or university Preparation is assessed by evaluating the must successfully complete 30 hours of high school transcript of college prepara- work at Pacific before consideration will be tory work, counselor recommendation, given to granting credit for course work standardized test scores, a written essay completed at the previous institution. In and other information submitted by the computing transfer credit, 1.5 quarter hours applicant. is equal to 1 semester hour. Pacific will not consider an individual for admission unless one of the following three criteria has been achieved: 1) a high APPLICATION PROCEDURES school diploma or its equivalent 2) a FOR FRESHMEN AND passing grade on the General Education Development (GED) examination, or TRANSFER STUDENTS 3) a passing score on an independently 1. Forward completed application form administered, federally approved ability to and the nonrefundable $30 application benefit test. fee to the Admissions Office. Applications may be obtained by writing 2. Give recommendation form to counse- the Office of Admissions, Pacific Univer- lor or appropriate faculty member to be sity, 2043 College Way, Forest Grove, completed and returned to Pacific Oregon 97116-1797, or by calling University Admissions Office. 503-359-2218 or 1-800-677-6712. Applica- tions are also available on-line at 3. Request that official transcripts for all www.pacificu.edu. academic work be forwarded to the Admissions Office. Transfer students Preferred application deadline is February 15. with less than 30 semester or 45 quarter Notification of decision will be made on a hours of transferable credits should rolling basis beginning November 15. submit their final high school tran- script, standardized test scores and all ADMISSION AS A college transcripts. 4. Submit SAT I or ACT scores. Transfer TRANSFER STUDENT students are waived from this require- ment if 30 semester hours or 45 quarter Pacific considers transfer applicants based hours have been completed by the time on their academic record and level of of application. preparation, as well as academic recom- mendations. Based upon evaluation by the Registrar’s Office, transfer students from accredited institutions may receive full or

14 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 ENTERING THE UNIVERSITY ■

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS CAMPUS VISITS Pacific University welcomes international A visit to campus is the best way to students. Admission is based on academic learn about Pacific. Students are encour- preparation and proficiency in English. aged to make arrangements through the International students must submit: Admissions Office to attend classes, meet 1. An Application Form, available from with students and faculty, talk with an the Admissions Office. admission counselor, tour the campus, dine in the university commons, and 2. The application fee of $30. spend an evening in one of our residence 3. Complete official academic records halls. Accommodations for overnight (with official English translation) visits are available Sunday through covering all work taken at the second- Thursday. Priority will be given to ary and university level (such as high school seniors. secondary school records, certificates of education, final government examina- tions, college, university, and technical READMISSION school records) 4. Certification of Finances Form stating To apply for readmission after an absence that sufficient financial resources exist of one semester or more, a student must to pay for all educational and personal complete a brief Application for Readmis- expenses. (e.g., letter from bank, etc.) sion form, and submit official transcripts from all colleges attended during a 5. An official score report of the Test of student’s absence from Pacific to the Dean English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) of the College of Arts and Sciences. for those students for whom English is a second language. Results must come directly from the Educational Testing COLLEGE LEVEL Service. No student copies will be accepted. EXAMINATION PROGRAM (CLEP) To enroll as an undergraduate student, an Each department or school will decide applicant must earn a TOEFL score of 550 whether a specific CLEP examination or higher. Students whose academic may substitute for a specific course or qualifications are sufficient but who need entrance requirement. Credit may be further language training may attend the granted for both subject and general English Language Institute prior to CLEP examinations. entering the undergraduate or graduate programs. All students who enter the United States on a student visa are LIMITED ENROLLMENT required to carry at least 12 semester hours of course work in each semester. FOR HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS Academically talented high school DEPOSIT POLICY students may enroll as non-admitted students through the registrar’s office All degree seeking students who are for one course per semester with approval admitted by the Admissions Office are of the high school principal and the required to post a $200 deposit no later than Pacific University course instructor. the Uniform Candidate Reply Date of May These students may apply for admission 1, to secure their place in the incoming class upon meeting requirements for degree on a space-available basis. The deposit will seeking students. be credited to the student’s tuition payment charges for the first semester. New students may receive a refund of the $200 deposit if requested before May 1. It is not refundable after that date.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 15 Tuition & Fees

SCHEDULE OF FEES AND COSTS * Overloads: There is a credit plateau from 12-18 hours where tuition charges remain at FOR ACADEMIC YEAR 2001/2002 the 12-credit level. Students enrolled for more Tuition than 18 credit hours are charged full-time tuition, plus the part-time semester hour Annual (two 14-week terms)* charge for each credit hour above 18 hours. Tuition for students for the ** Applies to all students enrolled in 6 or academic year...... $18,000 more credits for the term. Semester (one 14-week term)* Tuition for students for the Note: Students whose accounts are in semester ...... $9,000 delinquent status will not be eligible to register for the following semester. Part-time, per semester hour (1 through 11 credit hours) ...... $750 Summer, per semester hour ...... $325 2001/2002 ROOM/BOARD Fees Room Rates Student Government/Activities** ROOM RATES ACADEMIC YEAR SEMESTER Annual...... $120 Double, Triple or Quad...... $ 2,478 ....$ 1,239 Semester ...... $60 Single ...... $ 2,826 ....$ 1,413 Health service ** Double Suite/Triple Suite ...... $ 2,940 ....$ 1,470 Annual...... $140 Fall or Spring Semester ...... $70 Double/Single (Double Room-one occupant) Technology ** or Quad w/2 persons...... $ 3,162 ....$ 1,581 Fall or Spring Semester ...... $100 Single Suite ...... $3,266 ....$ 1,633 Summer Term...... $35 Vandervelden Studio...... $ 3,424 ....$ 1,712 Annual (Fall, Spring & Summer) ...... $235 Vandervelden Suite ...... $ 3,990 ....$ 1,995 Recreational ** Board Rates Annual...... $50 LEVEL A LEVEL B LEVEL C LEVEL D Semester ...... $25 Semester ...... $1,057..$1,198...$1,337 .$1,474 Medical insurance Winter Term...... $217.....$249...... $282 ....$314 August 23, 2001 to August 22, 2002 (U.S. citizen) ...... $462 Annual...... $2,331..$2,645...$2,956 .$3,262 August 23, 2001 to August 22, 2002 The meal plan is a combination of a traditional (International) ...... $621 board plan and “dining dollars.” The traditional board plan includes all dinners and Music the weekend brunches (nine meals per week) One half-hour lesson per week in an all-you-can-eat style. “Dining Dollars” (14 sessions, 0.5 credits) ...... $180 can then be utilized for weekday breakfasts and lunches with an ala carte pricing. This Organ practice rental per semester ...... $50 allows students to pay for only what they want for the breakfasts and lunches.

16 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 TUITION & FEES ■

Level A II. Monthly Payment Plan $250 dining dollars per semester; This plan allows you to pay tuition and $40 dining dollars for Winter term fees in four installments each semester. For Level B the fall term, payments begin on August 15, 2001 with additional payments due the $375 dining dollars per semester; 15th of each month. For spring term, $70 dining dollars for Winter term payments begin on December 15, 2001; for Level C summer term, April 15, 2002. There is an annual set-up fee of $55 for choosing this $500 dining dollars per semester; option. If you sign up for this payment $100 dining dollars for Winter term option after the first payment due date, it Level D will be necessary to make up the pay- $625 dining dollars per semester; ments from the previous months in order $130 dining dollars for Winter term to become current on the payment plan. If you do not make the payment according Students may change their meal plan level to schedule, a late fee of $50 will be before the end of the second week of the assessed to your account for each month fall and spring semesters. The account that the payment is past due. The Univer- balance will be carried over from fall sity will assess a charge of $25 for checks semester to winter term, and then to returned to the University for non- spring semester, but not transferred to the payment. next year’s fall semester. There is no refund of dining dollars at the end of the Note: (the following information is applicable spring semester. However, bulk buying of to both the Semester Payment Plan and the food items will be available for students to Monthly Payment Plan) use up any remaining declining balance at Disbursement of Federal Direct Stafford the end of the spring semester. Loan (subsidized and unsubsidized), Federal Perkins Loan and Health Profes- sion Student Loan cannot occur until the TUITION AND FEE borrower completes a promissory note PAYMENT OPTION and entrance interview. Disbursement of Federal Direct Parent Loan for Under- I. Semester Plan graduate Students and alternative loans This plan allows you to pay “in full” such as CitiAssist occur only after credit before the beginning of each semester. Due approval of the loan application. dates for the 2001-2002 Academic Year are: Anticipated disbursements of accepted and approved loans may be considered SEMESTER TOTAL PAYMENT DUE DATE when calculating payment of student Fall/Winter ...... August 15, 2001 accounts. Student employment (Federal Work-study and Pacific Work-study) Winter ...... January 5, 2002* earnings are paid directly to the student (for students entering Winter Term) and should not be considered in determin- Spring ...... January 15, 2002 ing student account payment. All checks to be credited to the student’s Summer ...... May 15, 2002 account, including outside scholarship *Students entering the University during the checks, Pacific University checks, and all Winter Term will pay the tuition and fees prior other sources of payment must be en- to registration. If the student is enrolled full- dorsed and credited to the student’s time during the Spring Semester, the spring account in advance of the semester or as invoice will reflect a credit in the amount of the soon as they are available or received for Winter Term tuition and fees. If you do not the semester in order to avoid late fees. make the payment according to schedule, a late fee of $50 will be assessed to your account for each month that the payment is past due. The University will assess a return check charge in the amount of $25 for checks returned to the University for non-payment.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 17 BUSINESS POLICIES University. Students receiving financial aid of any kind – including Pacific funds, loan ON TUITION AND FEES funds, and/or outside scholarship funds – The University strives to maintain high must be certain that all funds intended for educational standards at the lowest their account have been processed and reasonable cost. Contributions from delivered to the University Business Office individual alumni, parents and friends of and credited to the student’s account. This the University, and support from founda- covers endorsement of all checks to be tions and corporations help to reduce costs credited to the student’s account. to students and their families through the Please visit our website at University’s development and fund nellie.pacificu.edu/finance/bo/ raising programs. or email us at [email protected]. The Board of Trustees reserves the right to adjust costs after giving students due Student Information Worksheet notice. The University reserves the right to Each student must complete a student modify or terminate the academic pro- information worksheet with the Business gram in which the student is enrolled. Office at the beginning of each academic Students should make the necessary year they are enrolled at Pacific University. arrangements for the payment of all fees and This worksheet will provide the student’s charges in accordance with one of the name, ID number, and authorization for University’s payment options. All payments information and payment plan selected. must be made in United States funds. This form must be completed and signed by the student in order to be valid. Admissions Expenses Without a completed form on file the Business Office will not release informa- When a student applies for admission to tion to any person other than the student. the University, an “application fee” as determined by the College must accom- pany the application. Insurance When a student is admitted to the Univer- Medical insurance coverage is required for sity, a non-refundable advance payment all students enrolled in at least six credits deposit is required to complete the in their first semester of their academic admission process. The deposit will year. Students with their own personal reserve the student’s place in the incoming medical insurance coverage are exempt class on a space available basis and will be from participation in the University’s credited to the student’s tuition payment group plan if they properly complete and charges for the first semester. file a waiver form for each academic year within two weeks from the first day of their academic year. Business Office Policies Group medical coverage is available both Students enrolling at Pacific University for dependents of insured students and have a Business Office account opened during summer vacation. Contact the local in their name. Timely payment of the insurance agent, Waltz Sheridan account is the responsibility of the student. Crawford, at (503) 357-3154 for premium A student’s registration in a new semester rates and applications. will not be complete until the previous semester’s financial obligations have Personal property insurance is recom- been satisfied. mended. If parents’ insurance policies do not already cover students in school, Pacific University’s philosophy on several low-cost policies are available from payment reflects the educational element local insurance companies. The University of assuming and meeting one’s fiduciary is not responsible for the property of obligations carefully and completely. students or employees and thus cannot be Payment due dates are established, held accountable for any losses. depending on the tuition payment plan agreed to between the student and the

18 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 TUITION & FEES ■

Past due Accounts Change in Credit Hours The University reserves the right to deny When a student modifies their schedule to access to class, to withhold transcript of change from an overload to full-time record or diploma, or to withhold registra- standing or from a full-time to a part-time tion for a subsequent term until all standing, but does not completely university charges and appropriate loans withdraw from all classes, the following have been paid and a student’s account will apply: has been cleared. • If the changes are completed prior to the last day of the add/drop period the Withdrawal and Refund Policy appropriate refund will be given. Students who completely withdraw from • If the changes are completed after the all classes may be eligible for a refund of stated add/drop period no refund will all or a portion of their University charges. be given for the reduction in courses. Students must contact the Dean of The student will forfeit all tuition refund Students’ Office to formally withdraw resulting from the change in standing. from the University. The policy of refunding University charges Short-term Loans reflects the formula, prescribed in Federal Short-term loans are available to full-time law, that governs the return of Federal students of the University who are in funds to the appropriate financial aid temporary need of financial assistance. In programs. Refunds on all charges will be order to qualify for this loan, students prorated on a per diem basis up to the 60% cannot be delinquent or be in default on point in the semester. Students who their Business Office account, and must be withdraw on or before the first day of able to demonstrate a means of repaying classes will be refunded 100% of their the loan within 120 days. Loans are charges; students who withdraw after the available for up to $500. Interest is charged 60% point in the semester will not be at an annual rate of 5%, beginning 30 days eligible for a refund. A copy of the refund after the issue date. schedule is available from the Financial Aid Office. Students may borrow more than one loan, but may not have more than $500 out- A hall presence fee of $25 per day may be standing at any time. Failure to repay the assessed against the student account for loan on the agreed upon repayment additional time residing in the University schedule will cancel the student’s privilege Housing or participating in the University to borrow further from the Short-Term Meal Plan. Loan or Emergency Loan programs for the Note: If a cash disbursement is issued to a remainder of the academic year. student as a result of excess financial aid and Academic transcripts and/or diplomas the student subsequently withdraws from the will not be released for students who are University, the student may be required to delinquent on their loan at the time they repay the cash disbursement to Pacific in order are requesting the transcript or leaving the to return funds to the applicable financial University. Students who terminate their aid programs. enrollment at the University will have their loan due date changed to reflect their last day of enrollment. Applications for the loan can be made through the Business Office. The loan application fee is $10.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 19 Financial Aid

The goal of Pacific University's financial aid ELIGIBILITY CONSIDERATIONS process is to make a Pacific University Students must be admitted to Pacific education affordable. To that end, we offer a University to have their eligibility for variety of merit-based scholarships and need- financial aid determined. Students who based grants, loans, and employment are accepted under a "special" status, and opportunities. Funds for these awards come students who are not candidates for a degree are not eligible for financial aid. from institutional, state, and federal sources. Students must maintain compliance with We strongly encourage all families to apply the Pacific University satisfactory academic for financial aid by completing the Free progress policy as outlined in the Academic Application for Federal Student Aid Regulations section of this catalog to receive financial aid. Students who are in a (FAFSA). The FAFSA should be completed "warning" or "probation" status may as soon as possible after January 1st each continue to receive financial aid for the year, either electronically at (www.fafsa.ed.gov) semesters they are placed in that status. or by completing a paper version. While this Students are eligible for institutional and application is not required for merit-based aid state financial aid for up to four academic consideration, it is necessary to determine a years. Students may receive federal financial aid for up to six academic years. family's "need" and then provide applicants with a complete package of financial assistance. Students must be U.S. citizens or nation- als, permanent residents, or resident aliens It is also a good idea to look for outside to be eligible for federal financial aid. In scholarships. High school counseling offices, addition, students must demonstrate federally defined "need" to qualify for civic organizations, churches, and businesses federal grants, work-study, and need- may have scholarships to award to local based loans. "Need" is defined as the students. The Financial Aid Information Page at difference between the student's Cost of www.finaid.org contains links to several Attendance (COA) for an academic year national scholarship search databases that and the Expected Family Contribution (EFC) that results from calculations might also be useful. Outside scholarships are completed based on the student's FAFSA considered resources that meet a family's information. Students must be Oregon "need" and may affect the student's receipt of residents, and meet state defined "need" other financial aid; in most cases, receipt of criteria, to be eligible for state funds. outside scholarships decreases the amount Students must attend full-time (12 or more that students must borrow. credits per semester) to receive institu- tional, state, and most federal financial aid. Students must attend at least half-time (6 to 11 credits per semester) to receive certain federal loans. A very limited number of students who attend less than half-time may be eligible for certain federal grants. Students who drop credits after they receive their financial aid may have their aid reduced or canceled.

20 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 FINANCIAL AID ■

FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS Grants Pacific Grants – institutional awards Scholarships made on the basis of "need". Award Academic Scholarships – Honors, amounts vary annually, and are renewable Presidential, Trustee, and University for up to four years as long as the student Scholarships are awarded on the basis of maintains sufficient need. academic merit as indicated by such Talent Awards – institutional awards measures as the student's grade point made on the basis of outstanding talent average and standardized test scores. and participation in music and forensics. Awards range from $3,000 to $8,000 per Award amounts vary annually and are year and are renewable for up to four renewable for up to four academic years. academic years. Federal Pell Grants – grants available to Pacific Pacesetter Scholarships – these students who demonstrate eligibility scholarships are awarded to entering according to federally defined criteria. students who participate successfully in Award amounts in 2001-2002 are $3,750 to the Pacific Pacesetter Scholarship Compe- $400 for the academic year. tition held in the spring of the year they begin their attendance at Pacific. Winners receive up to $3,000 per year for up to four Federal Supplemental Educational academic years. Opportunity Grants – these awards are given to the most needy Federal Pell Grant Endowed and Restricted Scholarships – recipients, subject to fund availability. these scholarships are made available Award amounts in 2001-2002 are $500 to through the generous donations of friends $1,500 for the academic year. of Pacific and are awarded to students who meet certain academic and other Oregon Opportunity Grants – available to criteria specified by the donors of the Oregon residents who meet state defined funds. Amounts available vary annually, eligibility criteria. Award amounts in 2001- and separate application is not required. 2002 are $1,800 for the academic year. Awards are typically for one academic Oregon State Grant Supplemental year only. A list of these scholarships is Awards – available to Oregon residents available in the Financial Aid Office. attending independent colleges and UCC Tuition Scholarships – these universities who meet state defined scholarships are awarded to entering eligibility criteria. Award amounts in 2001- students who are dependents of United 2002 are $1,316 for the academic year. Church of Christ clergy members. Award amounts can be up to the equivalent of Employment 50% of tuition. Students who receive these Federal Work-Study – awards made on awards are not considered for academic the basis of federally defined need and scholarships. fund availability. Award amounts vary UCC Matching Scholarships – these annually. Recipients are eligible to work scholarships are awarded to students who on-campus or in community service receive a scholarship from the United positions off-campus. Students may not Church of Christ. Students who demon- work more than 20 hours per week when strate federally defined "need" receive up classes are in session, and may not work to $1,500 in matching funds; students who during hours when they are scheduled to do not demonstrate need receive up to be in class. $500 in matching funds. Pacific Work-Study – awards made to Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships – a limited students who do not show federally number of these $1,500 scholarships are defined need but who could benefit from awarded to transfer students who are employment. Recipients are eligible to members of Phi Theta Kappa. To be work on-campus. Students may not work considered for these funds, students must more than 20 hours per week when classes have completed at least 30 semester hours are in session, and may not work during or 45 quarter hours (accepted by Pacific), hours when they are scheduled to be in and have maintained at least a 3.5 cumula- class. These awards are renewable for up tive grade point average. to four academic years.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 21 Loans Federal Perkins Loans – loans awarded on the basis of federally defined need and fund availability. Award amounts vary annually and cannot exceed $4,000 per academic year. Repayment begins nine months after the borrower graduates or maintains less than half-time enrollment. Loans begin to accrue interest at a fixed rate of 5% after the nine-month grace period ends. Federal Direct Stafford Loans – loans awarded up to federally established annual and cumulative maximum amounts based on the student's need, cost of attendance, dependency status, and class standing. Loans are subsidized if they meet the student's federally defined need, and unsubsidized if they exceed need. Dependent students are eligible for up to the following amounts per academic year in subsidized loan, unsubsidized loan, or some combination of the two: freshmen - $2,625, sophomores - $3,500, juniors and seniors - $5,500. Independent students may borrow up to an additional $4,000 as freshmen or sophomores, $5,000 as juniors or seniors, in unsubsidized loan. Repayment begins six months after the borrow graduates or maintains less than half-time enrollment. Subsidized loans begin to accrue interest at a variable rate, not to exceed 8.25%, after the six-month grace period ends; unsubsidized loans begin to accrue interest when funds are disbursed. Federal Direct Parent Loans for Under- graduate Students (PLUS) – loans available to credit-worthy parents of dependent students. Parents can borrow up to the student's entire Cost of Atten- dance minus the financial aid for which the student is eligible. Repayment begins 60 days after the loan is fully disbursed for the academic year. Loans begin to accrue interest at a variable rate, not to exceed 9%, when the funds are disbursed.

22 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS ■ Degree Requirements

Curricular Goals BACHELOR OF ARTS Every graduate of the College of Arts and DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Sciences shall have a command of the basic tools of thought and language: I. Credit Hours • Inquiry, critical thinking, 124 semester hours are required for and critical analysis; graduation • Modeling, abstract thinking, and structural thinking; II. College Core Requirements • Quantitative reasoning; All students are expected to undertake a • Creativity; and broad course of study by completing with • Written and oral language so that ideas, at least a “C-” each of the requirements knowledge, emotions, and experiences listed below. No course can be counted for can be clearly articulated, persuasively more than one requirement. defended, and imaginatively conveyed. A. MATHEMATICS (3 semester hours) Every graduate shall be prepared for a life All Math courses numbered 165 or of educated engagement, such that he or higher, Psych 350 (Behavioral she will be able to: Statistics), Soc 301 (Social Statistics), • Interpret and experience with an or equivalent statistics courses. historical consciousness; B. WRITING (3 semester hours) • Cultivate creative means of expression English 201 Expository Writing and comprehension; Those students who achieve less than • Develop and reflect on his/her own set 35 on the TSWE are required to take of values; Eng 101 in their first semester. • Understand multicultural, diverse, and C. FOREIGN LANGUAGE global perspectives; (6 semester hours or proficiency) • Access and evaluate information A proficiency in a language other than necessary to make informed decisions; English must be demonstrated by the • Participate as an informed person and successful completion of a 102-level citizen in the arts, business, fitness and course or its equivalent. health, politics, and the sciences; A student may satisfy this requirement by • Engage in the practices of a discipline passing a proficiency test administered by with knowledge of the discipline and the World Languages department. an understanding of how such knowl- Students who have two years of high edge is constructed and used; and school study in a single language will • Progress toward a productive and be advised to take the 102-level course. meaningful professional life. The instructor for the 102-level course can approve a shift to a 101-level The Faculty of the College of Arts and course, if required to meet the best Sciences has established the College’s educational achievement. degree requirements in order to ensure that each student accomplishes these A student whose native tongue is not curricular goals. English can be exempted from the Foreign Language Core requirement by obtaining approval from his/her advisor, and the Chair of the World

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 23 Languages and Literatures department. III. Major The advisor shall notify the Registrar. Majors require at least 24 hours, including D. FIRST YEAR SEMINAR ON ORIGINS, 16 upper division hours (exclusive of IDENTITY, AND MEANING: courses numbered 475, 478). Major (4 semester hours) requirements are listed under the appro- All freshmen must take Humanities 100 priate department. in the fall semester. Transfer students IV. Grade Point Average of 2.0. need to substitute six semester hours in literature, history, philosophy, or A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in humanities. all coursework earned at Pacific. In addition, a 2.0 GPA is required in all E. CROSS CULTURAL STUDIES: majors and minors; check major and minor (3 semester hours) requirements because some departments All students must take three semester may have adopted a higher minimum hours in courses designated by a “CC” than 2.0. All courses required for the in the Schedule of Classes or catalog. bachelor’s degree and major must be The courses that qualify are those on included in the 124 hours presented for the culture of Asia, Africa, Latin graduation. Only grades of “C-” or higher America, or aspects of American will transfer as credit toward the degree. culture that draws upon these areas or V. Upper Division Hours the culture of the indigenous peoples of North America, excluding foreign 40 hours of upper-division courses language instruction. (numbered 300 and above), with no more F. THE ARTS (3 semester hours) than 10 hours of courses numbered 475 or 478 counting toward this forty-hour Three semester hours in Art, Music, requirement. or Theatre. All Study Abroad coursework through G. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES Pacific University or affiliates will be (6 semester hours) counted as upper-division. The first 31 Two courses from two different credits of study abroad course work disciplines chosen from Anthropology, earned through Pacific University will Economics, Political Science, Psychol- count as Pacific University credit; the ogy, Sociology, Social Sciences. remainder of study abroad credit will be H. THE HUMANITIES (6 semester hours) treated as transfer work and evaluated accordingly. Two courses from two different disciplines chosen from Literature, VI. Residency including interactive courses in A. Students must complete at least Chinese, French, German, Japanese and 6 credits from Pacific University in Spanish. History, Media Arts (MedA upper division courses in their major 111, 112, 120, 121, 401 only), Philosophy, and 6 credits from Pacific University in Humanities. upper division courses for any minor. I. THE NATURAL SCIENCES Individual departments may require a (6 semester hours) greater number of credits be completed Two courses from two different disci- at Pacific University. For these require- plines chosen from Biology, Chemistry, ments, consult the list of requirements Environmental Science, Exercise for each major or minor. Sciences, Physics, Science or two courses B. Students must complete 30 of the last with laboratory in the same discipline. 40 hours counted towards their degree Biol 190 and Exsc 190 cannot be used to at Pacific University. satify this requirement. J. SENIOR CAPSTONE (2 or more semester hours) A senior project, internship (with a presentation), or performance/show in the major.

24 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS ■

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Waiver of Departmental DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Requirements and Prerequisites Upon application, academic departments I. Core and Other Requirements may waive requirements for a major or Candidates must meet all requirements for minor, if faculty are satisfied that the the Bachelor of Arts degree. student has already achieved the knowl- edge expected. Similarly, prerequisites II. Major Declaration may be waived at the discretion of the Satisfy requirements for a major or a instructor. Course waivers do not reduce minor from the Division of Natural the number of credits needed for any Sciences, or a major in Psychology with requirement. two additional science laboratory courses. Students may earn only one Bachelor’s 48-Hour Rule Degree at the College of Arts and Sciences. A maximum of 48 hours in a single department, with the exception of depart- ments that include more than one disci- DEGREE POLICIES pline (Business and Economics, World Languages and Literature, and Mathemati- Declaration of Majors and Minors cal Sciences), where students may take up 1. Major requirements are listed else- to 60 hours but no more than 48 in a single where in the catalog under the appro- discipline, and Music, where students may priate departmental headings. The take up to 60 hours. minimum requirement is 24 hours of A program of more than 48 hours which which 16 hours must be upper division. includes an internship may be approved 2. A Minor may be earned by meeting the by the Dean of Arts and Sciences upon requirements listed by a department. The petition. minimum requirement is 15 hours of which 6 hours must be upper-division. Activity Courses Every student must have a declared A maximum of 4 hours in 1-hour activity major, with a schedule approved by a courses are allowed. Music courses for faculty advisor in the major department, students pursuing a Bachelor of Arts by the end of the sophomore year. degree with a major in music are exempt Students are urged to plan wisely for a from this activity hour limitation. Activity major program well before that time, in courses are: HPER 150, MUS 150, MUS consultation with the faculty advisor. 151, MUS 158, MUS 153, MUS 163, MUS Minors must be declared by the end of 165 and MUS 167. the junior year, and must be approved by a faculty member in the minor Internships subject. Minors may be combined with majors to satisfy interests and more A maximum of 17 hours of internship effectively prepare for a profession. credit will count towards graduation of which no more than 14 credits can be taken Forms for declaration of majors and in any one semester. A maximum of 10 minors are available from the Dean’s hours may count toward upper division. office in Bates House, from the Registrar’s Office or from Division Assistants. Degree requirements for students preparing to teach are listed in the Education section.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 25 Changes in Requirements Advancement to Candidacy Students must meet the requirements for for Degrees the Core and majors and minors from the Pacific University offers three degree catalog from their year of original matricu- conferment dates during the academic lation or a subsequent year. If more than year: fall, winter and spring. Formal ten years has elapsed since a student’s commencement is held in spring only. original matriculation, then the original All degree candidates must submit an date of matriculation will be replaced by Application for Degree form to the the date of re-entry in the implementation Registrar’s Office by January 15 for spring; of this policy. June 15 for summer; or October 15 for A student may choose different catalogs to winter graduation. Students who are not satisfy the Core and majors and minors graduating in spring but who wish to requirements. march in commencement must submit an The Oregon Teacher Standards and Application for Degree as above. Practices Commission set requirements for prospective teachers. Students expecting Graduation with Honors to teach must satisfy those rules in effect at Students receiving an Arts and Sciences the time of graduation. baccalaureate degree will be designated cum laude if they achieve a cumulative Student Status grade point average of 3.50 to 3.69; magna Students who register for fewer than 12 cum laude if they achieve 3.70 to 3.90; and credits by the end of the add/drop period summa cum laude if they achieve 3.91 to will be considered part-time students. 4.00. Students receiving the Doctor of Part-time status can adversely affect Optometry or Masters of Physical financial aid awards and athletic eligibility. Therapy, Occupational Therapy, or Physician Assistant Studies degrees will be designated with distinction if they achieve Petitions a cumulative grade point average of 3.50 Students may seek exceptions to college or above. requirements in extraordinary circum- stances upon consultation with their Time Limit for Completion of advisors by petitioning the Faculty Graduate Degrees Standards and Advising Committee. Information on the process may be Unless otherwise noted within specific obtained from the Associate Dean of the programs, all work for graduate degrees College of Arts and Sciences whose office (including transferred credits, dissertation is located in Bates House. and examination) must be completed within a period of seven calendar years. Graduation/Persistence Data In accordance with the Student Right To Know Act DCL of August, 1991, Pacific University is required to publish gradua- tion and persistence rates of the cohort of first time freshmen. While most students graduate in four years, the six-year graduation rate for the entering class of 1993 is calculated to be 58%.

26 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS ■ Academic Programs

The College of Arts and Sciences is organized in possible. Education programs are available at four academic divisions and offers the Bachelor both the undergraduate and graduate level. of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees. Students must apply for admission to the School Students can obtain an Oregon teaching license of Education separately from their admissions to through the School of Education. Students the College of Arts and Sciences. Under- interested in a teaching career should consult graduates typically apply for admission to the with the School of Education as early as School of Education during the sophomore year.

DIVISIONS, DEPARTMENTS AND MAJORS

Arts Division Natural Sciences Division

DEPARTMENTS MAJORS DEPARTMENTS MAJORS Art Art Applied Science Bioinformatics Music Music with emphases in: • Music Biology Biology with emphases in: • Performance • Ecology and Evolution • Music Education • Molecular and Cellular Theatre Theatre Chemistry Chemistry with emphases in: • Chemistry Humanities Division • Biological Chemistry • Chemical Physics Chemistry DEPARTMENTS MAJORS Environmental Environmental Science Coordinated Studies Science with emphases in: in Humanities • Biology • Chemistry Media Arts & Film Production Communications Integrated Media Exercise Science Exercise Sci with emphases in: Journalism • Exercise Science Media Arts • Human Performance Video Production • Sports Medicine English Creative Writing Mathematical Computer Science Sciences Mathematics Literature Physics Physics World Languages Chinese Studies & Literatures French Studies Social Sciences Division German Studies Japanese DEPARTMENTS MAJORS Spanish International Studies Modern Languages: • Chinese, French, Business Business & Economics with • German, Japanese, & Economics concentration in: • Spanish • Accounting/Finance • Economics Philosophy Philosophy with emphases in: History History • Philosophy • Bioethics Politics Political Science & Government Psychology Psychology Sociology Anthropology & Sociology & Anthropology • Sociology • Social Work

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 27 APPLIED SCIENCE

The Applied Science program leads to a well- Requirements rounded cross-disciplinary degree in science. 1. All requirements for two minors within It is well-suited for students seeking technical the Division of Natural Sciences. For employment in areas where a cross-disciplinary students choosing physics as one of the two minors, the requirements for the background in science is desirable. It is also Applied Physics minor must be appropriate for students interested in a career completed. in the high-tech industry, those planning further 2. Sci 285, Applied Science Seminar work in a specialty via a joint B.S./M.S. 3. CS 150, Introduction to Computer (particularly in engineering) or those transfering Science I or CS 230, Advanced Software into programs in the health sciences. Students Tools interested in teaching science via the 4. 28 upper-division hours within the integrated science norm or those interested in Division of Natural Sciences selected to cross-disciplinary areas such as environmental meet specific career or interdisciplinary science may choose this program. objectives. These courses must be approved by a faculty advisor in In most cases, cooperative programs have science. Courses in engineering or other additional requirements beyond those of the approved science-related professional programs may be counted in this total, Applied Science major. Any student interested but no more than 7 hours of internship in such a program should carefully review its may be counted here. requirements and consult with members of the 5. Seven hours of internship or one year Department of Physics. of course work in an approved science- related professional program (e.g. engineering, etc.).

28 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 APPLIED SCIENCE • ART ■ DEPARTMEN34T OF ART

Jan Shield, Chair, Professor of Art creative projects in the studio and internships Patricia Cheyne, Associate Professor of Art are developed. Terry O’Day, Assistant Professor of Art Expanding the human dimensions in Art continues to lead our graduates into various Jim Flory, Instructor, Photography* careers in art, as arts directors, teachers, or in Steve O’Day, Instructor, Computer Graphics* preparation for graduate school. The program Jacquelin Ehlis, Instructor of Art* also seeks to provide art experience for application to problem solving, use of leisure Ann Wetherell, Assistant Professor of Art History* time, and therapy. We look forward to your *adjunct faculty participation in our program. Students planning to prepare to teach in public ART schools should consult subject matter and professional requirements listed under the In today’s world the well-rounded liberally- Division of Education. educated individual is becoming increasingly in demand. The truly educated person is one with The Art Department at Pacific University seeks a broad background. The Art program at Pacific to prepare students for: University is equipped to provide students with a • lifelong interest, appreciation and strong conceptual base, expressive direction, and understanding of art; instruction in artistic processes and techniques. • a life of creative involvement in expressive Through the visual and tactile nature of Art the and technical artistic processes; faculty tries to integrate the consciousness of personal expression into every liberal arts and • being functionally literate in the language of professional student. The Art program offers art – reading, writing, speaking related to the the opportunity for a major or minor concentrating expressive processes and terminology; in either a two- or three-dimensional emphasis for • Expanding ability to critique creative projects the working artist. Other opportunities include and artistic works by one’s self and others; certification in teaching art at the secondary • Broadening the awareness of Art history and level, an integral Fine Arts curriculum, or a focus cultural heritage; in Graphic Arts and Media Arts by the availability • Using artistic technologies related to one’s of a double major or major/minor in the two areas of interest; departments. Pacific University also offers specialized classes through a cooperative program • Increasing the nature of human perception, with Oregon School of Arts and Crafts. For further motivation and creation as a necessity for information please contact the Art Department. personal growth and well-being; • Doing independent and collaborative artistic The Art faculty plant the seeds of artistic growth research and projects; for all students through their offerings of concentrated singular and sequence course • Discovering the relationships between the arts work. Students are expected to use the studio and other academic disciplines and the world; facilities on their own for at least two hours for • Graduate study in art with a focus on two- every one hour of class instruction. In addition, and/or three-dimensional artistic work; advanced art students can work on directed • Pursuing expressive directions for individual study under individualized contracts where creative growth as well as careers in art.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 29 MAJOR IN ART COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

In addition to meeting the University core Art 105 Understanding Art requirements, the major in Art must This course will introduce various basic art complete the courses listed below with a media (both academically and artistically) to 3.0 average, with no grade below a “C-”. enhance understanding of the artistic process. The course will also present an art historical Requirements survey to help students appreciate how the Art 105 Understanding Art OR ...... 3 media previously discussed were used in different cultural contexts to create art. Art 201 Seeing: Strongly recommended as an introduction to Adventures in Art...... other art history courses. No prerequisites. Art 110 Basic Design ...... 3 Meets arts core requirement. 3 hours. Cheyne Art 210 Drawing I ...... 3 Art 110 Basic Design Art 270-272 History of Introduction to the basic elements of design Western Art I, II, OR III...... 3 through a concentrated study of its theory and Art 270-280 Art History...... 3 application and by assignments in two- and Art 495 Senior Show...... 3 three-dimensional mediums. The course is open to all students. 3 hours. Staff. Additional courses in Art, including a concentration of upper- Art 201 Seeing: Adventures in Art division courses in two-dimensional This course will survey the dynamics of visual and/or three-dimensional creative expression with respect to the historical work, Independent Studies, as traditions and influences of Art in the 20th approved by the student’s advisor ...... 24 century. Emphasis is placed on awareness, understanding, and appreciation of artistic 42 * style, content, and expressive direction from the basis of modern art into the age of the * Note: A minimum of 16 upper-division electronic image. No prerequisite. 3 hours. hours must be included. Shield or Staff.

Art 210 Drawing I General studio instruction in drawing MINOR IN ART covering work in pencil, conte crayon, This minor can be structured to enhance a charcoal, pen and ink, and brush and ink. number of academic majors and provide Design, composition, the rendering of light, creative options to both the liberal arts and perspective are explored, as well as and professional programs of study. working from the human figure. 3 hours. Shield/Cheyne/T O’Day.

Requirements Art 217 Computer Graphics Art 105 Understanding Art OR Image Design Art 201 Seeing: Adventures in Art .3 Studio work introducing the computer as a creative tool. Software applications related to Art 110 Basic Design ...... 3 design and painting will be explored. The Art 270-280 Art History...... 3 student will be expected to complete a portfolio Electives: Selected additional arts of computer generated images. No prerequisite. courses, two of which must 3 hours. S O’Day. be upper-division 12 Art 218 Computer Graphics Illustration 21 Studio work introducing the computer as a creative tool. Software applications related to drawing and illustration will be explored. The student will be expected to complete a portfolio of computer generated images. No prerequisite. 3 hours. S O’Day.

30 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 ART ■

Art 219 Painting : Watercolor Art 235 Illustration I Studio course in expressive and illustrative An introduction to illustration, including watercolor painting techniques. Students drawing techniques, type/fonts, compositional explore and develop handling and control of reduction, structural studies, various transfer watercolor processes and learn numerous and printing processes. Emphasis is placed on painting techniques as well as the analysis of acquiring skills in, and for use in a wide various papers and working surfaces. 3 hours. variety of artistic, commercial and occupa- Shield. tional areas. 3 hours. Shield.

Art 220 Painting I: Oil/Acrylic Art 238 Papermaking Studio work investigating methods and This course is an introduction to the creation techniques related to acrylic, polymer, and/or of handmade paper as an art form. Sheet oil-base paints. Each student generates a series formation and decoration will be introduced. of studies and original painting. Readings and The processing of natural and recycled discussion explore the essence of painting. materials to create paper will also be taught. 3 hours. Shield. Uses of handmade paper in art forms such as sculpture and the artist book will be explored. Art 225 Sculpture I The goal in offering this course is to enable Developing a working understanding of students to explore handmade paper as a fine sculptural form, working with various art media. 3 hours. Cheyne. mediums. Through reading, discussion, critique, and individual sculpting projects the Art 240 Ceramics I student explores geometric, abstract and Introduction to clay with an emphasis on organic form. 3 hours. Shield. handbuilding techniques and an exploration of historical and contemporary directions. Art 226 Photography I Included are discussions of how surface A thorough nuts and bolts course to teach embellishment and firing processes affect both students basic camera handling operations as the function and aesthetics of the ceramic well as introductory photography concepts. object. 3 hours. T O’Day. Offered fall semester. The “great themes” of photography are introduced to provide a historical perspective. Art 250 Stained Glass This course is intended for Art majors and Designed to acquaint the student with three non-majors. A 35mm SLR camera is a basic areas in the study and construction of requirement for the course. 3 hours. Flory. stained glass; history, design concepts, and the acquisition of skills in cutting, soldering, and Art 230 Printmaking I: Relief and fitting glass. 3 hours. T O’Day. Offered Silk-screen Printmaking Winter III. This course will explore relief printmaking processes including but not limited to stamp Art 260 Jewelry/ prints, linoleum block prints, and woodcut Metals Fabrication I prints. In addition, it will teach the basics of Introduction to non-ferrous metals fabrication one color silk-screen techniques. The history of techniques as applied to jewelry making and printmaking and traditions of the multiples metalsmithing. Learn to solder, saw and form will also be discussed. Offered concurrently metal, as well as basic stonesetting techniques. with Art 330. 3 hours. Cheyne. Historical overview of the meaning and use of jeweled and metal objects and their relation- Art 233 Printmaking I: Collagraphs ship to various cultures. 3 hours. T O’Day. and Non-Toxic Intaglio Offered fall semester. Printmaking This class is designed to introduce the Art 265 Jewelry/Casting I students to the basic techniques of intaglio Introduction to the lost wax casting process as printing including, but not limited to applied to jewelry making and metalsmithing. collagraphs, etching, and image-on intaglio. Learn wax carving and mold-making proce- Monoprints will also be taught. All methods dures to produce models for casting. Historical will be taught with non-toxic methods. The overview of the meaning and use of jeweled history of printmaking and tradition of and metal objects and their relationship to multiples will also be discussed. Offered various cultures. 3 hours. T O’Day. Offered concurrently with Art 333. spring semester.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 31 Art 270 History of Western Art I: Art 274 Art and Architecture Paleolithic through of Japan Late Medieval This class covers sculpture, painting, This class covers the major monuments in art printmaking, ceramics, architecture, and of western civilizations, beginning with the landscape architecture from the Neolithic age earliest paintings and sculptures of the through the great Ukiyo-e printmakers of the Paleolithic period and continuing through the Edo period. The interrelationship of literature, architecture, sculpture, and painting of the philosophy, religion, and the arts is empha- late Medieval period. Social, political, and sized. Students emerge with an understanding cultural context for the art are a major focus. of Japanese art in the cultural and historical 3 hours. Wetherell. context of Japanese society. Meets cross- cultural core requirement. 3 hours. Wetherell. Art 271 History of Western Art II: Renaissance through Art 275 Art and Architecture Impressionism of India This class examines the development and This class surveys the sculpture, architecture, proliferation of the arts from the proto- and painting of India, starting with the Renaissance in Italy in the 13th century and ancient Indus Valley civilization and Vedic through the French Impressionists of the 19th period and ending with the art and architec- century. Painting, sculpture, and architecture ture of the Shah Jahan era (mid 17th century). will be discussed in relation to style and how It covers indigenous art of the Buddhist and they reflect the social, political, economic, and Hindu periods, and Indo-Islamic architecture religious values of the culture. 3 hours. and painting. A basic introduction to Wetherell. Buddhist, Hindu, and Islamic religion is included. Meets cross-cultural core require- Art 272 History of Western Art III: ment. 3 hours. Wetherell. Post-Impressionism through Twentieth Century Art 280 Women in Art This course examines the development and This course is designed to explore the place of diversity of art in the late 19th and 20th women in art. The course investigates both the centuries. The pluralism of society and image of women in art and women as artists. culture, and the development of science and The class investigates how women have been technology are reflected in the variety of visual portrayed in the art at different times and in arts. The social, political, and technological different cultures. The goal of the class is to context of the art is a major focus. 3 hours. shine a light on material that has often been Wetherell. overlooked by the traditional art history cannon. No prerequisites – Feminist Theory Art 273 Art and Architecture class desirable. Meets Feminist study minor of China requirement. 3 hours. Cheyne. This survey of the arts of China concentrates on painting, sculpture, metalwork, and Art 300 Art Education: ceramics from the Neolithic period through the Class and Practicum 18th century. Major examples of architecture This class is designed to teach methods of art are also considered briefly. Emphasis is given instruction to the prospective elementary to the development of Chinese landscape school teacher. Topics covered are creativity, painting from the Tang dynasty up through developmental levels, Discipline Based Art the Qing period. The important philosophical Education, state and national standards, and and religious movements of Daoism, Confu- lesson plan creation. There are hands-on cianism, Buddhism and Chan (Zen) Buddhism experiences with different art media. In are discussed in relation to Chinese art and addition, Pacific students have the opportu- society. Works of art are presented in their nity to work with children ages 4-12 in an social and historical context so that students after-school Art Workshop. No prerequisite. emerge with an appreciation for Chinese art 4 hours. Cheyne and a general understanding of the culture of historical China as well. Meets cross-cultural core requirement. 3 hours. Wetherell.

32 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 ART ■

Art 310 Drawing II: Art 333 Printmaking II: Advanced Drawing Advanced Collagraph and An advanced drawing class that challenges Non-toxic Printmaking students to expand on the skills learned in This class challenges the advanced Drawing I. Prerequisite: Art 110, Art 210 or printmaking students to develop their own consent of instructor. 3 hours. Shield/Cheyne/ personal artistic voice in the mediums taught T O’Day. in 233. Prerequisite: 233. 3 hours. Cheyne.

Art 317: Computer Graphics II: Art 335 Illustration II Advanced Image Design Continuation of Art 235. Further development Designed for the student to further explore the of illustration skills, and advanced techniques processes taught in 217. Portfolio will contain related to professional illustration. Student more advanced work. Prerequisite for 317: prepare a portfolio of illustrations related to Art 217 or consent of instructor. O’Day, S. their discipline. Prerequisite: Art 235. 3 hours. Shield. Art 318 Computer Graphics II: Advanced Illustration Art 338 Advanced Papermaking/ Art 318 is designed for the student to further Bookmaking explore the processes taught in 218. Portfolio This course is designed to further explore the will contain more advanced work. Prerequisite: creation of handmade paper as an art form. Art 218 or consent of instructor. O’Day, S. Taking the basic skills learned in Art 238 the students will use the media of papermaking to Art 320 Painting II : Oil/Acrylic. express their own personal artistic voice. An Continuation of Art 220. Further study of the extensive investigation into the artist book will processes involved in painting using oil and also be a part of this class. The goal in offering acrylic colors and mediums. Emphasis on this course is to have students become more creation of original advanced works. Prerequi- sophisticated in their understanding of paper- site: Art 220. 3 hours. Shield. making and book creation. 3 hours. Cheyne.

Art 325 Sculpture II Art 340 Ceramics II Advanced concepts and techniques of Continued study of ceramic media with an sculpting are explored, including the expres- emphasis on wheelworking techniques. Study sive and structural elements of man-made of firing techniques, glaze application and form. Emphasis on the expressive potential to formulation to further an understanding of be found in sculpting. Prerequisite: Art 110, how surface decoration can enhance form. 210, or 225, or consent of the instructor. Students are challenged to use this information 3 hours. Shield. to express their creativity. Prerequisite: Art 240 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Art 326 Photography II T O’Day. Offered spring semester. This course is intended for those students who have completed Photography I. The major Art 350 Stained Glass II emphasis is to give students a solid foundation This course is designed to encourage experi- for black and white photography. Film mentation with glass through slump molds, processing, printing, and darkroom use are a fusion and three-dimensional construction major part of the course. The course takes an application. Prerequisite: Art 250 or consent of artistic approach and is intended for Art instructor. 3 hours. T O’Day. Offered Winter majors and/or non-majors. Historical aspects III. of American photographers working in black and white are introduced. Prerequisite: Art 356 Color Photography Art 226. Offered Yearly. 3 hours. Flory. A comprehensive advanced course covering all aspects of color photography. From the Art 330 Printmaking II: Advanced technical aspects of film emulsions, exposure to Relief and Silk-screen the artistic potential of color, composition, This class involves the more advanced light, and subject matter. Color transparency printmaking student in further exploring the printing will be covered in the lab. Students processes taught in 230. It also challenges the will be encouraged to investigate their own students to explore their own artistic voice emotional response to color. Prerequisite: Art through the relief and silk-screen processes. 226, and 326. 3 hours. Flory. Prerequisite: Art 230. 3 hours. Cheyne.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 33 Art 360 Jewelry/ Metals Fabrication II ATHLETICS Continued study of the techniques learned in Fabrication I with a more complex application The athletic program’s primary purpose is to of skills. The emphasis is on the use of acquired provide a wide range of athletic opportunities skills to produce objects that become a personal for students and members of the broader expression. Prerequisite: Fabrication I or consent of instructor. 3 hours. T O’Day. community. These opportunities include Offered fall semester. participation in physical conditioning, athletic competition and support or spectatorship at Art 365 Jewelry/Casting II levels appropriate to the individual’s own A continuation of the study of the techniques learned in Casting I with a more complex development and interests. The program is application of skills. Emphasis on the use of designed to complement the student’s learned techniques to produce objects that academic pursuits as co-curricular activities communicate a personal interpretation of the and enrich their overall experience at Pacific ideas and theory presented in class. 3 hours. University. T O’Day. Offered spring semester. In the spirit of the pursuit of excellence through Art 426 Photography III the joy of sports, Pacific offers 16 This upper-level course deals with several advanced areas of photography. Students will intercollegiate sports, fielding men’s and work with medium and large format cameras, women’s teams in basketball, cross country, studio lighting techniques for portraiture and golf, soccer, tennis, track and field. We offer still-life, and use Polaroid films in a variety of men’s teams in baseball and wrestling and photography related activities. Prerequisite: women’s teams in softball and volleyball. Club Art 226 and Art 326. 3 hours. Flory. teams offered include handball and men’s Art 485 Individualized Study/ volleyball. Over one third of the undergraduate Seminar student body participates in sports at the This course is designed for the advanced art intercollegiate level. Pacific is a member of the student who wants to pursue intensive in- depth study developing a body of individual- Northwest Conference, one of the best athletic ized projects in one area of art. Students study conferences in the nation, and is affiliated with under an instructor’s supervision, and in the NCAA Division III. addition the student will be required to participate in Seminar. Seminar is designed to The Pacific Atheltic complex, commonly create an artistic community for the advanced referred to as “The PAC,” is the home for art student. Prerequisite: Junior or Senior athletic activities at Pacific. It is a newly standing, art major or minor, or instructor remodeled and spacious athletic center which consent. It is strongly recommended that all art majors take Art 485 in the fall of their houses a gymnasium with three activity areas; senior year. 4 hours. Shield/Cheyne/T O’Day/ a state of the art fitness center; a field house Flory/Wetherell. with an indoor softball/baseball facility including two batting cages, four volleyball courts, two Art 495 Senior Show basketball courts, two tennis courts, and an This class is the capstone experience for art majors. It gives the senior art major an indoor walking track. There are three handball/ opportunity for concentrated study to prepare racquetball courts, saunas, dance studio, and a body of art work to be displayed in a senior wrestling room. The sports medicine/training show. A portfolio to document that show will room is equipped with whirlpools, electric also be required. Each student will also present stimulation unit, ultra sound, hydrocultator, a thesis presentation on Senior Project Day. In addition, the student will be required to Cybex and other state of the art equipment. participate in Seminar, designed to create an The outdoor facilities include four tennis courts, artistic community for the advanced art student. 3 credits. Staff. practice soccer fields, and a soccer game field near the heart of campus. Baseball and softball

34 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 ATHLETICS ■ are played in Lincoln Park which is located CLUB SPORTS adjacent to the Pacific Athletic Center. Jason Morganthaler, Men’s Volleyball Pacific’s athletic programs have achieved Dr. Mike Steele, Handball excellence on and off the court or field of play. In the 1990’s, Pacific teams won 11 conference championships, five district or regional titles, INTRAMURAL SPORTS and participated in national championship competitions 23 times. Pacific’s athletes also Providing quality participatory experi- ences for the entire student body, the excel in the classroom, holding a combined Intramural Program at Pacific offers grade point average of 3.15. several activities for men and women Judy Sherman, M.Ed., Athletic Director throughout the academic year. Flag football, volleyball and 3-on-3 basketball Ken Schumann, M.Ed., Associate are offered in the fall, 5-on-5 basketball in Athletic Director the winter, and softball in the spring. Additional activities will be announced on Jeff Grundon, B.S., Assistant Athletic Director a yearly basis. Linda McIntosh, M.S., ATC-R, Head Athletic Trainer ACTIVITY COURSES Richard Rutt, Ph.D., Athletic Trainer Vicki McGee, Athletic Secretary Hper 150 Activity Courses A number of aerobic and anaerobic activities Jean Rix, M.Ed., Assistant to the Athletic are included under this heading and are Director, Faculty Athletic Representative announced each term in the class schedule. (e.g. Weight Training, Aerobics, Yoga, Tai Chi, Tai Kwon Do, Walking, Handball) Graded P/ INTERCOLLEGIATE PROGRAM NP. 1 hour. May be repeated*. Staff. Greg Bradley, Baseball Coach *Only four activity courses may count toward the 124 credits required for graduation. Jim Brazeau, Men’s Soccer Coach Tim Copeland, Women’s Soccer Coach Frank Johnson, Wrestling Coach Bradley Jones, Volleyball Coach Melissa Jones, Softball Coach LeeAnn Kriegh, Women’s Basketball Coach Jim Pyle, Director of Tennis Ken Schumann, Men’s Basketball Coach Ron Tabb, Cross Country Coach and Track and Field Coach Richard Warren, Golf Coach

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 35 BIOINFORMATICS MAJOR IN BIOINFORMATICS

Michelle Hribar, Assistant Professor, Requirements Computer Science Biol 202: General Biology I ...... 4 Douglas J. Ryan, Professor, Computer Science Biol 204: General Biology II...... 4 Lisa M. Sardinia, Associate Professor, Biology Biol 304: Experimental Design, Analysis & Writing ...... 4 Jon Schnorr, Assistant Professor, Biology Two of the following: ...... 8 Bioinformatics is the science of storing, Biol 320: Cell Biology extracting, organizing, analyzing, interpreting Biol 330: Genetics and utilizing information. The approaches to the Biol 400: Molecular Biology discipline of bioinformatics incorporate Chem 220: General Chemistry I...... 4 expertise from the biological sciences, Chem 230: General Chemistry II ...... 4 computer science and mathematics. The major Organic Chemistry ...... 4-8 in bioinformatics is designed for students Chem 240/241: Survey of Organic interested in molecular biology and genetics, Chemistry information technologies and computer OR science. Bioinformaticists are involved in the Chem 310/311 & 320/321 Organic analysis of the human genome, identification of Chemistry I & II targets for drug discovery, development of new Chem 380: Biochemistry ...... 3 algorithms and analysis methods, the study of CS 150: Introduction to Computer structural and functional relationships, and Science I...... 4 molecular evolution. CS 250: Introduction to Computer Science II ...... 3 CS 300: Data Structures...... 3 GOALS FOR THE MAJOR CS 360: Databases ...... 3 In successfully completing a major in Math 207: General Elementary Bioinformatics, students must demon- Statistics ...... 3 strate: Math 240: Discrete Mathematics ...... 3 • knowledge and awareness of the basic BINF 290: Introduction to principles and concepts of biology, Bioinformatics ...... 1 computer science and mathematics. BINF 490: Capstone Internship...... 3 • the ability to effectively apply existing software to extract information from large databases and use this informa- tion in computer modeling. 58-62 • problem solving skills, including the ability to develop new algorithms and Students majoring in Bioinformatics are analysis methods. encouraged to take a course in ethics as • understanding of the intersection of life part of their College core requirements. and information sciences, the core of shared concepts, language and skills. • the ability to speak the language of structure-function relationships, information theory, gene expression, and database query.

36 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 ■

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BINF 290 Introduction to Bioinformatics An introductory course for students interested in bioinformatics. This course provides a survey of the major issues in bioinformatics and the way these issues are being addressed by bioinformaticists. Faculty and outside speakers from industry and academia will make presentations and lead discussions. Prerequi- sites: Sophomore standing and Biol 202 with a "C-" or better or CS 150 with a “C-” or better.

BINF 490 Capstone Internship An internship consisting of a field experience in an industrial or academic setting. Applica- tion of theories is emphasized. Arrangements for the course must be completed at least two weeks prior to the term in which the course is taken. The internship is a capstone experience and must be taken during the senior year. Prerequisites: Instructor's consent, BINF 190, and completion of 16 hours of Biology and 10 hours of Computer Science (all with grades of “C-” or better). Graded P/N.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 37 BIOLOGY The Biology Department sponsors the Omicron Xi Chapter of Beta Beta Beta, a national biological honor society, whose purpose is to Edmond Alkaslassy, Assistant Professor promote student interest and participation in Pamela T. Lopez, Associate Professor and research. The Department also sponsors the Thomas J. and Joyce Holce Professorship in Biology Club to promote student interest in Science biology and provide biology students with Marlene Martinez, Assistant Professor opportunities to socialize outside of class. Lori Rynd, Professor Lisa Sardinia, Associate Professor GOALS FOR THE MAJOR Jon Schnorr, Assistant Professor In successfully completing a major in Robert E. Stockhouse II, Distinguished biology, students must demonstrate: University Professor • an understanding of the basic The Biology Department provides unique principles and concepts of biology educational experiences for students in biology • an in-depth knowledge of three areas and related fields. The faculty in the department of biology: has particular expertise in ecology, botany, 1. cell/molecular/genetics molecular biology, genetics, physiology, 2. structure/function/systematics developmental biology, anatomy, invertebrate 3. ecology/evolution/behavior zoology, vertebrate zoology, marine biology, • the ability to think critically and animal behavior, immunology and microbiology. synthesize information from a variety Field courses provide direct experience through of different sources field trips to Henry Blodgett Arboretum, Malheur • the ability to communicate effectively Field Station, and other habitats throughout in the discipline both orally and in writing Oregon. Faculty have contacts at Oregon Health • the ability to design and conduct Sciences University and the Oregon Regional biological research Primate Center and students can arrange to do laboratory research at those institutions. The Biology Department offers three The courses in biology are designed to provide options for a Biology major. While a the basic knowledge, skills, and training student may take courses in any area of biology, students may only choose one necessary for students who intend to pursue option in the Biology Department. professional study in the health sciences, graduate study in biological sciences, or Restrictions: In order to receive a Biology professional employment in some field of degree from Pacific University a student biology. All students will have independently must complete Biol 304 Experimental designed research experiences in upper Design, Analysis & Writing; Biol 490 division classes designated by the symbol (R). Senior Capstone Experience; and at least two additional upper-division Biology The Biology Department encourages students courses on campus. Students can not to obtain additional experience in the receive a degree in both Biology and specialized area of their choice, through career Environmental Science with a Biology emphasis. internships or through independent research projects. Students also choose to complete one Though not a requirement for a Biology major, it is strongly recommended that of three options: the Biology major, the Biology Biology majors planning graduate work major with an emphasis in Ecology and include a statistics course and indepen- Evolution, or the Biology major with an dent research. emphasis in Molecular and Cellular Biology.

38 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 BIOLOGY ■

MAJOR IN BIOLOGY MAJOR IN BIOLOGY WITH AN EMPHASIS IN ECOLOGY Requirements AND EVOLUTION Biol 190 Biology Passport ...... 1 Biol 202 General Biology I ...... 4 Requirements Biol 204 General Biology II...... 4 Biol 190 Biology Passport ...... 1 Biol 304 Experimental Design, Biol 202 General Biology I ...... 4 Analysis & Writing ...... 4 Biol 204 General Biology II...... 4 Biol 490 Senior Capstone Biol 304 Experimental Design, Experience ...... 2 Analysis & Writing ...... 4 Biol One upper division course Biol 490 Senior Capstone from Group I...... 4 Experience ...... 2 Biol One upper division course Biol One upper division course from Group II ...... 4 from Group I...... 4 Biol One upper division course Biol Three upper division courses from Group III...... 4 from Group II ...... 12 Biol Two additional upper Biol One upper division course from: division Biology courses Biol 305 Ecology excluding Biol 490. Up to 5 hours of Biol 495 may be Biol 444 Evolution...... 3-4 used toward elective hours. Biol One additional upper Up to 4 hours of Chem 380 division course from or ES 301 may be used Group III ...... 4 toward elective hours..... 7-8 Chem 220 General Chemistry I ...... 4 Chem 220 General Chemistry I ...... 4 Chem 230 General Chemistry II...... 4 Chem 230 General Chemistry II...... 4 Chem 240/241 (Or Chem 310/311 Chem 240/241 (Or Chem 310/311 & 320/321) ...... 4-8 & 320/321) ...... 4-8 CS 130 Introduction to CS 130 Introduction to Software Software Tools ...... 2 Tools...... 2 One of the following 2-course clusters: .... 7-8 One of the following 2-course clusters: .... 7-8 CS 150 Introduction to Computer CS 150 Introduction to Computer Science I Science I CS 250 Introduction to Computer CS 250 Introduction to Computer Science II Science II OR OR Math 226 Calculus I Math 226 Calculus I Math 301 Mathematical Modeling Math 301 Mathematical Modeling OR OR Phy 202 Introduction to Physics I Phy 202 Introduction to Physics I Phy 204 Introduction to Physics II Phy 204 Introduction to Physics II OR OR Phy 232 General Physics I Phy 232 General Physics I Phy 242 General Physics II Phy 242 General Physics II 59-65 55 - 61 Notes: 3-4 credits of Biol 495 with an approved project that focuses on Ecology and/or Evolution may be used to satisfy 3-4 credits of Groups II or III. It is strongly recommended that students take 3 courses with extensive field experiences (see designations within Groups).

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 39 MAJOR IN BIOLOGY WITH AN One of the following EMPHASIS IN MOLECULAR 2-course clusters:...... 7-8 CS 150: Introduction to AND CELLULAR BIOLOGY Computer Science I CS 250: Introduction to Computer Science II Requirements OR Biol 190 Biology Passport ...... 1 Math 226: Calculus I Biol 202 General Biology I ...... 4 Math 301: Mathematical Modeling Biol 204 General Biology II...... 4 OR Biol 304 Experimental Design, Analysis & Writing ...... 4 Phy 202: Introduction to Physics I Biol 490 Senior Capstone Experience Phy 204: Introduction to Physics II 2 OR Biol: One upper division course Phy 232: General Physics I from Group I...... 4 Phy 242: General Physics II Biol: One upper division course from Group III...... 4 59 - 61 credits Biol: One upper division course from: ....4 Courses designated with (R) include an Biol 350: Principles of Development independent research experience. Biol 470: Animal Physiology Courses designated with (F) include Biol: Two additional upper division extensive field experiences. courses from: ...... 7-8 Biol 308: Microbiology Group I: Cell/Molecular/Genetics Biol 320: Cell Biology Biol 308 Microbiology (R) Biol 330: Genetics Biol 320 Cell Biology (R) Biol 405: Immunology Biol 330 Genetics Biol 400: Molecular Biology Biol 405 Immunology Biol 480: Advanced Methods Biol 400 Molecular Biology in Cell Biology Biol 495: Research (approved project) Group II: Structure/Function/Systematics Chem 380: Biochemistry Biol 316 General Botany Chem 220: General Chemistry I...... 4 Biol 350 Principles of Development (R) Chem 230: General Chemistry II ...... 4 Biol 410 Invertebrate Zoology (F) Chem 310/311: Organic Chemistry I ...... 4 Biol 420 Vertebrate Zoology (F) Chem 320/321: Organic Chemistry II...... 4 Biol 430 Plant Systematics (R) (F) CS 130: Introduction to Software Tools ...2 Biol 460 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy Biol 470 Animal Physiology

Group III: Ecology/Evolution/Behavior Biol 305 General Ecology (R) (F) Biol 340 Animal Behavior (R) (F) Biol 345 Marine Biology (R) (F) Biol 444 Evolution Biol 450 Tropical Rainforest Biology (R) (F)

40 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 BIOLOGY ■

MINOR IN BIOLOGY Biol 115 Microbiology for Nonscience Majors Requirements An introductory biology course to meet the Natural Science core requirement. This course Biol 202 General Biology I ...... 4 stresses the history of microbiology and the Biol 204 General Biology II...... 4 diversity within the microbial world. It Biol 304 Experimental Design, includes some aspects of medical, ecological Analysis and Writing ...... 4 and industrial microbiology. (Does not count Chem 220 General Chemistry I ...... 4 toward Biology major or minor.) 3 hours. Staff. Chem 230 General Chemistry II...... 4 Biol 145 Marine Biology for Biology electives: ...... 7-8 Nonscience Majors Two additional upper-division Biology This course is designed to acquaint students classes excluding Biol 490 and 495. with the spectrum of marine organisms inhabiting the littoral waters of the coast. Organismal adaptations and interactions of 27-28 organisms with the environment are stressed. Restrictions: In order to receive a Biology Some weekend field trips required. Additional minor from Pacific University a student fee required. (Does not count toward Biology must complete Biol 304 Experimental major or minor.) 3 hours. Martinez. Design, Analysis and Writing and two Biol 170 Human Genetics additional upper-division Biology courses This course introduces students to the study of on campus. inheritance in all of its manifestations, from Any student interested in a Biology minor the distribution of human traits in a family should consult with a faculty member in pedigree to the biochemistry of the genetic the Biology Department. material in our chromosomes, DNA. The course examines the inheritance of traits in individuals and families, how traits evolve and COURSE DESCRIPTIONS are maintained in human populations, the molecular basis for those traits, and the Biology (Biol) Human Genome Project. (Does not count Courses designated with the toward Biology major or minor). symbol R include an independent 3 hours. Sardinia. research experience. Courses designated with the symbol F include extensive field Biol 180 Biology of Human experiences. Reproduction A study of the biology of human reproduction, Biol 105 Biology is Life designed primarily for the non-science major. This course provides non-science majors with This course emphasizes the anatomy, develop- an introduction to four fundamental aspects of ment and physiology of human reproduction. biology: the scientific method, genetics, Some aspects of psychology and sociology are evolution, and environmental issues. There are introduced as they relate to birth control, no prerequisites. (Does not count toward a venereal disease, and control of reproduction. Biology major or minor.) 3 hours. Staff. (Does not count toward Biology major or minor.) 3 hours. Rynd. Biol 110 Human Biology An introduction to basic anatomy and Biol 190 Biology Passport physiology of the human organism. This An introductory course for students interested course is designed for non-science majors. in the biological sciences as a major or minor. Laboratory is integrated with lecture. There Activities and faculty/guest speakers will are no prerequisites. (Students cannot receive introduce students to the biology program at credit for Biol 110 and any combination of Biol Pacific University and to the diversity of 224, 240, 300 or 302.) (Does not count toward possible biological careers. Open only to Biology major or minor.) 4 hours. Staff. freshmen. 1 hour. Staff.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 41 Biol 202 General Biology I Biol 305 Ecology (R)(F) A survey of ecology, evolution, the diversity of An introduction to the basic principles and life on earth, and the structure of plants and fundamentals influencing interactions between animals. Laboratory is integrated with lecture. plants and animals and their environment. (NOTE: there are no prerequisites for this Includes laboratory and field experiences. course. However, Biol 204 has prerequisites of Includes a required four day field trip to Chem 220, Chem 230, and Biol 202 – all with Malheur National Wildlife Refuge. Additional grades of “C-” or better.) 4 hours. Staff. fee required. Prerequisite: Biol 304 (with a grade of “C-” or better). 4 hours. Stockhouse. Biol 204 General Biology II (G) Basic principles of cell and molecular biology for both prokaryotes and eukaryotes. The Biol 308 Microbiology (R) course includes cell structures and functions, A survey of microorganisms with emphasis on metabolism, classical genetics, and molecular bacterial and viral forms. Basic concepts in genetics. Laboratory experiences are integrated micro structure, physiology, genetics and in the course. Prerequisite: Biol 202, Chem classification will be covered. Laboratory 220, and Chem 230 – all with grades of “C-” involves the development of techniques specific or better. 4 hours. Staff. to the area of microbiology as well as morpho- logical and biochemical analysis of bacterial Biol 224 Human Anatomy species. Prerequisite: Biol 304 (with a grade of An examination of gross and histological “C-” or better). 4 hours. Sardinia. structure of the systems of the human body. Laboratory is an integrated part of the course. Biol 316 General Botany (R) (Students cannot receive credit for both Biol Fundamental principles of plant biology with 110 Human Biology and Biol 224 Human emphasis on morphology, anatomy, taxonomy, Anatomy.) Prerequisite: Biol 202 (with a grade physiology and evolution of algae, fungi, non- of “C-” or better.) 4 hours. Alkaslassy. vascular and vascular plants. Includes laboratory and field experiences. Prerequisite: Biol 240 Human Physiology Biol 304 (with a grade of “C-” or better). A study of the physiological phenomena of the 4 hours. Stockhouse. (G) human body from the molecular level of cellular metabolic functions to the operation of Biol 320 Cell Biology (R) primary and specialized organ systems. A study of the functions of biological systems Laboratory experiences are integrated in the from the molecular to the tissue level. The course. (Students can not receive credit for molecular biology of cells and the regulatory both Biol 110 Human Biology and Biol 240 mechanisms for physiological processes are Human Physiology.) Prerequisite: Biol 224 emphasized. Laboratory experiences are (with a grade of “C-” or better). 4 hours. Staff. integrated in the course. Prerequisite: Biol 304 and organic chemistry (Chem 240/241 or Biol 304 Experimental Design, Chem 320/321) all with grades of “C-” or Analysis, and Writing (R) better. 4 hours. Rynd. (G) This course utilizes a hands-on, application- oriented approach to enhance student Biol 330 Genetics understanding of: framing scientific questions A study of the principles of heredity with based on primary scientific literature; emphasis upon transmission genetics, designing appropriate experiments; analyzing quantitative inheritance, the molecular basis of data statistically and graphically; writing inheritance, and population genetics. Labora- technical reports; and presenting seminars. tory experiences are integrated in the course. Course culminates in a student proposed, Prerequisite: Biol 304 (with a grade of “C-” or designed, and conducted independent research better). 4 hours. Staff. (G) project. Prerequisite: Biol 204 (with a grade of “C-” or better). 4 hours. Staff.

42 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 BIOLOGY ■

Biol 340 Animal Behavior (R)(F) Biol 410 Invertebrate Zoology (F) A study of the ecology and evolution of animal A study of invertebrate organisms including behavior, including such topics as foraging their systematics, morphology and ecology. strategies, predator-prey interactions, mating Laboratory experiences are integrated in the systems, sexual selection and communication. course. Some weekend field trips required. Mechanisms of animal behavior (such as Additional fee required. Prerequisite: Biol 304 endocrinology, genetics and neurobiology) are (with a grade of “C-” or better). 4 hours. also discussed. Includes laboratory and field Martinez. (G) experiences which are integrated into the course. Prerequisite: Biol 304 (with a grade of Biol 420 Vertebrate Zoology (F) “C-” or better). 4 hours. Lopez. (G) A study of vertebrate organisms, including their systematics, life histories, morphological Biol 345 Marine Biology (R) (F) and physiological adaptations, and behavior. This course is designed to acquaint students Includes laboratory and field experiences with with the spectrum of marine organisms a four day required field trip to Malheur inhabiting the littoral waters of the coast. National Wildlife Refuge. Additional fee Organismal adaptations and interactions of required. Prerequisite: Biol 304 (with a grade organisms with the environment are stressed, of “C-” or better). 4 hours. Lopez. (G) with field trips to the marine intertidal zones. Some weekend field trips required. Laboratory Biol 430 Plant Systematics (R) (F) experiences are integrated in the course. Identification and classification of the vascular Additional fee required. Prerequisite: Biol 304 plants represented in the flora of the Pacific (with a grade of “C-” or better). 4 hours. Northwest. Includes laboratory and field Martinez. experiences. Some weekend field trips required. Additional fee required. Prerequisite: Biol 304 Biol 350 Principles of (with a grade of “C-” or better). 4 hours. Development (R) Stockhouse. (G) A study of molecular and cellular aspects of development and embryological differentiation Biol 444 Evolution of selected species. Laboratory experiences are An introduction to the history, methods, and integrated in the course. Prerequisite: Biol 304 current questions in evolutionary biology. This (with a grade of “C-” or better). 4 hours. course will examine the evidence for evolution Rynd. (G) beginning with Darwin and ending with our current understanding of the human genome. Biol 400 Molecular Biology The course will cover the theory of natural A laboratory-intensive course focusing on selection, the basis of heredity and variation, nucleic acid biology, recombinant DNA and population structures and genetics, and the biotechnology. Prerequisite: Biol 304 and mechanisms of speciation. Special topics organic chemistry (Chem 240/241 or Chem include human evolution, molecular evolution, 320/321) – all with grades of “C-” or better. and the relationship of evolution to society, 4 hours. Sardinia. (G) philosophy and religion. Prerequisite: Biol 304 (with a grade of “C-” or better). 3 hours. Biol 405 Immunology Schnorr A study of the mammalian immune system covering the molecules and mechanisms used Biol 450 Tropical Rainforest to fight infection. The development of B and T Biology (R) (F) cells and their role in the human immune A study of tropical rainforest ecology and response will be emphasized. The relationship natural history, and current biological research of the immune system to human biology will in tropical rainforests. The course meets once a also be covered, for example, infectious disease, week during the fall semester, during which vaccines, allergies, and autoimmune disorders. students gain the background required for the The laboratory exercises will focus on field component of the course held in Costa Rica immunological concepts and techniques during January. Course grades will be assigned including immunofluorescence and Western at the end of January and will include work blotting. Prerequisite: Biol 304 (with a grade completed during both terms. Additional fee of “C-” or better). 4 hours. Schnorr required. Prerequisite: Biol 304 (with a grade of “C-” or better) and consent of instructor. Alternate years. 4 hours. Lopez/Alkaslassy.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 43 Biol 460 Comparative Vertebrate Biol 490 Senior Capstone Experience Anatomy Designed to allow students to expand on A comparative study of the functional anatomy research projects from upper-division biology of the vertebrates, including their skin, skeleton, courses by more thoroughly examining the muscles, digestive systems, respiratory systems, primary literature, reanalyzing data, writing circulatory systems, urogenital systems, an annotated bibliography, and presenting in a nervous systems, sensory systems and public forum. Prerequisite: Senior standing endocrine systems. In lab, students will dissect and an approved data set. 2 hours. Staff. and conduct experiments on a variety of vertebrates, which may include the dogfish Biol 495 Research shark, the mudpuppy, the bullfrog, the pigeon Faculty supervised, student-conducted, and the cat. Prerequisite: Biol 304 (with a grade individual research project. Prerequisite: Biol of “C-” or better). 4 hours. Staff. (G) 304 (with a grade of “C-” or better) and consent of instructor. 1-6 hours. (G) Biol 470 Animal Physiology (R) The study of physiological function (molecular, cellular, and organ systems) in animals. The focus will be on the diversity of mechanisms used by animals for : water and solute regulation, gas exchange and transport, temperature regulation and tolerance, circulation, feeding and digestion, metabolism, excretion, neural control and integration, senses, and locomotion. Laboratory experiences are integrated in the course. Prerequisite: Biol 304 and organic chemistry (Chem 240/241 or Chem 320/321) – all with grades of “C-” or better. 4 hours. Gundersen. (G)

Biol 480 Advanced Methods in Cell Biology (R) This course is a laboratory course designed to introduce the student to a variety of cellular and biochemical techniques for investigating the behavior and function of living cells. Students will be required to understand the concepts of the techniques used, as well as to demonstrate hands-on competence in the laboratory. This course is strongly recom- mended for those students interested in undergraduate research projects, graduate school, or employment as a laboratory technician. Prerequisite: grade of “C-” or better in Biol 308, Biol 320 or Biol 400. Junior standing recommended. 3 credits. Staff. (G)

44 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS ■ BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

Charles O'Connor, Chair, Professor of GOALS FOR BUSINESS AND Accounting/Finance ECONOMICS MAJORS Michelle Baron, Assistant Professor of A successful graduate of the department Business Administration will be able to: Jamie R. Haag, Assistant Professor of • read and understand standard textbooks Economics and general publications covering topics Philip J. Ruder, Associate Professor of in business and economics. Economics • write essays, short papers or major research papers in a clear and concise John Suroviak, Associate Professor of fashion with emphasis on content, Accounting/Finance style, and analytical ability. • organize and present ideas and information orally in small group A major within the Department of Business and settings, and as a sole presenter. Economics is designed to prepare students to • use data and statistics in order to under- enter business or government as a beginning stand and analyze relevant problems. professional or to enter a graduate program in • use contemporary information technology business administration or in economics. The effectively including the library, the internet, department attempts to develop a broadly and computer software applications. educated individual who is flexible, well versed in • design and carry out independent and problem-solving methods, and responsive to the collaborative projects. pressures and challenges of the modern world. MAJOR IN BUSINESS The department offers a major in business ADMINISTRATION administration and a major in economics. Students majoring in business have the option The Business and Economics Department offers a major in Business Administration of taking a concentration in accounting/finance. with the option of concentrating in account- The major students will plan electives in ing/finance. Each major in Business Admin- istration must complete at least 43 hours (of consultation with their advisor in order to which 18 hours of upper level courses must improve skills in speech and writing, develop be taken at Pacific) in departmental courses the strongest possible background in their area and 6 hours in statistics and computer of interest, and achieve a well-rounded liberal science. A minimum 2.0 grade point average arts education. Off-campus internships are is required in all business and economics courses; only grades "C-" or above may be available for responsible students who have used to satisfy department requirements, identified specific career goals. The off-campus including Math 207 and CS120. Normally, experience is intended to provide an majors are required to complete satisfactorily opportunity for the student to be involved in the BA 203, 204, Econ 101, 102, Math 207 and practical application of classroom concepts. CS120 prior to taking any of the upper division major requirements. The department Generally internships are not available until the chair must approve exceptions to this rule. second semester of the junior year. Normally, Students who are planning to attend students are required to obtain an overall grade graduate school are encouraged to take a year point average of 3.0 or higher to be eligible for of calculus. Students planning a career as a an internship. Certified Public Accountant must complete 150 semester hours of college course work, which is the equivalent of five years of college, prior to taking the CPA exam.

Business Administrationwww.pacificu.edu ❖ 45 Core Requirements however, a course from another area of the college may be included in the degree plan Econ 101 Principles of when such a course supports the students' Macroeconomics ...... 3 major focus. An internship that is closely Econ 102 Principles of integrated with a student's major focus Microeconomics ...... 3 might satisfy some of the elective credit for Econ 300+ Upper-division economics the major in business. elective...... 3 BA 203 The Accounting Process and MS Excel ...... 1 MAJOR WITH NO CONCENTRATION BA 204 Accounting Principles...... 4 Business Administration Core BA 303 Advanced MS Excel and MS Requirements 34/35 Access ...... 1 BA 305 Business Finance ...... 3 BA 405 Business Policy...... 4 BA 309 Marketing ...... 3 Electives Approved by the department ...... 12 BA 340 Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions 50/51 OR ...... 3/4 BA 350 Operations Management BA 360 Organizational Behavior....4 MAJOR WITH CONCENTRATION IN ACCOUNTING/FINANCE Math 207 General Elementary Statistics ...... 3 Business Administration Requirement 34/35 CS 120 The Information Era ...... 3 BA 313 Intermediate Accounting...3 34/35 BA 357 Income Tax Accounting .....3 BA 435 Seminar in Accounting and Finance ...... 3 Areas of Interest Electives Approved by the Many career-oriented areas of focus within department ...... 6 the business major are possible. Each student works with an academic advisor 49/50 in the department to design the major that best fits the interests of the student. Students with an interest in accounting or MINOR IN BUSINESS finance will likely pursue a concentration in this area. The business majors without a ADMINISTRATION concentration can design a program The Business and Economics Department tailored to prepare them for careers in offers a minor in Business Administration areas such as international business, which requires completion of 22 hours of marketing, production and services departmental courses. A minimum 2.0 management, human resources manage- grade point average is required. Any ment, or management of technology and student interested in a Business Adminis- information systems. tration minor should consult with a Each student intending to major in business faculty member in the Business and will work with an advisor in the department Economics Department. to develop a plan of study that meets the standards of the department while prepar- ing the student for the career of choice. The upper-division elective requirements of the major will generally be met by study within the business and economics department;

46 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS ■

Requirements Requirements Econ 101 Principles of Econ 101 Principles of Macroeconomics ...... 3 Macroeconomics ...... 3 Econ 102 Principles of Econ 102 Principles of Microeconomics ...... 3 Microeconomics ...... 3 BA 203 The Accounting Process B.A. 203 The Accounting Process and MS Excel ...... 1 and MS Excel ...... 1 BA 204 Accounting Principles...... 4 B.A. 204 Accounting Principles...... 4 BA 303 Advanced MS Excel Mat 207 General Elementary and MS Access...... 1 Statistics ...... 3 BA 305 Business Finance ...... 3 Econ 321 Introduction to BA 360 Organizational Behavior....4 Econometrics ...... 3 BA 300+ Business Administrative Econ 327 Microeconomic Theory ...... 3 Elective ...... 22 Econ 328 Macroeconomic Theory .....3 Econ 300+ Economics Electives ...... 15 MAJOR IN ECONOMICS One of the following ...... 2-3 CS 120 The Information Era The major in economics requires completion CS 130 Introduction to Software of 30 hours in economics courses, 5 hours in Tools accounting, 3 hours in statistics and 2-3 hours in computer science. Principles of CS 230 Introduction to Advanced Microeconomics and Macroeconomics are Software Tools the basic prerequisites for all department courses. Elementary Statistics, Math 207, 40-41 must be completed prior to enrolling in Econometrics, Econ 321. Pre-Calculus, Math Note: One of the electives may be selected from 125, is a prerequisite for Microeconomic outside economics with departmental approval. Theory, Econ 327. A minimum 2.0 grade point average is required in all major courses; only grades "C-" or above may be MINOR IN ECONOMICS used to satisfy department requirements, including Math 207. The Business and Economics Department The department advises that students offers a minor in Economics that requires intending to do graduate work in econom- completion of 18 hours of departmental ics should complete the calculus sequence courses including 9 hours of electives. A and other selected math courses. minimum 2.0 grade point average is required. Any student interested in an Economics minor should consult with a faculty member in the Business and Economics Department.

Requirements Econ 101 Principles of Macroeconomics...... 3 Econ 102 Principles of Microeconomics ...... 3 Econ 327 Microeconomic Theory ...... 3 Econ 328 Macroeconomic Theory .....3 Econ 300+ Economics Electives ...... 9

21

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 47 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Econ 328 Macroeconomic Theory The economics of national income and Economics employment. An analysis of measures of national income and the factors determining Econ 101 Principles of levels of income and employment. Prerequi- Macroeconomics sites: Econ 101 and 102. 3 hours. An introduction to the U.S. economic system with emphasis on understanding the forces Econ 329 International Economics that cause economic problems and the policies The economic analysis of the determinants of that can be used to solve them. The causes and the international exchange of goods, services effects of inflation and unemployment, the role and financial assets. International trade topics of money and banks in the economy and the include the effect of trade policy on national causes and consequences of economic growth. income level and distribution. International No prerequisites. 3 hours. finance topics will include the balance of payments, foreign exchange rate regimes, and Econ 102 Principles of the flow of foreign investment. Special Microeconomics attention will be paid to examples relevant to An introduction to the economics of choice in a U.S.-Europe, and North-South economic private enterprise economy. How individuals relations. Prerequisites: Econ 101 and 102. and firms make decisions in a world of scarce 4 hours. resources. The limitations of the market in dealing with problems such as pollution, Econ 330 Industry Studies monopoly power, and income distribution.The An applied field of economics that deals with role of government in correcting market the problems of explaining the behavior of failure. An examination of the international markets for goods and services. The emphasis economy including balance of payments and is upon the market structure, conduct, and exchange rates. No prerequisites. 3hours. performance of selected industries, the problems of ownership and control, competitive Econ 180 Contemporary Economic behavior and pricing policy, technology and Problems obsolescence, entry and size; the implications Seminar in current economic conditions and of trade practices for public policy. Prerequi- problems, analysis of economic policies and sites: Econ 101 and Econ 102. 3 hours. practices affecting such problems; contribution of the social sciences toward understanding Econ 331 Money and Banking and providing solutions to such problems. Analysis of the nature and functions of money Prerequisites: Econ 101, or 102. 1-3 hours. and effects of changes in the money supply; This course may be graded Pass/No Pass at the operation of commercial banks, the Federal discretion of the instructor. Reserve System, and the Treasury that affect the United States' monetary system; monetary Econ 321 Introduction to theory; critique of various monetary policies. Econometrics Prerequisites: Econ 101 and 102. 3 hours. Statistical techniques used in measurement of relationships among economic variables, Econ 333 Environmental Economics emphasizing practical applications; estimation Environmental economics studies the role of of econometric models, prediction, and environmental amenities such as clean air and hypothesis-testing; extensive use of computer. clear water in the economic system. The course Prerequisites: Econ 101 and 102, Math 207. 3 analyzes the problems of market outcomes when hours. such amenities are not priced. The problems associated with estimating economic costs and Econ 327 Microeconomic Theory benefits are also carefully examined. Through- Principles of price and resource allocation out the course, the connection between economic theory in a decentralized economy; theory of understanding and improved public policy is consumer choice; price determination under emphasized. The course will include a lab different market situations; effects on economic section which will be devoted in large measure efficiency. Prerequisites: Econ 101 and 102, to experiences in the field. and Math 125. 3 hours.

48 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS ■

Econ 340 The Asian Economies BA 303 Advanced MS Excel and An examination of the performance of the East Basic MS Access and Southeast Asian economies, addressing Advanced MS Excel applications in accounting problems associated with economic growth, state and finance to make students proficient as they intervention, industrialization, agricultural enter the business world. An introduction to MS development, trade, and foreign investment; Access to familiarize students with electronic recent economic reforms in China; rise of the databases. Corequisite: BA 305. 1 hour. newly-industrializing countries; transferability of the Japanese experience to other economies; BA 305 Business Finance impact of the Asian economies on the United A study of the financial principles applicable to States. Prerequisites: Econ 101 or 102. 3 hours. the business organization. Financial manage- Meets cross cultural requirement. ment of assets and the need for funds, sources and cost of obtaining short-term and long-term Econ 490 Senior Research Seminar funds, capital budgeting. Prerequisite: BA204. This seminar enables each student to apply the Corequisite: BA303. 3 hours. concepts and tools of economic analysis in the exploration of current policy issues, and to BA 313-314 Intermediate Accounting undertake a research project on a topic of Financial accounting statement interpretation, particular interest. Normally students will presentation, and disclosure including have at least a 3.3 GPA to be eligible for the coverage of functions and basic theory; asset seminar. Emphasis will be placed on student- recognition and measurement; liability led discussion, with active participation of recognition and measurement; stockholders' faculty members. Prerequisites: Senior equity, dilutive securities, and investments; standing in Economics and consent of issues related to income measurement; and instructor. 3 hours. preparation and interpretation of financial statements. Prerequisites: BA204. BA 313 is a Econ 495 Independent Research prerequisite to BA 314. 3 hours per semester. Student-conducted individual research/ theoretical project. Faculty supervised. BA 316 Cost Accounting Discussion of the nature, objectives and procedures of cost accounting and cost control; ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE job costing and process costing; theory and practice of accounting for manufacturing overhead; cost budgeting and control; cost BA 203 The Accounting Process reports, joint product and by-product costing; and Basic Excel distribution costs; standard costs; differential cost Detailed coverage of the accounting cycle and analysis; profit volume relationships and break- introduction to MS Excel. The Excel part of even analysis. Prerequisite: BA204. 3 hours. the course will focus on solving accounting and finance problems using Excel. Corequisite: BA 334 Real Estate Principles BA 204. 1 hour. An introductory course in real estate. The following areas are emphasized: the real estate BA 204 Accounting Principles industry and the economy; real estate Introduction to accounting concepts and brokerage; real estate finance; real property application of these concepts; financial appraising; title examination, title insurance statement preparation; accounting systems and and closing; land-use planning and zoning. controls; accounting for assets and liabilities; Prerequisite: junior standing. 3 hours. partnerships and corporations; cash flow analysis and financial statement analysis; cost BA 352 Investments terminology, behavior and systems design; the To gain an understanding of investing in planning and control process; using cost data marketable securities. To develop a vocabulary in decision making. Prerequisite: Sophomore and knowledge of types of securities including standing. Corequisite: BA203. 4 hours. common stocks, bonds and other types of investments. To understand and use funda- mental and technical security analysis. To incorporate current financial events with reading materials and projects. Prerequisites: BA204, junior standing. 3 hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 49 BA 357 Income Tax Accounting MANAGEMENT AND A study of the structure of federal tax laws and some of the motivating forces and policies shaping ADMINISTRATION (B.A.) tax laws and concepts; determination of taxable income and the income tax liability as they relate BA 302 Small Business to individuals; overview of the taxation of Management corporations and other entities; and an overview of Development of the students' understanding of Oregon income tax laws. Prerequisites: BA204 the economic and social environment in which and junior standing. 3 hours. small businesses function. The processes involved in initiating new ventures are BA 415 Auditing discussed. The course focuses on the areas of Studies both the theory and practice of marketing and financial management and the auditing through the consideration of the legal and governmental relations of the small auditing environment, standards, ethics, and firm. A detailed treatment of the problems liability and consideration of internal control involved in managing specific fields of small techniques, audit evidence and working paper business such as a retail store, a franchise, a techniques, and methods of auditing proce- service firm, and a production plant. Prerequi- dures and types of reports. Prerequisites: BA site: junior standing. 3 hours. 313, Math 207. 3 hours. BA 306 Business Law BA 425 Advanced Accounting Introduction to the structure and functions of Accounting for corporate business combina- the American legal system followed by an tions using both the pooling of interests overview of specific topics that are applicable to method and the purchase method, preparation business. Topics include: contracts, sales, of consolidated financial statements, and negotiable instruments, bankruptcy, surety- accounting for foreign operations. Prerequi- ship, agency, partnerships, corporations, sites: BA 314. 3 hours federal securities law, accountants, legal liability, employer and employee relationships, BA 430 Financial Accounting Topics property, trusts and estates. Prerequisite: Coverage of financial accounting topics not junior standing. 3 hours. covered in BA 313-314 and BA 425. Topics will vary; however, the course will focus on BA 312 International Business current financial accounting topics and will Survey course covering recent and important require students to solve accounting and issues in international business, trade and business cases. Prerequisite: BA 313. 3 hours. investment. Topics might include the Interna- tional Business environment, the government and regulatory environment, international comparative environments, international BA 435 - Seminar in Accounting and monetary environment, international Finance marketing, international finance, management A capstone, discussion-based course for strategies, and the future of international accounting/finance concentration that uses business. Prerequisites: Econ 101, Econ 102, cases to explore realistic accounting and B. A. 300. B.A. 309. 3 hours. finance issues. Students will be faced with unstructured problems and be required to BA 320 Human Resource provide analyses and recommendations. Management Prerequisite: BA313, BA357, and Senior Functions of the personnel department in a standing. 3 hours. business organization. Contributions of research in the social sciences to personnel administration. Operation and techniques of a personnel department including job evalua- tion, employee recruiting and selection, psychological testing, employment counseling, wage administration, labor management relations and other personnel programs. Prerequisite: junior standing. 3 hours.

50 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS ■

BA340 Quantitative Analysis for MARKETING Business Decisions An introduction to formalized methods used in BA 309 Marketing managerial decision making and problem Introduction to marketing concepts and solving. The focus is on the development and application of these concepts to the marketing of use of decision models in a range of managerial products, services, ideas, organizations, and applications. Techniques include decision people in both profit-oriented and nonprofit analysis, linear programming, simulation, business environments. Topics include: forecasting and project management. Develop- marketing's role in society and within the firm; ment of computer-based decision models will environmental evaluation; consumer buying be an integral part of the course. Prerequisite: behavior; market segmentation and target junior standing. 4 hours. market selection; management of marketing mix variables (product, price, placement, promo- BA 350 Operations Management tion). Students gain experience in problem Study of key concepts, quantitative techniques, solving and communication through case and practices used in the management of the analyses and presentations. Prerequisites: Econ production of goods and services. Includes 101 and 102 and junior standing. 3 hours. examination of product and process design, process analysis, total quality management, BA 333 Consumer Behavior project management, materials management, Identification and analysis of environmental capacity planning, work design, facility layout and individual factors which influence and operational scheduling. Prerequisites: behavior in the consumer market, emphasizing Econ 101 and 102, junior standing. 3 hours. consumer decision processes and market responses. Course includes case analysis, BA 351 Services Management presentation, and individual semester projects. An exploration of key concepts and strategies Prerequisite: B.A. 309 for effectively managing service operations. Involves the study and application of appropri- BA 410 Marketing Research ate frameworks, practices, and analysis tools Application of research techniques and for designing, evaluating, managing, and statistical analysis to the consumer market improving service operations. A multi- through case analyses and individual research disciplinary approach to understanding project. Each student works with a local services is adopted. 3 hours. business to design research, administer survey, conduct appropriate statistical analysis, and BA 360 Organizational Behavior present findings (with operational recommen- and Management dations) to management. Prerequisites: Math An introduction to the functions of manage- 207, B.A. 309, senior standing. 3 hours. ment and to the theory of human behavior in organizations. Management history, attitudes, BA 443 Special Topics in Marketing skills, and managerial processes as well as an A course focusing on topics of special interest to investigation of the theories of human behavior, students and faculty, such as Services Market- motivation, communication, decision making, ing, Internet Marketing, Public Policy and group and social processes, organizational Marketing, and Sports Marketing. Prerequi- culture, power, and leadership are addressed. sites: B.A. 309, junior standing.3 hours. Prerequisite: junior standing. 4 hours.

BA 405 Business Policy This course serves as a capstone course for students of business administration without an accounting/finance concentration. It demands the integration of knowledge from all func- tional area business disciplines to make effective strategic decisions from an organiza- tion-wide perspective. The case study method of teaching combined with the dynamic application of course tools to real and simu- lated business situations are used. Prerequisite: BA 305, B.A. 309, BA360 and senior standing. 3 hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 51 CHEMISTRY

Richard V. Whiteley, Jr., Professor and Chair • have the ability to formulate and carry out James O. Currie, Jr., Distinguished strategies for solving scientific problems. University Professor • develop experience working with others as Kevin E. Johnson, Associate Professor part of a team to solve scientific problems. William T. Jordan, Professor • develop good scientific communication including writing, oral communication and Jere M. Marrs, Visiting Professor presentation skills and the ability to access, Jodi M. Paar, Assistant Professor read, understand and use scientific literature. Chemistry plays a central role in the sciences • have had the opportunity to gain experience because the goal of chemical study is with an individual research project within the understanding natural processes on an atomic and university or in another appropriate setting. molecular level. Thus, chemistry majors should experience the excitement of relating molecular MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY properties to the order they observe in nature. Our challenge is to emphasize the connections Requirements between the molecular level structure and Chem 220-230 General Chemistry I-II..8 properties and the behavior of macroscopic matter. Chem 310-311 Organic Chemistry I...... 4 Majors should be prepared for immediate industrial employment, for entry into programs of Chem 320-321 Organic Chemistry II .....4 professional study such as medicine or Chem 340-341 Quantitative Analysis ...4 engineering, or for graduate study in chemistry or a Chem 410-411 Thermodynamics related field. This mission suggests the following and Kinetics...... 4 outcomes for our educational process. At the end Chem 430 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry ...... 3 of their studies, graduating majors should: Chem 485 Seminar ...... 1 • have a working knowledge of the basic areas of chemistry (inorganic, organic, physical, 28 and analytical chemistry). A working Math 226-227 Calculus I-II...... 8 knowledge is demonstrated by understanding the language of chemistry (Math 228 strongly recommended) and the ability to apply formal knowledge in a Physics – One year with laboratory problem-solving environment. (Phys 232-242 recommended) ...... 8 • understand the relationships between microscopic structure and macroscopic At least one of the following emphases properties, energy relationships, chemical must be fulfilled: and physical transformations, acid-base theory, and solution chemistry and be Chemistry proficient in basic laboratory skills (e.g., Biol 202 & 204 General Biology I-II...... 8 preparing solutions, chemical and Two upper-division chemistry instrumental analysis, laboratory safety). electives (with lab if available, except Chem 385)...... 6-8 • have an understanding of principles and applications of modern instrumentation, 58-60 computation, experimental design, and data analysis.

52 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 CHEMISTRY ■

Note: For students planning to work as Elective: chemists or attend graduate school in chemistry Choose one of the following ...... 3-4 the following courses should be included: Chem 350-351 Instrumental Analysis Chem 350-351 Instrumental Analysis...4 Chem 380 Biochemistry Chem 420-421 Quantum Chemistry Chem 410-411 Thermodynamics and and Spectroscopy ...... 4 Kinetics Chem 440 Advanced Organic Chem 420-421 Quantum Chemistry and Laboratory or Spectroscopy Chem. 498/499 Chem 430 Advanced Inorganic Thesis ...... 3-4 Chemistry Chemical Physics 24-25 Chem 420-421 Quantum Chemistry and Spectroscopy ...... 4 At least one credit of upper -division Phys 320-321 Modern Physics ...... 4 chemistry laboratory, must be taken at One upper-division Physics course Pacific University. Any student interested from the following (Phys 364, 376, in a Chemistry minor should consult with 380, 420, 460)...... 3-4 a faculty member in the Chemistry Department. OR One additional upper-division course in Chem., Physics, or Math ...... 3-4 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 58-60 Chemistry (Chem) Biochemistry Chem 110 Chemistry for Nonscientists. Biol 202, 204 General Biology I and II.....8 An introductory chemistry course for students Chem 380 Biochemistry I ...... 3 who do not plan to take additional chemistry. Chem 480 Biochemistry II ...... 4 Basic principles of chemistry are developed and used to explain phenomena of significance to Chem 481 Biochemistry Lab ...... 4 our lives. Topics may include the structure and function of selected biological molecules, 59 atmospheric chemistry, chemical sources of energy, and foods. 3 hours. Staff At least six credits of upper-division chemistry, including at least one credit Chem 220 General Chemistry I of chemistry laboratory must be taken The first of a two semester sequence which at Pacific University. A course in introduces the basic concepts of chemistry by computer science (CS 150 or 230) is addressing: atomic and molecular structure, also recommended. properties of materials, nomenclature, equilibrium, kinetics, thermodynamics, and electrochemistry. These topics are studied in MINOR IN CHEMISTRY the context of inorganic and organic chemistry. In addition to three lectures per week, the class Requirements meets three hours weekly for a laboratory or Chem 220-230 General Chemistry I-II.8 activity session. Prerequisite: Math 122 or equivalent. 4 hours. Staff. Chem 310-311 Organic Chemistry I...... 4 Chem 320-321 Organic Chemistry II...... 4 Chem 230 General Chemistry II Chem 340-341 Quantitative Analysis ...4 The second of a two semester sequence continuing from Chem 220. In addition to Chem 385 Seminar ...... 1 three lectures per week, the class meets three hours weekly for a laboratory or activity session. Prerequisite: Chem 220 (with a grade of ““C-”” or higher) and Math 125 or equivalent. 4 hours. Staff.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 53 Chem 240 Survey of Organic Chem 350 Instrumental Analysis Chemistry An introduction to the theory and principles of An introduction to the chemistry of the hydrocar- instrumental methods of chemical analysis. bons and their principal derivatives. Meets physical Included are spectrophotometric, electrometric, therapy, optometry and nursing requirements. and chromatographic methods. Prerequisite: with Prerequisite: Chem 230. 3 hours. Jordan. a “C-” or better, Chem 340 and Phys 204 or 242. 3 hours. Whiteley. Chem 241 Survey of Organic Chemistry Laboratory Chem 351 Instrumental Analysis Laboratory experience in the preparation and Laboratory properties of organic molecules. Prerequisite: Laboratory experiences to augment and Chem 230. Co-requisite: Chem 240. 1 hour. illustrate Chem 350, which is a co-requisite. Jordan. Prerequisite: Chem 341 with a “C-” or better. 1 hour. Whiteley. Chem 295 Independent Project Work in chemistry and introduction to chemistry Chem 380 Biochemistry I research on a topic of mutual interest to the A general biochemistry course including the student and a faculty member. This course may structure and function of biological molecules be repeated for credit or continued as Chem 495, in metabolism, bioenergetics, and enzyme consent of instructor required. 1-3 hours. Staff. action. Prerequisite: Chem 240 or 320; Biol 204 strongly recommended. 3 hours. Paar. Chem 310 Organic Chemistry I An integrated study of aliphatic and aromatic Chem 385 Seminar chemistry. Emphasis is placed on the mechanis- Participation in discussions about recent tic approach to understanding organic reactions. advances in the field of chemistry. May be Prerequisite: Chem 230. 3 hours. Currie. taken twice for credit. P/NP. 1 hour. Currie.

Chem 311 Organic Chemistry Chem 410 Thermodynamics and Laboratory I Kinetics A laboratory course in organic chemistry Presentation, discussion, and application of the concerned with the synthesis, isolation and laws of thermodynamics, including gas purification of characteristic organic com- behavior, equations of state, phase transforma- pounds including an introduction to the tions, chemical equilibria and kinetics. qualitative identification of unknown com- Prerequisite: Chem 230, Math 227 and Physics pounds. Prerequisite: Chem 230. Co-requisite: 204 or 242 all with “C-” or better. Chem 310. 1 hour. Currie. 3 hours. Johnson.

Chem 320 Organic Chemistry II Chem 411 Thermodynamics and A continuation of Chem 310, which is a prerequi- Kinetics Laboratory site with a “C-” or better, 3 hours. Currie. A laboratory course to accompany Chem 410, which is a co-requisite. 1 hour. Johnson. Chem 321 Organic Chemistry Alternate years 2000-01. Laboratory II A continuation of Chem 311, which is a Chem 420 Quantum Chemistry prerequisite. Co-requisite: Chem 320. 1 hour. and Spectroscopy Currie. An introduction to quantum mechanics and its applications to chemistry including atomic Chem 340 Quantitative Analysis structure, the chemical bond and spectroscopy. An introduction to the theory and principles of Prerequisite: Chem 230, Math 227 and Physics volumetric, gravimetric, and colorimetric 204 or 242 all with ““C-”” or better. methods of analysis. Prerequisite: Chem 230 3 hours. Marrs. Alternate years. 2001-02. with a “C-” or better. 2 hours. Whiteley. Chem 421 Quantum Chemistry and Chem 341 Quantitative Analysis Spectroscopy Laboratory Laboratory A laboratory course designed to accompany A laboratory course to accompany and give practical Chem 420, which is a co-requisite. 1 hour. illustration to the principles covered in Chem Marrs. Alternate years. 2001-02. 340, which is a co-requisite. 2 hours. Whiteley.

54 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 CHEMISTRY ■

Chem 430 Advanced Inorganic Chem 481 Biochemistry Lab Chemistry This course will emphasize experimental design, An introduction to inorganic chemistry at an development of biochemical laboratory tech- advanced level. Topics include atomic and niques, data acquisition and interpretation molecular structure, symmetry, bonding develpment of theoretical models. Important theory, periodic correlations, acid-base theory, biochemical techniques that students may and the theory of metal-ligand interactions. develop proficiencies include protein purifica- Prerequisite: Chem 230. 3 hours. Jordan. tion, execution of enzyme assays, develpment of Alternate years. 2001-02. spectroscopic an chromatographic methods, and cell culture tmethods. Corequisite: Chem 480, Chem 440 Advanced Organic 1 credit. Paar. Alternate years, Spring 2002. Laboratory An advanced laboratory for majors and serious Chem 485 Seminar pre-professional students who require more Designed to acquaint the science major with practical laboratory experience than can be recent advances in chemistry and related fields given in the introductory course sequence, as well as to provide experience in the prepara- Chem 311 and 321. Prerequisite: Chem 321. tion and oral presentation of science topics. May 3 hours. Currie. Alternate years. 2001-02. be taken twice for credit. 1 hour. Currie.

Chem 445 Reactivity Modeling Chem 495 Research Practical application of computer modeling Independent laboratory studies or theoretical software to the determination of molecular studies on projects of mutual interest to the properties and reactivity. Topics include both student and faculty. This may be repeated for classical and quantum mechanical approaches. continuing or new projects. Consent of faculty Prerequisite: Chem 310 or 240 (one semester required. 1-3 hours. of organic chemistry). 1 hour. Staff. 2002-03 Chem 498/499 Thesis Chem 450 Analytical Topics, Lecture Students electing to do a thesis will engage in A non-laboratory treatment of a single a substantial research project that will involve analytical technique such as electrochemistry, an investigation of the scientific literature and nuclear magnetic resonance, or mass spec- original research on a current topic in trometry. May be repeated for credit in chemistry. The work will culminate in a different techniques. 1 hour. written thesis and oral presentation. 2 hours each semester. Currie. Chem 451 Analytical Topics, Laboratory Lecture and laboratory work in a single, GEOLOGY COURSES analytical technique such as gas chromatogra- phy, electrochemistry, liquid chromatography, Science (Sci) or atomic absorption spectroscopy. May be Sci 140 Physical Geology repeated for different techniques. 1 hour. An introduction to the structure of the earth and dynamic earth-shaping processes includ- Chem 480 Biochemistry II ing plate tectonics, rocks and minerals and the Biochemistry II is designed to further explore origin and evolution of landforms through the structure and function of biological volcanic activity, folding, faulting and erosion. molecules. The course may include some of the Co- or prerequisite: Sci 141. 3 hours. Jordan following topics: integration of metabolism, nucleic acid-protein interactions, cancer Sci 141 Geology Laboratory biochemistry, immunological biochemistry, Laboratory experience to accompany Sci 140 biochemistry of neurotransmission, pharma- and Sci 150, one of which must be taken ceutical drug design, and special topics in concurrently. 1 hour. Jordan biophysics and biomolecular structure. Prerequisite: Chem 380. 3 hours. Paar Sci 150 Physical Geology Alternate Spring 2002. An introduction to the history of the earth beginning with the origin of the solar system and including the evolution of the continents, the evolution of life, geologic time and stratigraphy. Co- or prerequisite: Sci 141. 3 hours. Jordan

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 55 EDUCATION

(See the Graduate and Professional Programs part of their undergraduate education at Catalog for listing of faculty and description Pacific University. To obtain the Initial of programs.) Oregon Teaching License as an under- graduate a student must apply for The undergraduate program allows a student to admission to the School of Education. The complete a bachelor’s degree while application for admission to the School of simultaneously completing the requirements for Education should be submitted at the end an Oregon teaching license. Students are of the freshman year or at the beginning of the sophomore year. The application provided solid foundations in theory and process may be accomplished as a part of content, as well as extended field experiences. the EDUC 260 class. Licensure requires an They are prepared to nurture young peoples’ additional 32 credits of professional intellectual, social, and moral growth and to coursework beyond the requirements of appreciate diversity of cultures. the major. Students interested in licensure should complete the recommended subject The program prepares students for an Oregon area coursework in writing, literature, Initial Teaching License with authorizations at science, mathematics, social science, and the arts as part of the core requirements or any of four levels: Early Childhood Education electives. (age 3 to grade 4), Elementary Education For those who do not want to obtain a (grades 3-8), Middle School Education (grades teaching license as a part of their under- 5-10), and High School Education (grades 7-12). graduate education, a minor in a comple- Students are strongly encouraged to qualify for mentary subject area is recommended. two adjacent authorization levels. Students who wish to qualify for the Early Childhood and Education and Learning Major Elementary authorizations will complete the Phil 101 Knowledge and Reality .....3 Education and Learning major. Those who plan Psy 150 Introduction to Psychology3 to teach at the Middle School or High School Social Foundations level will major in the subject area in which they one of the following...... 3 wish to teach and complete the professional Anth 101 Introduction to Anthropology sequence of courses in the School of Education. Soc 102 Social Problems PolS 101 Power & Community Development EARLY CHILDHOOD & one of the following...... 3 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Psy 180 Lifespan Human Development Education & Learning Major Psy 318 Applied Human The Education and Learning major is a Development joint offering of the College of Arts and Cognition Sciences and the School of Education. It is one of the following...... 3 designed to provide students with a deep understanding of the psychological, Psy 225 Human Learning developmental, and curricular founda- & Motivation tions of education. This major builds a Psy 248 Mind, Theory & Method strong foundation for careers working Psy 315 Cognitive Neuroscience with children and in various educational Psy 352 Physiological Psychology programs, including classroom teaching The Education and Learning major is recommended for students interested in pursuing a license for teaching in early childhood or elementary classrooms as a

56 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 EDUCATION ■

Education Educ 409 Integrated Methods IIIa: one of the following Math in Early Childhood Educ 260 Foundations of Education ...2 Education ...... 2 Educ 300 Introduction to Early OR Childhood Education...... 4 Educ 343 Integrated Methods IIIa: Educ 305 Learning Communities ...... 3 Math in Elementary Education ...... 2 Educ 361 Foundations of Human Development Educ 328 Integrated Methods IIIb: & Psychology ...... 3 Science and Health in Early Childhood Education...... 2 Educ 370 School and Society...... 2 OR Educ 397 Field Experience...... 2 Educ 329 Integrated Methods IIIb: Educ 420 Normal Language Science and Health in Development ...... 2 Elementary Education...... 2 Educ 427 Psychology of Reading Educ 410 Integrated Methods IV: Instruction...... 2 Expressive Arts in Early Required capstone experience: Childhood Education...... 2 one of the following OR Educ 490 Integrating Seminar...... 6 Educ 445 Integrated Methods IV: Educ 475 Student Teaching ...... 12 Thematic Teaching through SS and the Arts...... 2 Required Professional Courses for Early Educ 397 Field Experience...... 1 Childhood & Elementary School Educ 459 Preparing the Authorizations Work Sample ...... 2 The following courses are required to Educ 477 Minor Authorization qualify for the Oregon Initial Teaching Practicum ...... 3 License with authorizations for Early Educ 476 Learning Communities III: Childhood Education or Elementary Reflection and Practice...... 2 Education. Some of these courses will also Educ 475 Student Teaching ...... 12 fulfill requirements for the Education and Learning major. Middle School and Educ 305 Learning Communities: Personal Awareness High School Authorizations and Diversity...... 3 Students who plan to complete the Educ 370 School and Society...... 2 requirements for the Middle School and High School authorizations should major Educ 361 Foundations of Human in the content area in which they wish to Development and teach, complete the required coursework Psychology...... 3 in professional education, and successfully Educ 436 Technology across the meet the requirements of student teaching. Curriculum ...... 2 Students will have the opportunity to Educ 431 Integrated Methods I: qualify for both Middle School and High General Methods ...... 3 School authorizations. While qualification Educ 408 Integrated Methods II: for both is not required, students will be Reading and Language Arts encouraged to do so. Those preparing to in Early Childhood be teachers of art, music, and physical Education ...... 4 education will be required to qualify for OR two levels of authorization consistent with OARs 584-060-0030. To obtain the Initial Educ 444 Integrated Methods II: Oregon Teaching License as an under- Reading and Language Arts graduate a student must apply for in Elementary Education ...4 admission to the School of Education. The application for admission to the School of Education should be submitted at the end

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 57 of the freshman year or at the beginning • Mathematics, Advanced: A major in of the sophomore year. The application Mathematics including courses in process may be accomplished as a part of Probability, Higher Geometry, and the EDUC 260 class. Abstract Algebra. Programs are available to enable students • Music (Must meet the requirements for to meet the requirements for the following two levels of authorization): A major in subject area teaching endorsements: Art, Music Education. Foreign Languages (French, German, • Physical Education (Must meet the Japanese, and Spanish), Language Arts, requirements for two levels of authoriza- Mathematics (Middle School and Ad- tion): A major in Exercise Science with an vanced), Music, Physical Education, emphasis in Human Performance. Science (Biology, Chemistry, Integrated Science, and Physics), and Social Studies. • Physics: A major in Physics including courses in Thermodynamics and Following are the requirements that Geometric Optics. students seeking a subject area endorse- ment in the Middle School and High • Social Studies: A major in a social School authorizations must meet outside science, including history. Students of the education sequence offered by the interested in this endorsement area will School of Education: work with their Education advisor to develop a program that provides the • Art (Must meet the requirements for breadth of knowledge necessary to two levels of authorization): A major in teach social studies at the secondary art. A Computer Graphics or Illustra- level. This would include at least 3 tion course is recommended. courses of non-U.S. history, political • Biology: A major in Biology, including science, sociology, psychology or Human Anatomy, Human Physiology, anthropology; 3 courses in U.S. and Invertebrate Zoology. History; 2 courses in Politics and • Chemistry: A major in Chemistry. Government; 2 courses in Economics; Cultural Geography; and one course in • Foreign Languages: A major in Foreign contemporary issues. Language. Primary language must be selected from French, German, Japanese, or Spanish. Successful Required Professional Courses completion of Methods of Teaching for Middle School & Foreign Languages. High School Authorizations • Integrated Science: Students who are Educ 305 Learning Communities: interested in this endorsement will Personal Awareness complete a major from the Natural and Diversity...... 3 Science Division and work with their Educ 370 School and Society...... 2 advisor in Education to develop a program that includes broad basic Educ 361 Foundations of Human coursework in Biology, Chemistry, and Development Physics as well as Geology, Astronomy, and Psychology...... 3 and Meteorology. Educ 436 Technology across the • Language Arts: A major in Literature or Curriculum ...... 2 Creative Writing including a Educ 327 Teaching and Assessment in Shakespeare course, a course on the the Middle School...... 2 theory of literature, a course in OR Linguistics, and two courses in Oral Expression. Educ 326 Teaching and Assessment in the High School...... 2 • Mathematics, Middle School: Students will take sufficient courses to pass the Educ 314 Reading and Writing Across appropriate PRAXIS test. Suggest the Curriculum...... 2 taking the mathematics sequence through Calculus I, including Statistics and a computer programming course.

58 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 EDUCATION ■

Special Methods (in appropriate Admission requirements include: content area)...... 3 • 2.75 minimum GPA (cumulative and Educ 302 Teaching Art in the Middle endorsement) and High School • Passing score on one of the following: Educ 303 Teaching Music in the California Basic Educational Skills Test Middle and High School (CBEST), PRAXIS Pre-Professional Educ 338 Teaching Science in the Skills Test (PPST), or PRAXIS Com- Middle and High School puter-Based Academic Skills Assess- Educ 339 Teaching PE in the Middle ment (CBT) and High School • Academic and pre-professional Educ 349 Teaching Math in the Middle recommendations and High School • Personal interview and writing sample Educ 447 Teaching Foreign Language to be completed at time of interview in the Middle and High School Continuation in the program Educ 451 Teaching Social Studies in Students must maintain a 2.75 minimum the Middle and High School GPA in all professional education and Educ 452 Teaching Language Arts in endorsement area coursework with no the Middle and High School grade lower than a “C”; a “C-” is not acceptable. Educ 397 Field Experience...... 1 Students must complete all required Educ 459 Preparing the coursework before student teaching. Work Sample ...... 2 Students must pass all required tests Educ 477 Minor Authorization before student teaching. Placement...... 3 Educ 476 Learning Communities III: Requirements for program completion Reflection and Practice...... 2 Students must complete all coursework Educ 475 Student Teaching ...... 12 with satisfactory grades. Admission Students must complete field experience, required practica, and student teaching Prior to taking coursework necessary for with a grade of Pass. teacher licensure, students must be Students must complete requirements for admitted to the School of Education. two work samples. Requirements include Students who wish to enter a teaching preparation, teaching, and a satisfactory career should consult with the Coordina- evaluation. tor of the Undergraduate Education Program early in the freshman year, and Students must pass all applicable tests should take the introductory education required for licensure. course, EDUC 260, Foundations of Education, by fall of the sophomore year. Application to the School of Education may be accomplished as a part of the Educ 260 class.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 59 ENGINEERING

3-2 ENGINEERING, COOPERATIVE PROGRAM requirements for a B.S. degree with a major of their choice. Normally this major will be Contact Dr. Fehrs or Dr. Wiener Applied Science because of its obvious Pacific currently has a formal cooperative program overlap with a professional engineering with Washington University in St. Louis, and program. However, with careful planning, other majors are possible, particularly informal programs with other schools including physics or mathematics. With prior Oregon State University, Washington State approval, select professional courses may University, and Portland State University. A be used to meet some major requirements. complete range of engineering specialties is available through these schools including Chem 220-230 General Chemistry I-II...8 aeronautical, chemical, civil, electrical, mechanical, C.S. 150 Introduction to Computer and nuclear engineering. Requirements for Science I ...... 4 admission to these programs are unique to each Math 226-228 Calculus I-III ...... 12 school, but admission will usually be assured for Math 204 Discrete Math ...... 3 those students who maintain a “B” average and Math 311 Differential Equations....3 who are recommended by the Division of Natural Phy 232-242 General (Workshop) Sciences. Program details for the various Physics I-II ...... 8 engineering schools are available from professors Phy 322 Modern Physics with Dr. Fehrs or Dr. Wiener. Health Applications ...... 4 The program is designed as a 3-2 transfer Phy 332 Waves and Optics ...... 4 program in which the student spends three years Phy 380 Classical Mechanics at Pacific obtaining the necessary background in in Dynamics ...... 4 science and mathematics and then transfers to the Phy 376 Engineering Mechanics: Statics ...... 3 engineering school for the final two years of professional training. In addition, the program OR Phy 364 Electronics ...... 3/4 provides for an appropriate breadth in humanities 53 OR 54 and social sciences which is desirable for scientists in industry. Upon completion, the student The student must also successfully complete receives a B.S. from Pacific and a B.S. in 30 semester credits in engineering courses engineering from the engineering school. One of taken in an accredited engineering program, which may be transferred back to Pacific the primary advantages that engineering schools University. At least 20 of these credits must see for the 3-2 package is that students who come be at the upper-division level. into engineering from a liberal arts background frequently have a broader perspective than the average engineering student. COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS WITH OGI Requirements There is a formal cooperative arrangement In addition to Pacific’s core requirements, between OGI (Oregon Graduate Institute students planning on a cooperative of Science and Technology) and Pacific program are advised to complete the University which allows for free inter- courses listed below. However, specific change of students and faculty as well as requirements may depend upon the use of facilities. Specifically, Pacific particular institution to which the student students are encouraged to take courses, transfers. They must also complete all other attend seminars, and participate in

60 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 ENGINEERING - ENGLISH ■ research at OGI. Courses such as Applied Mathematics, Chemical Group Theory, ENGLISH Solid State Physics and Complex Analysis might be taken by interested advanced Doyle W. Walls, Chair, Associate Professor undergraduates. In addition there are three cooperative advanced-degree Pauline Beard, Associate Professor programs with OGI in Electrical and Lorelle Browning, Associate Professor Computer Engineering, Computer Science and Engineering, and Environmental Theresa Love, Instructor * Science and Engineering. These are all five Perrin Kerns, Assistant Professor year programs in which the student earns both B.S. and M.S. degrees. During the Darlene Pagán, Assistant Professor fourth year, students are enrolled as full-time students at OGI. Kathlene Postma, Assistant Professor Steve Smith, Instructor, Director of Resource Center, Coordinator of First Year Seminar ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Michael R. Steele, Executive Director Oregon COOPERATIVE PROGRAM Holocaust Research Center Contact Dr. Fehrs OR Dr. Wiener Tim Thompson, Assistant Professor

This is a five-year program involving four *Indicates part time years at Pacific and one year at the Oregon Graduate Institute for Science and The English Department offers the general Technology (OGI). The student will student guidance in acquiring and developing normally receive a baccalaureate degree in the skills for critical thinking and clear writing. physics from Pacific at the end of the fourth year and a Master of Science degree For students choosing to specialize in in Electrical Engineering from OGI at the Literature or Creative Writing, the curriculum end of the fifth year. A few courses may be offers the opportunity to engage the literary taken at OGI while the student is still tradition of British and American writing, as well enrolled at Pacific. as world literatures, and to enter into the theory While at Pacific the student will complete and practice of literature itself. The general all required courses for the physics major as well as the pre-engineering require- student is also welcome to explore the world of ments listed above. Within the electives in letters in any courses the department offers, the physics major program, it is recom- provided he or she has fulfilled departmental mended that the student complete Physics prerequisites. 384 (Thermodynamics). Physics 364 (Electronics) must be completed as part of In particular, the English Department seeks to the pre-engineering requirements. teach students the following: The requirements for the M.S.E.E. are listed on the OGI web page (http:/ • to develop skills that allow them to engage in www.ogi.edu) and can be completed in a reflective critical reading; nine-month academic year. • to understand and engage the principles of literary analysis and the evolving tradition of Course Descriptions literature and writing in English; Sci 285 Pre-Engineering and • to articulate their responses, ideas, and Applied Science Seminar analyses clearly and powerfully; An introduction to the fields of engineering and applied science, with an emphasis on the • to cultivate speaking skills in both formal and methods of problems solving and the nature of informal settings; employment in these fields. Course activities include presentations, discussions, guest • to recognize the various contexts that shape lectures, field trips, and problem-solving texts and our responses to them; exercises. 1 hour. Fehrs, Wiener.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 61 • to examine how meaning is constructed in MAJOR IN various genres, traditions, periods, and CREATIVE WRITING cultures; Requirements • to consider the ethical questions that confront the writer and reader as creators One course from:...... 3-4 and consumers of texts and as members Engw 201 Expository Writing (Some of society. sections focus on a particular theme.) The faculty of the English Department brings to Engw 301 Advanced Expository its teaching a wide range of experience, Writing training, and perspectives; students benefit from exposure to a variety of teaching styles Two courses from:...... 6 and approaches to the reading, writing, and Engw 206 Introduction to Creative enjoyment of literature. Each member of the Writing, Poetry department brings his or her passions into the Engw 207 Introduction to Creative Writing, Mixed Genre classroom: we all write creatively – and remain active in the larger community of writers and Engw 208 Introduction to Creative Writing, Fiction scholars – presenting or publishing scholarship, poetry, fiction, drama, or essays. One course from:...... 3 Engl 200 Introduction to Literature Students may choose to major or minor in Engl 220 Literature and Human Creative Writing or Literature. Both emphases Concerns (Topics Vary) encourage students to do interdisciplinary Engl 227 Introduction to work, to recognize the connections between World Literature the study of literature and the work they do in Engl 229 Introduction to other fields as they seek a liberal arts American Literature education. Creative Writing majors and minors Engl 232 Introduction to are required to take part in editing and British Literature publishing the Pacific Review, the University Engl 255 (Topics Vary) literary magazine sponsored by the Two courses from:...... 8 department. Literature majors and minors, as Engw 306 Advanced Poetry Writing well as general students, are encouraged to take advantage of this opportunity to “produce” Engw 308 Advanced Fiction Writing literature as well. (In addition to offering the Engw 310 Advanced Drama Writing community the work of resident writers, the Two courses from:...... 6-8 department also presents readings and Engl 340 Studies in Drama lectures by noted visiting poets and writers.) Engl 341 Studies in Poetry Our majors go on to graduate school; teach in Engl 342 Studies in Fiction high schools and colleges; and use their thinking and writing skills in television, Two courses from:...... 6-8 publications, technical writing, insurance, Engl 323 Shakespeare administration, law, library science, special Engl 416 British Literature, education, and social work. They also go on to Beowulf to 1660 give readings of their own. Engl 418 British Literature: 1660c1790 Engl 421 The Romantic Period Engl 422 The Victorian Period Engl 423 Nineteenth Century American Literature

62 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 ENGLISH ■

Engl 425 Twentieth Century Literature by a 250-word statement of purpose. Engl 430 Major Writers Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the Major between the (Specific Authors Vary) second half of their sophomore year and Engl 455 (Topics Vary) the first half of their junior year. WorL World Languages Students interested in Creative Writing & Literatures should consult Professors Postma or Walls. (Upper-division course in a world language; only one course can be used MAJOR IN LITERATURE for this requirement)* Requirements Engw 497/498 Senior Seminar in Creative One course from:...... 3-4 Writing...... 4 Engw 201 Expository Writing (Some Engw 465 Editing Pacific Review sections focus on a (Pass/No Pass)...... 2 particular theme.) Engw 301 Advanced Expository 38-43 Writing

*Requires world language proficiency. One course from:...... 3 Engw 206 Introduction to Creative At least one course (3 hours) from the above Writing, Poetry requirements must be in American literature. Engw 207 Introduction to Creative Writing, Mixed Genres Recommended courses Engw 208 Introduction to Creative for Major in Creative Writing: Writing, Fiction Art 218/318 Computer Graphics...... 3 Two courses from:...... 6-7 Art 235 Illustration ...... 3 Engl 200 Introduction to Literature Engl 343 Studies in Criticism Engl 220 Literature and Human and Theory...... 3 Concerns (Topics Vary) Hist. 300+ An upper-division Engl 227 Introduction to history course ...... 3 World Literature Phil 101 Knowledge and Reality .....3 Engl 229 Introduction to American or Phil 110 Religion and the Quest for Literature Meaning ...... 3 Engl 232 Introduction to British OR Phil 214 Philosophy of Art...... 3 Literature WorL 101-202 Engl 255 (Topics Vary) World Languages Engl 323 Shakespeare Study...... 3-12 Two courses from:...... 6-8 18-27 Engl 416 British Literature, Beowulf to 1660 Admission Procedures for the Creative Engl 418 British Literature: 1660-1790 Writing Major: Students desiring to pursue a Creative Writing Major may Engl 421 The Romantic Period apply for admission after completing the Engl 422 The Victorian Period following prerequisite coursework: Engl 423 Nineteenth Century English 201 and two 200-level introduc- American Literature tory creative writing workshops. To apply, Engl 425 Twentieth Century Literature students must submit a creative manu- script to the faculty; the manuscript can be Engl 430 Major Writers (specific fiction, poetry, personal essay, and/or authors vary) drama, and should be no more than ten Engl 455 (topics vary) pages in length. It should be accompanied

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 63 Two courses from:...... 6-8 Engl 229 Introduction to American Engl 340 Studies in Drama Literature Engl 341 Studies in Poetry Engl 232 Introduction to British Literature Engl 342 Studies in Fiction Engl 255 (Topics Vary) Engl 343 Studies in Criticism and Theory Engl 323 Shakespeare WorL Upper-division course in a One course from:...... 4 world language (only one Engw 306 Advanced Poetry Writing course can be used for this requirement)* Engw 308 Advanced Fiction Writing PACS 411 Literature About War Engw 310 Advanced Drama Writing One course from:...... 3-4 Engl 495/496 Senior Seminar Engl 340 Studies in Drama in Literature...... 4 Engl 341 Studies in Poetry One upper-division history course ...... 3-4 Engl 342 Studies in Fiction One course chosen from: Engw 465 Editing Pacific Review Phil 101, 110, 205, 206, 207, (Pass/No Pass )...... 1 208, 214, 303, 309**, or 403** ...... 3-4 20-23 34-42 Students interested in Creative Writing * requires world language proficiency should consult Professors Postma or Walls.

**check prerequisites MINOR IN LITERATURE At least one course (3 hours) from the above requirements must be in American literature. Requirements One course from:...... 3-4 MINOR IN CREATIVE WRITING Engw 201 Expository Writing (Some sections focus on Requirements a particular theme.) Engw 301 Advanced One course from:...... 3-4 Expository Writing Engw 201 Expository Writing (Some sections focus on a Two courses from:...... 6 particular theme.) Engl 200 Introduction to Literature Engw 301 Advanced Engl 220 Literature and Human Expository Writing Concerns (Topics Vary) Two courses from:...... 6 Engl 227 Introduction to World Engw 206 Introduction to Creative Literature Writing, Poetry Engl 229 Introduction to Engw 207 Introduction to Creative American Literature Writing, Mixed Genres Engl 232 Introduction to Engw 208 Introduction to Creative British Literature Writing, Fiction Engl 255 (Topics Vary) One course from:...... 3-4 Engl 200 Introduction to Literature Engl 220 Literature and Human Concerns (Topics Vary) Engl 227 Introduction to World Literature

64 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 ENGLISH ■

Three courses from:...... 9-12 Engw 207 Introduction to Creative Engl 323 Shakespeare Writing, Mixed Genres An introduction to writing in two or more of Engl 340 Studies in Drama the following genres: short fiction, drama, Engl 341 Studies in Poetry poetry, and the personal essay. Prerequisite: Engl 342 Studies in Fiction College writing skills core requirement met. 3 hours. Pagán, Postma, Steele, Walls. Engl 343 Studies in Criticism and Theory Engw 208 Introduction to Engl 416 British Literature, Creative Writing, Fiction Beowulf to 1660 An introduction to writing fiction. Prerequi- Engl 418 British Literature: 1660-1790 site: College writing skills core requirement met. 3 hours. Postma. Engl 421 The Romantic Period Engl 422 The Victorian Period Engw 301 Advanced Engl 423 Nineteenth Century Expository Writing American Literature An upper-level course providing an overview of the history and theory of rhetoric from Engl 425 Twentieth Century Literature Aristotle to James Berlin, and of selected Engl 430 Major Writers classics of the essay genre from Seneca to (Specific Authors Vary) Annie Dillard. Engw 301 also gives students Engl 455 (Topics Vary) the opportunity to articulate their own mature PACS 411 Literature About War ideas and to refine their higher-level writing skills. May be repeated once for credit with permission of the department. Prerequisite: 18-22 Engw 201 and consent of instructor. 4 hours. Beard, Thompson. (G) COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Note: 300-level advanced creative writing workshops require demonstrated experience and ability in creative writing and are Writing (Engw) designed for Creative Writing majors and Only Engw 201 and Engw 301 satisfy the minors. Thus, the following prerequisites apply writing skills core requirement. to all advanced creative writing workshops: Engw 101 Basic Expository Writing Satisfactory completion of two lower- A course devoted to basic writing skills and division creative writing courses and principles – punctuation, sentence structure, faculty consent. We also recommend that and grammar – and to developing short essays. students be of Junior standing when they Graded P/NP. 3 hours. enroll in these courses. Other students interested in taking these courses should Engw 150 Basic Expository Writing II consult the individual instructor but cannot be A course designed to refine basic writing skills guaranteed admission to the course. and develop organizational skills for longer essays. 3 hours. Engw 306 Advanced Poetry Writing A workshop for writing and discussing poetry. Engw 201 Expository Writing May be repeated. Prerequisite: College writing An expository writing course in which various skills core requirement met, two courses from topics and genres are used to help students develop Engw 206, 207, or 208, and faculty approval. and evidence critical thinking skills, understand 4 hours. Walls. (G) rhetorical methods, and shape effective prose styles. Students will be writing expository essays and a Engw 308 Advanced Fiction Writing research paper. Some sections focus on a particular A workshop for writing and discussing fiction. theme. 3 hours. Staff. May be repeated. Prerequisite: College writing skills core requirement met, two courses from Engw 206 Introduction to Engw 206, 207, or 208, and faculty approval. Creative Writing, Poetry 4 hours. Postma. (G) An introduction to writing poetry. Prerequi- site: College writing skills core requirement met. 3 hours. Walls.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 65 Engw 310 Advanced Drama Writing Engl 229 Introduction to A workshop for writing and discussing drama. American Literature May be repeated. Prerequisite: College writing An introduction to selected American authors skills core requirement met, two courses from and themes. 3 hours. Thompson. Engw 206, 207, or 208, and faculty approval. 4 hours. Staff. (G) Engl 232 Introduction to British Literature Engw 465 Editing Pacific Review An introduction to selected British writers and A course in which students assist the student themes. 3 hours. Beard, Steele. editor-in-chief in selecting, editing, and laying out examples of community writing. Graded NOTE: 300-level courses demand that P/NP. May be repeated. 1 hour. Postma, Walls. students have familiarity with the close analysis of literature; one lower-division Engw 497/498 Senior Seminar: literature course is prerequisite, and we Creative Writing recommend that students be of Junior standing Students in this capstone experience for when they enroll for these courses. All upper- creative writing majors will discuss the division literature courses are offered at 3 or historical experience of the creative writer, and 4 hours of credit, depending upon instructor’s the condition, role, and production of literature choice; note minimum course and hour in contemporary society as they prepare and requirements for majors and minors within the revise a reflective essay on the creative process department. and finally compose a significant manuscript of original work in poetry, fiction, personal Engl 323 Shakespeare essay, or drama; all students will present their An analysis of Shakespeare’s major plays with manuscripts in a public reading. Prerequisite: emphasis on both literary and theatrical Senior standing and one upper-division course qualities. Prerequisite: one lower-division from 306, 308, or 310. 2 hours per semester. literature course. 3 or 4 hours. Beard, Postma, Walls. Browning, Steele. (G) Literature (Engl) Engl 332 Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to the principles, methods, and Engl 200 Introduction to Literature basic vocabulary of modern linguistic theory, An introduction to the study of literature by with emphasis on the elements of phonology, examining fiction, poetry, drama, and essays morphology, and modern grammatical theory. from various periods and countries. 3 hours. Provides a basic introduction to the history and Staff. structure of English, but examples are drawn from a variety of languages. No previous Engl 220 Literature and language training necessary. 3 hours. Fujita. Human Concerns Offered every year. A study of important ideas and problems as they are reflected in the world’s literature. War, Engl 340 Studies in Drama racism, death, censorship, film, civil disobedi- The reading and analysis of chief European ence, minority literature, and the Holocaust and American playwrights from the authors of are examples of characteristic topics. May be the morality plays to the present, with some repeated more than once when content varies. consideration of the dramaturgy involved in 3 hours. Staff. the production of the plays. Prerequisite: one lower-division literature course. 3 or 4 hours. Engl 227 Introduction to World Beard, Browning, Thompson. (G) Literature An introduction to literature drawn from Engl 341 Studies in Poetry Western and non-Western cultures, organized An upper level introduction to reading poetry, around a theme, a literary problem, or the with an emphasis on structure, traditional examination of a political condition. Ordi- models, periods, and interpretation. Prerequi- narily, the reading lists will include several site: one lower-division literature course. genres. 3 hours. Pagán. 3 or 4 hours. Walls. (G)

66 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 ENGLISH ■

Engl 342 Studies in Fiction Engl 422 The Victorian Period A study of the development of the short story An advanced study of several literary genres and novel, with an emphasis on exploring during the Victorian Period of British interpretive models. Prerequisite: one lower Literature (1837-1901), with special emphasis division literature course. 3 or 4 hours. Beard, on the affects on authors of the triumph of the Postma. (G) Industrial Revolution, the rise of Darwin’s theories, the challenges to religious and social Engl 343 Studies in Criticism orthodoxies, and changes in aesthetics, among and Theory other topics. Authors to be studied could A study and application of some of the critical include such figures as Austen, Dickens, Eliot, and theoretical approaches used in the study of Tennyson, the Rossettis, Arnold, Swinburne, literature. Prerequisite: one lower-division Hopkins, Ruskin, Shaw, Gissing, the literature course. 3 or 4 hours. Pagán, Steele. (G) Brownings, Mill, and others. 3 hours. Steele. Offered alternate years. Note: 400-level courses are the most advanced courses offered by the Department: they are Engl 423 Nineteenth Century designed for juniors and seniors. Two American Literature literature courses are prerequisite, and we Intensive study in the period to include such recommend that students have completed writers as Irving, Poe, Hawthorne, Emerson, at least one 300-level literature course. All Thoreau, Dickinson, Whitman, Gilman and upper-division literature courses are offered at the literature of slavery and abolition. 3 or 4 hours of credit, depending upon Prerequisite: two literature courses and Junior instructor’s choice; note minimum course and standing. 3 or 4 hours. Thompson. (G) hour requirements for majors and minors within the department. Engl 425 Studies in Twentieth Century Literature Engl 416 British Literature: Intensive studies in major writers of the Beowulf to 1660 period. Prerequisite: two literature courses and Intensive studies in the period to include such Junior standing. 3 or 4 hours. Beard, Pagán, figures as the author of Beowulf, Chaucer, Postma, Steele, Walls. (G) Shakespeare, Spenser, Milton, Donne, Marvell, Congreve. The focus changes from time to time Engl 430 Major Writers to include drama or prose or lyric poetry. A detailed study of the works of selected Prerequisite: two literature courses and Junior writers: for example, Chaucer, Milton, standing. 3 or 4 hours. Browning. Offered Dickens, Blake, Yeats, Thoreau, Woolf. alternate years. (G) Prerequisite: two literature courses and Junior standing. May be repeated once for credit when Engl 418 British Literature: 1660-1790 content varies. 3 or 4 hours. Staff. Offered Investigates major works of the Restoration intermittently. and eighteenth century and is focused to explore central philosophical, intellectual, or Engl 495/496 Senior Seminar: Literature cultural themes of the period. Prerequisite: two Students in this capstone experience for literature courses and Junior standing. 3 or 4 literature majors will discuss the state of hours. Browning. Offered alternate years. (G) literature, criticism, and writers in contempo- rary society, reflecting on the tradition of Engl 421 The Romantic Period literature and literary study, and develop, An advanced study of the poetry and poetics present, and critique original critical work. and prose of the Romantic Period of British Students will produce a 20-30 page thesis, Literature, with special emphasis on the affects with annotated bibliography, and present their on a variety of poets of the emerging Industrial work publicly. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Revolution, the French Revolution and its 2 hours per semester. Beard, Browning, Pagán, aftermath, and new paradigms of thought in Steele, Thompson. the way people perceived nature and gender roles, among other topics. 3 hours. Steele. Note: In addition, PACS 411 may be counted Offered alternate years. toward the major and minor in Literature.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 67 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES PROGRAM

Deke Gundersen, Director, Assistant Professor market for environmental biology positions, or to continue with advanced studies in a Edmond Alkaslassy, Assistant Professor graduate program. Pamela Lopez, Associate Professor The Environmental Chemistry emphasis Jodi Paar, Assistant Professor couples a core study in Chemistry with specific Philip J. Ruder, Associate Professor environmental science and policy courses. The Lisa Sardinia, Associate Professor core courses provide a theoretical background for understanding the chemical processes that Robert E. Stockhouse II, Professor control the distribution of contaminants in the Robert Van Dyk, Associate Professor environment. The program emphasizes an understanding of atmospheric, groundwater and aquatic chemistry and includes the The Environmental Studies Program in the analytical and statistical methods to study College of Arts and Sciences provides students them. Field activities in a variety of nearby with modern environmental science degrees in study areas are included. Students graduating the context of a liberal arts and sciences with this major are well qualified to directly curriculum. In these programs, students and enter the job market and will have excellent faculty have an opportunity to pursue varied credentials for entry into various related interests in this broad and multidisciplinary graduate programs. field. The faculty guiding the program are in the traditional disciplines of biology, chemistry, and Visit the Environmental Studies Website at environmental science but who choose to apply http://www.envsci.pacificu.edu/ or through the their knowledge to environmental problems that main website at http://www.pacificu.edu. cross-disciplinary boundaries.

The Environmental Studies Program offers a GOALS FOR THE MAJOR degree in Environmental Science with an emphasis in either Biology or Chemistry. The By successfully completing a major in Environmental Biology emphasis focuses on environmental science, students will be field and laboratory approaches to able to: understanding environmental and ecological • Demonstrate conceptual understanding of fundamental environmental prin- problems. The principal uniqueness of the ciples. environmental biology emphasis can be found • Communicate effectively in the in the integration of interdisciplinary core discipline in oral and in written form. courses with a mission oriented, problem- • Be able to think critically and synthe- solving methodology. Pacific University size information from a variety of students majoring in Environmental science different sources. with an emphasis in Biology study in the unique • Consider social, political, and economic surroundings of the Tualitin River Basin, views when dealing with environmen- Pacific's John Blodgett Arboretum, the tal problem solving. Columbia River and Tillamook Estuaries, and • Conduct independent research or work Fernhill Wetlands (300 acres), which is located successfully in a technical position. in Forest Grove. Students completing this major have the analytical skills and technical background necessary to compete in the job

68 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES ■

MAJOR IN Restrictions: In order to receive an Environmental Science degree with an emphasis in Biology from Pacific University ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE a student must complete Ensc 490 Capstone Experience, Ensc 301 Environmental Toxicology, and at least 3 upper Biology emphasis division courses. Students cannot receive a degree in both Requirements Environmental Science (biology emphasis) and Biology. Ensc 100 Environmental Studies Recommended: Seminar ...... 1 Introductory Physics or General Physics Ensc 200 Our Global Environment...4 An introductory statistics course Calculus I and II Ensc 301 Environmental Toxicology 4 Ensc 490 Environmental Science Chemistry Emphasis Capstone ...... 2 Requirements Pols 224 Environmental Politics...... 3 Ensc 100 Environmental Studies Econ 102 Principles of Seminar ...... 1 Microeconomics ...... 3 Ensc 200 Our Global Environment...4 Econ 333 Environmental Economics 3 Ensc 310 Environmental Chemistry...4 Biol 202 General Biology I ...... 4 Ensc 490 Environmental Science Biol 204 General Biology II...... 4 Capstone ...... 2 Biol 304 Experimental Design, Pols 224 Environmental Politics...... 3 Analysis & Writing ...... 4 Econ 102 Principles of Biol 305 Ecology...... 4 Microeconomics ...... 3 Biol 470 Animal Physiology...... 4 Econ 333 Environmental Economics 3 Chem 220 General Chemistry I ...... 4 Chem 220-230 General Chemistry I-II ...... 8 Chem 230 General Chemistry II...... 4 Chem 310-311 Organic Chemistry Chem 320-321 Organic Chemistry I-II...... 8 Either Chem 310-311, 320-321 Chem 340-341 Quantitative Analysis ...... 4 OR Chem 240-241 ...... 4-8 Chem 350-351 Instrumental Analysis ...... 4 Either Physics 202-204 Students must also take one course from OR each of the following two groups (I and II): Physics 232-242 ...... 8 Group I ...... 4 Math 226 Calculus I ...... 4 Ensc 310 Environmental Chemistry Biol 202-204 General Biology I-II...... 8 Biol 308 Microbiology Biol 320 Cell Biology 64 Biol 330 Genetics Biol 400 Molecular Biology Restrictions: In order to receive an Environmental Chem 380 Biochemistry Science degree with an emphasis in Chemistry from Pacific University a student must complete Ensc 490 Capstone Experience, Ensc 310 Environmental Group II ...... 4 Chemistry, and at least 3 upper division courses. Ensc 210 Tropical Environmental Biology Biol 316 General Botany Recommended: Environmental Toxicology Biol 345 Marine Biology Thermodynamics and Kinetics Biol 420 Vertebrate Biology Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Biol 450 Tropical Rainforest Biology Biochemistry Biol 410 Invertebrate Zoology Calculus II Biol 430 Plant Systematics Molecular Biology 60-64

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 69 MINOR IN Environmental Policy ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Pols 224 Environmental Politics...... 3 Econ 333 Environmental Economics 4 The minor in environmental science is (Prerequisite: Econ 102; 3 credits) designed to expose students to the interdisciplinary nature of environmental issues, with emphasis on the current Environmental Science scientific methods used to study these Ensc 310 Environmental Chemistry .4 issues. This minor is intended to provide students with a firm foundation in the (Prerequisites: Chem 220/ language, concepts, and methods of 221, Chem 230/231, Chem Environmental Science as well as perspec- 240/241 or Chem 320/321; tives on current issues concerning the 12 credits) environment. While this minor empha- Ensc 301 Environmental Toxicology 4 sizes the fundamentals of natural and (Prerequisites: Chem 220/ applied environmental science, this minor 221, Chem 230/231, Bio 202; also incorporates 3-7 credit hours outside 12 credits) of these areas to help students gain a better appreciation for the interdependent Ensc 210 Tropical Environmental nature of human behavior and environ- Biology ...... 4 mental health. Phy 322 Modern Physics with Health Any student who is interested in the Applications ...... 4 relationship between humans and their (Prerequisites: Phy 202 or environment is encouraged to participate. 232, Phy 204 or 242, Math Students from a wide-range of primary 226 & 227; 16 credits) disciplines, from the sciences to the social science, humanities, business, and arts, 32-40 may benefit from this minor area of specialization.

Requirements: Ensc 100 Environmental Science Seminar ...... 1 Ensc 200 Global Environment ...... 4

Electives: Choose one course from the electives in environmental policy and two courses from the electives in environmental science. Note, two of these courses must be at the 300 level or above.

70 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES ■

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Ensc 301 Environmental Toxicology Pollutants impact the structure and function Environmental Science (Ensc) of ecological systems at all levels of biological organization. This course will focus on the Ensc 100 Environmental Studies effects of toxicants on ecological structures, Seminar from the molecular to the individual organism The study of the environment encompasses a to the community and the ecosystem. Field and broad field that links theory from many laboratory experiences are integrated into the disciplines to applications in human society. course and will involve standard toxicity This course provides a survey of both the major testing, use of biomarkers, tissue, water and issues in environmental science and the soil analyses, and molecular techniques. environmental professions that address these Prerequisite: Biology 204, and one semester of issues. Faculty and outside speakers from organic chemistry, both with a “C-” or better, government and private industry will make and consent of instructor. 4 hours. Gundersen presentations and lead discussions. The structure of environmental regulation and Ensc 310 Environmental Chemistry management in the U.S. will be described. Changes in the environment, whether they 1 hour. Gundersen. involve degradation or restoration, are ultimately the result of chemical processes. Ensc 200 Our Global Environment This course studies the state of and theoretical Human activities have changed the types and basis for change in the atmosphere, groundwa- rates of processes occurring throughout the ter, and various aquatic environments. planet. Understanding the near-term and long- Methodology for monitoring and modeling term effects of these actions on the quality of these systems will be included. Prerequisites: the environment requires a broad view of how Chem 240 or Chem 310, ES200, Bio204, with earth functions without human intervention, a “C-” or better. 4 hours. Paar. and how society has changed these functions to support itself. Consent of instructor. 4 hours. Ensc 490 Capstone Experience Gundersen. Designed to allow students to expand on research projects or internships by more Ensc 210 Tropical Environmental thoroughly examining the primary literature, Biology reanalyzing data, writing an annotated A study of the effects of human activity on bibliography, and presenting in a public forum. natural environments associated with Third Prerequisite: Senior standing and approved World, developing countries (ie. Belize and project. 2 hours. Gundersen. Guatemala, Central America). A variety of ecosystems and areas will be studied, including Ensc 495 Research lowland savannas, tropical seasonal forests, Faculty supervised, student-conducted, limestone caves, coastal lagoons, mangrove individual research project. Prerequisite: swamps, sea-grass flats, coral reefs and urban consent of instructor. 1-6 hours. Staff. and rural societies. The course meets during the spring, in order to present lectures and background materials, which will prepare students for activities in Belize and Guatemala in May. Additional fee required. Prerequisite: consent of instructor and sophomore standing. Alternate years. 4 hours. Gundersen

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 71 EXERCISE SCIENCE EXERCISE SCIENCE A student who successfully completes the Shawn Henry, Chair, Associate Professor of major in Exercise Science will be able to: Exercise Science • Understand and appreciate motor and Linda McIntosh, Director of Sports Medicine health-related fitness from a scientific perspective, including muscular Jean Rix, Instructor* strength, muscular endurance, cardio- respiratory fitness, flexibility, body Richard Rutt, Associate Professor of composition, speed, agility, power, Physical Therapy* balance and coordination. Sheryl Sanders, Assistant Professor of • Understand form and function of the human Physical Therapy* body during exercise and the adaptations Philip Schot, Associate Professor of that occur in response to exercise. Exercise Science • Understand and apply scientific prin- ciples necessary to enhance human Ken Schumann, Instructor and Associate performance; optimize the injury Director of Athletics rehabilitation process; and maintain Judith Sherman, Professor and health, fitness, and wellness in the Director of Athletics general population – quantitatively and qualitatively improving quality of life. *adjunct faculty • Clearly articulate the application of biome- The Department of Exercise Science offers a chanical principles to human movement. major in Exercise Science with emphasis areas • Demonstrate the ability to use the in Human Performance and Sports Medicine scientific method when analyzing problems and synthesizing information. and minors in Coaching and Exercise Science. Graduates with this major are prepared for Requirements graduate study in physical therapy, Biol 202 General Biology I and Lab....4 occupational therapy, exercise physiology and Biol 204 General Biology II and Lab ..4 related fields of medicine. Majors with a Human Biol 224 Human Anatomy and Lab...4 Performance emphasis are prepared for Biol 240 Human Physiology and Lab 4 careers in recreation, fitness centers and with Chem 220 General Chemistry I and Lab ...4 the appropriate licensure, teaching physical Chem 230 General Chemistry II education in the public schools. The major with and Lab...... 4 a Sports Medicine emphasis helps prepare Phy 202 Intro to Physics I and Lab...... 4 students to take the test for National Athletic Spmd 204 Athletic Training ...... 2 Training Association (NATA) certification. Exsc 230 Nutrition ...... 3 (may substitute Exsc 355) Exsc 380 Biomechanics and Lab ...... 4 MAJOR IN EXERCISE SCIENCE Exsc 414 Perceptual Motor Learning3 The Department of Exercise Science is Exsc 475 Internship...... 3 dedicated to the development of compe- Exsc 480 Physiology of tent professionals within the field of Exercise and Lab ...... 4 Exercise Science. The department offers courses that provide the knowledge and Choose two of the following ...... 7-8 skills necessary for successful performance Hper 330 Adult Fitness in entry-level positions or graduate school. Exsc 430 Advanced Biomechanics Exsc 400 Adv Gross Anatomy and Lab Exsc 490 Adv Phys of Exercise and Lab

54-55

72 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 EXERCISE SCIENCE ■

EXERCISE SCIENCE WITH AN Requirements EMPHASIS IN HUMAN Biol 202 General Biology and Lab ...4 PERFORMANCE Biol 224 Human Anatomy and Lab ...... 4 A student who successfully completes the Biol 240 Human Physiology major in Exercise Science with an empha- and Lab ...... 4 sis in Human Performance will be able to: Phy 110/111 Physics of Everyday • Plan a scope and sequence of physical and Lab...... 4 education instruction for grades PK-12 (May substitute Phys 202) that promotes an appreciation of lifelong learning and participation in Exsc 230 Nutrition ...... 3 physical activity. Exsc 380 Biomechanics and Lab ...... 4 • Plan and implement a program of Exsc 414 Perceptual Motor Learning3 instruction consistent with the National Spmd 204 Athletic Training ...... 2 Standards for Physical Education. Hper 105 First Aid ...... 1 • Teach the systematic progression of Hper 170 Techniques of Recreational movement for team sports, individual Games, Personal Defense, sports and fitness activities in educa- Gymnastics, Fitness, tional and recreational settings. Pickleball, Handball, • Distinguish between qualitative and Racquetball ...... 3 quantitative approaches for analyzing Hper 305 Measure and Eval in human movement and be able to detect Physical Education ...... 1 and correct movement errors. Hper 270 Techniques of Aquatics, • Demonstrate the ability to communi- Rhythms, Badminton, cate clearly and effectively with Tennis, Track...... 3 exercise participants in groups and individually. Hper 315 Adaptive Physical Education ...... 3 • Clearly articulate and implement the components that create and maintain a Hper 316 Teaching Health and safe learning environment. Physical Education in the Elementary School...... 3 • Evaluate student progress using outcome goals, standards and Hper 321 Elementary Human benchmarks. Performance Practicum .....1 • Demonstrate a knowledge of techniques Hper 323 Secondary Human for the accommodation of varied skill Performance Practicum .....1 levels and special populations within Hper 331 Adult Fitness Practicum ....1 the same class or activity group. Hper 370 Techniques of Softball, Basketball, Flag Football, Soccer, Volleyball, Archery, Golf ...... 3 Hper 421 Principles and Administration of Physical Education and Athletic Programs...... 3 Hper 480 Exercise Physiology for Human Perf ...... 4 Choose one of the following: ...... 3-4 Hper 330 Adult Fitness Exsc 430 Advanced Biomechanics Exsc 400 Adv Gross Anatomy and Lab Exsc 490 Adv Phys of Exercise and Lab 58-59

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 73 EXERCISE SCIENCE WITH AN Exercise and Lab ...... 4 EMPHASIS IN SPORTS MEDICINE Spmd 204 Athletic Training ...... 2 Spmd 302 Athletic Training Room A student who successfully completes the Procedures ...... 1 major of Exercise Science with an empha- Spmd 303 Athletic Training Coverage sis in Sports Medicine will be able to: of Collegiate Practices • Recognize and evaluate common & Games...... 1 athletic injuries and demonstrate Spmd 304 Treatment and knowledge in the prevention of those Evaluation of injuries. Athletic Injury ...... 3 • Provide emergency care for acute Spmd 404 Advanced Principles of athletic injuries and long-term care for Athletic Training ...... 3 chronic injuries. Hper 103 Personal Health...... 3 • Apply protective strapping, bracing and taping. Hper 305 Measure and Eval in Physical Education ...... 1 • Demonstrate the proper use of manual therapy techniques and the proper Hper 315 Adaptive application of a variety of therapeutic Physical Education ...... 3 modalities. • Prescribe and implement rehabilitation 70 programs for athletic injuries. Students may become eligible to test for • Show familiarity with the administra- National Athletic Trainers Association tion of an athletic training program and (NATA) certification by completing at least manage a treatment facility for athletes. 1500 hours of athletic training experience under direct supervision of a NATA Requirements certified athletic trainer. The hours must Biol 202 General Biology I be attained over a minimum of two years and Lab...... 4 and not more than five years. Students must complete all requirements for Biol 204 General Biology II eligibility no later than December 31, 2003 and Lab...... 4 after which time this option ceases to exist. Biol 224 Human Anatomy and Lab...... 4 Biol 240 Human Physiology and Lab.4 COACHING MINOR Chem 220 General Chemistry I This minor is available for those students and Lab...... 4 interested in obtaining a coaching position Chem 230 General Chemistry II in the public/private schools or in youth and Lab...... 4 or adult programs. Phy 110/110 Physics of Everyday Hper 105 First Aid ...... 1 and Lab...... 4 Hper 311 Coaching Methods...... 2 (May substitute Phys 202) Hper 320 Sport and Society ...... 3 Exsc 230 Nutrition ...... 3 (may substitute Exsc 355) Hper 322 Sport Psychology ...... 3 Exsc 380 Biomechanics and Lab ...... 4 Hper 371 Principles and Techniques of Coaching...... 3 Exsc 400 Adv Gross Anatomy and Lab...... 4 Hper 421 Principles and Administra- tion of Physical Education Exsc 414 Perceptual Motor and Athletic Programs ...... 3 Learning ...... 3 Spmd 204 Athletic Training ...... 2 Exsc 475 Internship...... 3 Exsc 480 Physiology of 16 Exercise and Lab ...... 4 Exsc 490 Adv Phys of

74 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 EXERCISE SCIENCE ■

EXERCISE SCIENCE MINOR Exsc 400 Gross Human Anatomy and Laboratory This minor is available for those students Advanced study of gross and histological who, with the appropriate major, seek structure of the human body. Introduction into entry into graduate schols (e.g., physical musculoskeletal, nervous and cardiopulmonary therapy) or are interested in careers in the systems. Prerequisite: Biol 224. 4 hours. Sanders. sports and fitness industry. Biol 202 General Biology I and Lab...4 Exsc 414 Perceptual Motor Learning An in-depth study of learning theories, Biol 224 Human Anatomy and Lab...4 acquisition of skill, perception and motor Biol 240 Human Physiology control as they apply to the learning of a motor and Lab...... 4 skill. Prerequisite: Biol 202. Recommended Spmd 204 Athletic Training ...... 2 Biol 224. 3 hours. Schot. Exsc 230 Nutrition ...... 3 Exsc 430 Advanced Biomechanics Exsc 380 Kinesiology and Lab ...... 4 Advanced study of physical laws and mechani- Exsc 480 Physiology of Exercise cal aspects governing human motor function- and Lab...... 4 ing; analytical processes emphasized. Prerequi- site: Phy 110/111 or 202 (Math 125 is a (May substitute Hper 480/481) prerequisite for Phy 204) and Exsc 380. 3 hours. Schot. 25 Exsc 475 Internship COURSE DESCRIPTIONS An internship consists of a field experience in a student’s specific career choice. Application of Exercise Science (Exsc) theories is emphasized. Arrangements for the course must be completed two weeks prior to the Exsc 190 Exercise Science Passport term in which the course is being taken. The An introductory course for students interested in internship is a capstone experience recom- exercise science as a major or minor. Activities mended to be taken during the senior year. and faculty/guest speakers will introduce Instructor’s consent is required. Prerequisite: 12 students to the exercise science program at hours of Exercise Science/Human Performance/ Pacific and to the wide array of careers related to Sports Medicine. Graded P/N. Course may be exercise science. 1 hour. Henry. repeated once for credit. 1-14 hours. Schot.

Exsc 230 Nutrition Exsc 480 Physiology of Exercise and An in-depth study of the relationship between Laboratory nutrition and total individual health through The branch of physiology that deals with the life-span. Emphasis will be placed on the function of the body during exercise and essential nutrient chemical conversions during adaptations that occur in response to exercise. digestion, absorption and metabolism and their Knowledge and application of scientific contribution to optimal health. Individual principles are necessary to develop peak nutritional analysis and a personalized diet performance in athletes and to maintain health plan will be required. 3 hours. Henry. and fitness in the general population - quantitatively and qualitatively improving life. Exsc 355 Principles of Nutrition Prerequisite: Biol 204 and 240. Advanced study of nutrition, including physi- 4 hours. Henry. ological function and metabolic fate of carbohy- drates, lipids, proteins, vitamins, minerals, and Exsc 490 Advanced Physiology of water. Individual nutritional analysis and a Exercise & Laboratory personalized diet plan will be required. Prerequi- Advanced study and application of principles site (or current enrollment): Biol 240 Human of exercise physiology. Emphasis on exercise Physiology or Organic Chemistry. 3 hours. Henry testing and prescription, current topics in exercise science, and research projects students Exsc 380 Biomechanics and Laboratory design, original research questions, develop Study of the structure and functioning of the research projects, carry out the actual research, human body via the methods of classical engage in discovery learning and participate in mechanics. Prerequisite: Biol 224, Phys 110/ peer teaching. Prerequisite: Successful 111 or Phys 202. 4 Hours. Schot. completion of Exsc 480. 4 hours. Henry.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 75 Human Performance (Hper) courses in the areas of baseball, softball, basketball, soccer, volleyball, and wrestling. Hper 103 Personal Health May be repeated for different sports. Prerequi- The study of physical, mental, intellectual and site: Hper 105. 2 hours each. Staff. social well being for effective functioning, both within the individual and by the individual, Hper 315 Adaptive Physical within the environment. 3 hours. Staff. Education An introduction to adapted, corrective and Hper 105 First Aid developmental physical education. Emphasis is The study of basic anatomy and physiology of placed on instruction of physical activities for body systems as they relate to the prevention the exceptional child. 3 hours. Staff. and care of injury and safety. More advanced than a standard first aid class outlined by the Hper 316 Teaching Physical American Red Cross. 1 hour. Boyd. Education in the Elementary School Hper 170 Techniques of Fitness, A course based on a curriculum of sequential Gymnastics, and progressive motor, fitness and social skills Recreational Games, development for an elementary physical Handball, Self Defense, education program. Emphasis will be placed on Racquetball, Pickleball program and lesson planning resulting in the Personal skill development, methods and materials application of content, methodology, student for teaching and evaluating in the areas of assessment and classroom management in a gymnastics, recreational games, handball, self practical teaching experience with students defense, racquetball, pickleball, and fitness grades one to four. Regulations, standards, and parameters. 3 hours. Fall. Alternate years. Rix/Staff. career opportunities will be discussed. Prerequi- Hper 204 Methods of Officiating site: Hper 170, 270, 370, or junior standing. 3 The study of officials’ duties for various sports; hours. Spring. Alternate years. Rix. general officiating diagnosis to discover Hper 320 Sport & Society methods and techniques used for better Investigation of sport as a social phenomenon, officiating. 3 hours. Staff. including small groups in sport, sport Hper 305 Measurement and organizations, sport subcultures, socializing Evaluation in Physical institutions, and an in-depth analysis of Education interscholastic and intercollegiate sport Contemporary theories and techniques of research programs. 3 hours. Junior Standing. Alternate design, data acquisition, processing, and analysis years. M Jones. of measurements in physical education, sports Hper 321 Elementary Human medicine, and human performance. The course Performance Practicum integrates the use of information technology and A supervised practical experience teaching the application of statistical concepts toward physical education activities and concepts to evaluation and presentation of findings. Prerequi- elementary age school children. Prerequisite: site: Spmd 204, Math 207, upper-division Hper 316. 1 hour. Rix. standing or consent of instructor. 1 hour. Schot. Hper 322 Sport Psychology Hper 270 Techniques of Swimming, Examination of the psychological basis of sport Badminton, Tennis, including effects on learning, perception, Rhythms, Track motivation, social, and behavioral aspects. 3 hours. Personal skill development, methods and Junior Standing. Alternate years. M Jones. materials for teaching and evaluating in the areas of swimming, badminton, rhythms, Hper 323 Secondary Human tennis, track and field. 3 hours. Spring. Performance Practicum Alternate years. Rix/Staff. A supervised practical experience teaching physical education activities and concepts to Hper 311 Coaching Methods Junior high, high school and/or college-age A series of individual courses designed to give students. Prerequisite: Junior standing in students insight and direction in leading or exercise science major or consent of the assisting in the coaching of athletics. Students instructor. 1 hour. Rix. may elect from a variety of coaching methods

76 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 EXERCISE SCIENCE ■

Hper 330 Adult Fitness Principles Sports Medicine (Spmd) A study of the physiological, psychological and Spmd 204 Athletic Training sociological aspects of adult fitness. The course A basic study of prevention and care of athletic includes materials and programs for use in injuries. Students will learn to prevent, evaluate, initiating, prescribing, evaluating, monitoring and and care for common injuries. Students will also supervising adult fitness programs. Prerequisite: learn the basics of emergency care and the Biol 240 and Exsc 230. 3 hours. Staff. application of preventive taping. 2 hours. Hper 331 Adult Fitness Prerequisite: Hper 105. $5 Lab Fee. McIntosh. Programming Practicum Spmd 302 Athletic Training A supervised practical experience working Room Procedures with adults in a physical fitness program. Observation of Pacific University athletic Prerequisite: Hper 330. 1 hour. Staff. training facility operations and completion of Hper 370 Techniques of Softball, National Athletic Training Association compe- Basketball, Flag Football, tencies. Prerequisite: Spmd 204. Co-requisite: Soccer, Volleyball, Biol 224 Human Anatomy. 1 hour. Staff. Archery, Golf Spmd 303 Athletic Training Personal skill development, methods and Coverage of Collegiate materials for teaching and evaluating in the Practices & Games areas of softball, basketball, flag football, soccer, Observation of athletic training procedures volleyball, archery and golf. 3 hours. Fall. and protocols during collegiate games and Alternate years. Rix/Staff. practices and completion of National Athletic Hper 371 Principles & Techniques Training Association competencies. Prerequi- of Coaching site: Spmd 302. 1 hour. Staff. Principles technically applicable to the Spmd 304 Treatment/Evaluation of coaching of sports, including strategy and Athletic Injuries tactics, motivation, ethics, legal liability, Advanced procedures in athletic training, injury budgeting, and development of organizational, evaluation, care and rehabilitation. Consideration interpersonal and communication skills. for safety factors in athletic contests, sports Prerequisite: Hper 105 and Hper 311. 3 hours. equipment, and facilities. Theory and practice in Alternate years. Schumann. the use of therapeutic modalities. Prerequisite: Hper 421 Principles & Administration Spmd 204 and Biol 224. Every other year of Physical Education & (alternates with Spmd 404). 3 hours. McIntosh. Athletic Programs Spmd 305 Athletic Training Practicum I A study of administrational functions in Observation hours in a clinical setting. Hours physical education and athletics, including may be obtained in a physical therapy clinic or program organization and evaluation program orthopedist’s office. Instructor’s consent only. goals and objectives, personnel, facilities, 1 hour. McIntosh. equipment, fundraising, sport law and risk management. Prerequisite: Junior Standing. Spmd 404 Advanced Principles of 3 hours. Schumann. Athletic Training Advanced procedures in Athletic Training Hper 480 Physiology of Exercise for including gait analysis, manual therapy, joint Human Performance & injury evaluation, taping and bracing. Laboratory Discussion of current issues in sports medicine The study and application of principles to the including: drugs and sports, communicable development of efficient human movement as it diseases and chronic illnesses. Prerequisite: applies to human performance and educational Spmd 204 and Biol 224. Every other year settings. Prerequisite: Biol 202 and 240. (alternates with Spmd 304). 3 hours. McIntosh. 4 hours. Alternate years. Henry. Spmd 405 Athletic Training Practicum II Advanced practical application of training skills in a secondary school setting. Prerequisite: Spmd 304. Instructor’s consent only. 1 hour. McIntosh.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 77 FEMINIST STUDIES

Co-Directors The Feminist Studies minor has as its basis the Alyson Burns-Glover, Social Sciences theoretical framework of the introductory Division course and an advanced 400 level class, which emphasize the diversity of feminist literature Martha Rampton, Social Sciences Division and research. The introductory course lays the Associated Faculty groundwork for the minor by introducing basic Vernon Bates, Sociology theory and exposure to field research. The advanced course provides space for Pauline Beard, English collaboration with beginning students, the Sara Steinert Borella, French practical application of theories, and completion Susan Cabello, Spanish of the senior capstone project. Elective courses concentrate on substantive issues in the areas Patricia Cheyne, Art of feminist, women's and gender studies and David DeMoss, Philosophy offer a multidisciplinary approach to the Lorely French, German program. Such courses address topics that relate directly to feminist theory or have Linda Gallahan, Psychology become salient to the minor because of Melissa Jones, Media Arts feminist theory. Lawrence Lipin, History Students who wish to declare the Feminist Cheleen Mahar, Anthropology Studies Minor must consult with the Co- Marc Marenco, Philosophy Directors of Feminist Studies or an FS core faculty member prior to submitting a declaration Sarah Phillips, Sociology form. At that time, in consultation with the Martha Rampton, History directors or core faculty members, the student Jeff Seward, Political Science will choose a Feminist Studies Minor advisor. Students should plan to take the first FS core Feminist Studies is an interdisciplinary minor course, Introduction to Feminist Studies 201, in that investigates the significance of sex and the spring semester of either their freshman or gender in all areas of human life. Feminist sophomore year. Students should plan to take analysis is based on the assumption that sex FS 450 in the spring of either their sophomore and gender are crucial factors in the or junior year, and FS 451 in the fall of either organization of our personal and public lives their junior or senior year. FS 201 and FS 450 and our social institutions. The Feminist will be taught only in the spring, and FS 451 will Studies minor includes courses that utilize be taught only in the fall. In addition to the core feminist perspectives to expand and reevaluate courses, students must take 3-4 elective the assumptions at work in traditional courses (12 semester hours). No more than disciplines in the study of individuals, cultures, one elective course taken prior to FS 201 can social institutions, social policy and other areas be applied to the minor. of scholarly inquiry. The minor also encompasses courses that examine the roles of women and men in the community, the nature of work and the family, and the importance of race, class, and culture to the study of sex and gender.

78 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 FEMINIST STUDIES ■

MINOR IN FEMINIST STUDIES Check individual departments for course descriptions and course schedules for FS 201 Introduction to semesters offered. Additional courses are Feminist Studies...... 4 approved annually and may be applied to (includes one credit for field the minor. work) FS 450 Femininist Studies Mentoring ...... 2 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS FS 450 Femininist Studies Capstone ...... 2 FS 201 Introduction to Feminist Studies Three or four electives ...... 12 This introductory level course explores the various foundations of feminist theory, 20 including perspectives from across the disciplines. Students review and critique At least one course must be from either readings from early feminist writers, second the Natural or Social Sciences and at least generation feminist writers and contemporary one must be from either the Arts or feminist and deconstructionist theorists. The Humanities. course consists of two components: a classroom Course Approved for FS Elective Credit: experience with an emphasis on the breadth of All the 300 and 400 level courses listed feminist literature and field work in the below when taken for Feminist Studies community. Spring only. 4 hours. Staff credit have a prerequisite of FS 201. FS 210 Action Projects in Anth 330 Gender in Feminist Studies Cross-Cultural Perspective This course is designed to promote student Art 280 Women in Art individual and collaborative work related to Engl 430 Major Writers: Woolf issues in feminism and gender studies. Students may participate in a one-time action Fren 401 Gender, Culture & Society: project centered around an event, a service Women’s Writing learning placement, or a collaborative project FS 210 Action Projects in that promotes the goals of the minor. Projects Feminist Studies may include, but are not limited to, serving at FS 300 Special Topics in sites approved by the FS faculty, working on Feminist Studies events connected to Women’s History Month, carrying out their FS 201 action projects, Hist 246 Gender and Sexuality in and projects designed to promote education in Victorian America our community. Graded P/NP. Prerequisite: Hist 400 Medieval Women FS 201. MedA 307 Gender Communication FS 300 Special Topics in MedA 401 Women Directors and Feminist Studies Feminist Strategies This is a special topics course focusing on the Phil 255 Feminist Epistemology specific interests of the faculty and students in PolS 224 Women in Politics the Feminist Studies Minor program. Topics Psyc 260 Psychology of Women addressed in the course will be derived from a variety of disciplinary standpoints, as well as Psyc 420 Sp Topics: The Development possibly interdisciplinary collaboration. Some of Gender examples of topics that may be offered through Psyc 420 Sp Topics: Women this course are: “The Development of Gender,” and Violnce “Women and Film,” and “Feminist Epistemol- Soc 309 Sociology of the Family ogy” to name a few. Offered for 3-4 hours. Prerequisites: FS 201 (or permission of the Spc 317 Gender and Sexuality instructor). Span 485 Women Writers in Latin America

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 79 FS 450 Feminist Studies Mentoring Feminist Studies 450 is designed to allow students an opportunity to fulfil the mentoring requirement of the Feminist Studies minor and begin identifying a topic for the capstone project. This course will also provide an environment in which students will discuss and contextualize ideas and material with the students in FS 201. FS 450 students will meet with FS 201 students one class period a week. Prerequisite: FS 201, two FS electives, Junior or senior standing. Fall only. 2 hours

FS 451 Feminist Studies Capstone In this seminar course, students read and analyze advanced works in Feminist Studies and review the material they have encountered in their electives in light of advanced theory. The course culminates in a written essay or research project. The findings of the project are presented to the Pacific Community in a public forum during Women's History Month. Prerequisites: FS 201 and 450, two FS electives, Junior or senior standing. Spring only. 2 hours

80 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 HISTORY ■ HISTORY

Martha Rampton, Chair, Associate Professor sources in pursuit of questions of an increasingly thematic nature. Their Jeffrey G. Barlow, Professor research will capitalize on the electronic Thomas Beck, Professor and Dean of the resources currently available. As seniors, College of Arts and Sciences history majors participate in a seminar emphasizing historical perspectives, Richard I. Jobs, Assistant Professor methodological techniques, and a variety Lawrence M. Lipin, Associate Professor of interpretive historical models. History majors will complete a thesis in the last The discipline of history is central to the liberal semester of their senior year that demon- arts; it draws on and contributes to neighboring strates competence with historical theory and methods. fields, such as political science, literature, philosophy and the arts, to name but a few. The department also hosts the Journal of the Association of History and Comput- History is essential to an understanding of the ing, http://mcel.pacificu.edu/JAHC/ and evolutionary nature of the institutions and upper-division students have an opportu- values that have shaped not only the past, but nity to work as assistant editors in inform the present. The study of history producing it. prepares students for a wide range of professions, including law, government, MAJOR IN HISTORY archival and museum work, professions in travel and teaching. Requirements At least four courses must be Goals from the following: ...... 12 The major in history is designed to Hist 101-102 Western Civilization I & II provide the student with a broad range of Hist 111 OR 112 East Asia offerings in various fields of history. Hist 141-142 American History I & II Through these studies the department At least five additional courses, seeks to teach its majors to conduct not more than one of which creative and thorough research projects, to may be at the 200-level and read historical materials with understand- at least one of which must be ing, to engage in critical analyses from a a 400 level seminar-style course or an historian’s perspective, and to write approved internship...... 15-20 polished communicative prose. Hist 490 Senior The curriculum established by the history Research Seminar ...... 3 major leads the student from broad-based survey classes that cover the U.S., Europe, Hist 495 Senior Thesis ...... 3 Islamic Middle East and Asia to more narrowly defined upper-division classes 33-38 in the specialty of the student’s choice. Students encounter the scholarly method- Plus either two years of an ology employed by historians, contribut- appropriate foreign language, a second ing to the development of verbal, analyti- major, or a minor, chosen in consultation cal and reading skills. More specifically, with an advisor from the history throughout the curriculum, history department, or the completion courses require students to produce of the Social Studies endorsement written work that emphasizes focused for secondary teaching. analysis supported by historical evidence. In addition, at the lower-division level, students will become familiar with basic historical narratives. At the upper- division level, students will use primary

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 81 MINOR IN HISTORY consequences of Western impact and modern nationalism. The cultures, covered as indepen- Requirements dent entities, are compared both to each other and to European or Western patterns of For a minor in history a student development. There will be an opportunity in must complete seven courses in this course for students to learn how to prepare the History Department, at least “Pages” for the World Wide Web. Those who three of which must be at the are interested should also enroll for one hour of 300-level OR above...... 21-28 credit in one of the two sections of History 255, Any student interested in a history minor “History Web Lab”. Although concurrent should consult with a faculty member in enrollment in 255 is voluntary, all students are the history department. strongly urged to enroll as the lab will not only For additional information as to staff, teach web page production, but will also program, and student work, see the enhance student understanding of materials department’s web site at: http:// covered in the class itself. 3 hours. Barlow. mcel.pacificu.edu/history/index.html. Hist 141-142 American History I-II Course Descriptions This is a two-part survey of American history from European settlement to the Civil War, History (Hist) and from Reconstruction to the present. The parts may be taken separately. 3 hours per Hist 101 Western Civilization I semester. Lipin. The development of western culture and institutions from the ancient world to the late Hist 200 The Islamic Middle East: Middle Ages. 3 hours. Rampton. 570-1453 This is a survey of the history of the Middle Hist 102 Western Civilization II East (from Morocco to India) from the birth of This course covers the development of western Muhammed in 570 to the rise of the Ottoman culture and institutions from the Renaissance Turks in 1300. The course concentrates on to the modern age. 3 hours. Jobs. political developments and institutions as well as the growth and evolution of Islam and Hist 111 Foundations of East Asia Islamic cultures. 3 hours. Rampton. This course deals with the intellectual, social, political, and religious foundations of three Hist 206 France from East Asian Societies: China, Japan, and Caesar to Napoleon Vietnam. The focus of the class is upon This course covers the history and culture of classical Asian notions of proper values and France from the Roman period until the end of institutions, with a concentration on intellec- the Napoleonic Wars in 1815. Equal attention tual (both philosophical and religious) is given to political and social/cultural aspects foundations considered in a historical of French history. Through reading of primary perspective. We will also consider issues sources, discussions, and lecture, the course relative to modern Asia, and to Asian- deals with the distinctiveness of France as well American family life and culture. The approach as placing the nation within a broad European will be primarily through original Asian texts historical context. 3 hours. Rampton. in translation. Although it is not required, concurrent registration in History 255, Hist 207 Spain from “History Web Lab” (1 hour credit), is Rome to Revolution recommended. In that lab, students will learn This course covers the history and culture of to develop electronic materials for the World Spain from the Roman era through the Wide Web which will both teach them to create Moorish period and touches lightly on the Web pages and will illuminate the contents of dissolution of the Spanish Empire beginning in the course. 3 hours. Barlow. the seventeenth century. Equal attention is given to political and social/cultural aspects of Hist 112 East Asia Spanish history. Through reading of primary This course surveys the modern histories of sources, discussions and lecture, the course China, Japan, Tibet, and Vietnam from the deals with the distinctiveness of Spain, as well 17th century to the recent past. Topics covered as placing the nation within a broad European include the classical cultures of the countries, historical context. 3 hours. Rampton. economic and political foundations, and the

82 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 HISTORY ■

Hist 208 England from Hist 212 China Past & Present Rome to Revolution with Film This course covers the history and culture of This course will provide a survey of the basic England from the Roman period through the institutions and values of China, considered Glorious Revolution of 1688.Equal attention both within their past, or Classical, and their is given to political and social/cultural aspects present, or Modern, forms. We will cover such of English history. Through reading of topics as political system and values (Confu- primary sources, discussions and lecture, cianism and Communism), family and gender, the course deals with the distinctiveness of poetry and literature, arts, war and diplomacy, England, as well as placing the nation within economic values and institutions, rebellion and a broad European historical context. 3 hours. protest, reform movements, etc. Chinese film Rampton. will be heavily used as a text to illustrate modern Chinese values and Chinese interpre- Hist 210 Ancient Kingdoms of tations of traditional values and institutions. Indochina: Vietnam, There will be an opportunity in this course for Cambodia, and Laos students to learn how to prepare “Pages” for This course covers the pre-modern kingdoms the world wide web. Those who are interested of Vietnam, Cambodia, and Laos, with some should also enroll for one hour of credit in one reference to contiguous areas of Southeast of the two sections of History 255, “History Asia. These kingdoms, such as those of the Web Lab”. Although concurrent enrollment in Vietnamese, the Cham, the Lao, and the 255 is voluntary, all students are strongly Khmer, will be considered within a historical urged to enroll as the lab will not only teach perspective with regard to such topics as web page production, but will also enhance political, social, religious, and economic student understanding of the materials covered institutions. The Vietnamese will be used as in the class itself. 3 hours. Barlow. the unifying element around which to understand the other peoples and their Hist 213 Vietnam & the U.S. kingdoms. Although it is not required This is a survey of the origins, development concurrent registration in History 255, and results of the American war with Vietnam. “History Web Lab” (1 hour credit), is This course, however, will be taught more recommended. In that lab, students will learn within the context of Vietnamese history and to develop electronic materials for the World culture than within that of American history Wide Web which will both teach them to create and culture. Consequently, more emphasis will Web pages and will illuminate the contents of be given to the roots of the war in Vietnam the course. 3 hours. Barlow. than to its origins in U.S. foreign policy. There will be an opportunity in this course for Hist 211 Japan Past & Present students to learn how to prepare “Pages” for with Film the World Wide Web. Those who are interested This class will survey Japanese history and should also enroll for one hour of credit in one culture using classical Japanese films as a of the two sections of History 255, “History primary text, supplemented with assigned Web Lab”. Although concurrent enrollment in readings. The goals of the class are to acquaint 255 is voluntary. All students are strongly students with an overview of Japanese history urged to enroll as the lab will not only teach and culture, and to learn to read films, web page production, but will also enhance particularly Japanese classical films, as text. student understanding of the materials covered There will be an opportunity in this course for in the class itself. 3 hours. Barlow. students to learn how to prepare “Pages” for the World Wide Web. Those who are interested Hist 230 The Great War: World War I should also enroll for one hour of credit in one This is a course in the history of World War I. of the two sections of History 255, “History The course includes a discussion of the origins Web Lab”. Although concurrent enrollment in of the war, the military history of the conflict, 255 is voluntary, all students are strongly the domestic political, social and economic urged to enroll as the lab will not only teach conditions in the belligerent nations and the web pages production, but will also enhance political consequences of this, the formative student understanding of the materials event of the 20th century. 3 hours. Staff. covered in the class itself. 3 hours. Barlow.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 83 Hist 231 The Experience of Hist 300 The Ancient World Total War: World War II to AD 400 This is a course in the history of World War II This class treats the ancient world from the in Europe. Included are a discussion of the first civilizations in the fertile Crescent origins of the war, the military history of the through ancient Egypt, to the development of conflict, the domestic conditions in the medieval institutions in the early fifth century belligerent nations and the political conse- AD. The course stresses both broad political, quences of this, the greatest conflict in human and social/cultural issues. The class is largely history. 3 hours. Staff. run as a seminar with some lecture. Class discussions are based on reading of primary Hist 232 The Holocaust texts. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent Team-taught interdisciplinary course on the of instructor. 4 hours. Rampton. Nazi persecution and ultimate extermination of the Jews of Europe, Gypsies, political Hist 301 The Medieval World: enemies of the National Socialist Dictatorship, 400-1500 and those considered undesirable by the NS This class treats the medieval world from the State. Cross-listed with Engl. 220, Literature development of medieval institutions in the and Human Concerns: The Holocaust. fifth century AD through the mid-fifteenth 3 hours. Staff. century. The class stresses social/cultural issues, but also provides an understanding of Hist 240 Latin American History political and constitutional developments of A broad survey of political, social, and the period. The class is run as a seminar with economic history of Latin America from the some lecture. Class discussions are based on pre-Columbian civilizations to the 20th reading of primary texts. Prerequisite: Junior century. Special emphasis will be given to the standing or consent of the instructor. 4 hours. complex ramifications of the interaction of Rampton. European conquerors/settlers, African slaves, and the indigenous peoples of the region. Hist 302 Renaissance, Reformation, Meets cross-cultural requirement. 3 hours. Revolt: 1500-1800 Seward. This is a history of early modern Europe from the Reformation to the French Revolution. The Hist 242 History of the cause treats the spiritual, intellectual, social, American West political and economic foundations of modern An exploration into the history of the western Europe. Prerequisite: Junior standing or United States, with an emphasis on the consent of the instructor. 4 hours. Rampton historical encounter between peoples and cultures, between human societies and nature, Hist 305 The History of Magic between regional and federal governments, and Witchcraft between local communities and an interna- This course deals with medieval and early tional economy, and between popular culture European conceptions of and reactions to and historical experiences. While the course magic, sorcery, and witchcraft from pre- covers these themes for the entire geographical Christian Late Antiquity through the early expanse west of the Mississippi, there will be modern period. The major focus of the course is a strong focus on the Pacific Northwest. (1) the development of ecclesiastical/intellec- 3 hours. Lipin. tual notions of magic and heresy, (2) a look at primary texts with a view to understanding Hist 246 Gender and Sexuality in popular beliefs and practices regarding magic Victorian America and witchcraft, (3) placing the great witch The development and spread of Victorian trials of the late medical/early modern periods culture in the United States during the in an historical context of contemporary nineteenth century, particularly as it defined persecutions of various minorities, (4) ideas about gender and sexuality. Focus is on explication of the “mature witchcraft theory” the creation of women’s sphere and ways in and the process of the witch trials. Junior which women accommodated themselves to standing or consent of instructor. domesticity, rebelled against it, or used it 4 hours. Rampton. themselves to discipline their husbands and sons. 3 hours. Lipin.

84 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 HISTORY ■

Hist 315 Modern Japan social and political foundations of the modern This course will cover Japanese history from the industrial state and competing economic Meiji Restoration to the present, with an ideologies. Prerequisite: Hist 102; or Econ 101, or emphasis upon the 20th century. The primary Junior standing. 3 hours. Staff. focus of the course will be upon the internal dynamics of Japanese culture. Topics will include Hist 331 Europe: 1815-1914 political and economic modernization, relations Nineteenth-Century Europe with East Asia and the United States, changes in Emphasis on new and revolutionary social family and gender roles, the development of fine movements, the development of national arts, poetry and literature, the development of institutions and the breakdown of the old Japanese expansionism and the Pacific War, the diplomatic and international order. Prerequisite: Japanese Economic Miracle and the place of Hist 102 or Junior standing. 3 hours. Staff. Japan in the contemporary world. Prerequisite: Hist 112 or 211 or consent of instructor. There Hist 332 Europe Since 1914 will be an opportunity in this course for students Twentieth-century Europe. Emphasis on new and to learn how to prepare “Pages” for the World revolutionary social movements, the development of Wide Web. Those who are interested should also national institutions and the breakdown of the old enroll for one hour of credit in one of the two diplomatic and international order. Prerequisite: sections of History 255, “History Web Lab”. Hist 102 or 311 or Junior standing. 3 hours. Staff. Although concurrent enrollment in 255 is voluntary, all students are strongly urged to Hist 334 Twentieth Century Russia enroll as the lab will not only teach web pages Russia’s development in late Tsarist times, the production, but will also enhance student Bolshevik revolution; Soviet communism under understanding of the materials covered in the Lenin, Stalin, Khrushchev, and Brezhnev; class itself. 3 hours. Barlow. nationalism and the non-Russian republics; the Gorbachev reforms and the collapse of the USSR; Hist 316 China from Mao the current situation. 3 hours. Singleton. to Tiananmen This course will survey Chinese history and PACS 337 War and International Peace culture in the period from 1949 to the present, An examination of war from an historical and with an emphasis on the mass campaigns, from the political perspective, and of the attempts to Great Leap Forward of 1957-58 through the Great evolve regional and international systems of Proletarian Culture Revolution, 1965-69. Topics non-violent conflict resolution. 3 hours. Staff. will also include the Reform Movement of Deng Xiaoping and the student protests culminating in Hist 339 History of Science the Tiananmen Incident of 1989. An unusual A study of the development of science as feature of this course is weekly role-playing in doctrine, process and social institution, from which students will be asked to assume Chinese early Greek science to the present. Emphasis on role-types such as peasant, soldier, female cadre, western science, including Arab and Islamic etc., and to play out actual political problems contributions. Examination of the impact of drawn from the mass political campaigns. There culture on science and science on culture. will be an opportunity in this course for students Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 4 hours. to learn how to prepare “Pages” for the World Boersema. Wide Web. Those who are interested should also Hist 341 American Revolution & enroll for one hour of credit in one of the two Constitution sections of History 255. “History Web Lab”. Covers the ideological, social, economic, and Although concurrent enrollment in 255 is political causes of the American break with voluntary, all students are urged to enroll as the the British Empire, the democratizing lab will not only teach web page production, but influence of the revolution on the new state will also enhance student understanding of the government, and the relationship between materials covered in class itself. Prerequisite: Hist this tendency and the construction of the 112 or 212, or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Constitution. Course incorporates research Barlow. regarding women, African-Americans, and Hist 330 Industrial Foundations of common people into the broader movement. Modern Europe Prerequisite: History 141 or Junior From the origins of the Industrial Revolution to standing. 4 hours. Lipin. the present technological revolution. The technical,

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 85 Hist 342 Civil War & Reconstruction Hist 401 The World of Charlemagne Treats the Civil War and its aftermath in This course is a seminar on the age of context of a broader Western move away from Charlemagne and the European empire he bonded servitude and restrictions on human forged in the early Middle Ages. The Course liberty toward free labor and democracy, and material starts in the early sixth century as the will measure successes and failures, particu- Roman West was mutating, and ends with the larly with regard to the legacy of racial decline of the Carolingian Empire in the face of division that the war was unable to eradicate. Viking attacks and fratricidal warfare. The Course will cover the causes of sectional class concentrates on political and social/ conflict, the military problems of the war, the cultural developments in this very important political, social, and economic conditions period which formed a bridge from the within both North and South, and the social Classical world to the beginnings of the and political sources of support and opposition modern age. The class uses anthropological to Reconstruction. Prerequisite: History 141 or paradigms as one type of historical methodol- 142, or Junior standing. 4 hours. Lipin. ogy. Assigned reading consists of primary sources, secondary monographs and journal Hist 343 Industrialization, articles. Prerequisite: Junior standing or Labor and the State in consent of instructor. 4 hours. Rampton. America: 1877-1939 Covers the rise of modern industry in the Hist 430 Adolf Hitler and the United States, the problem of labor conflict Question of Germany associated with it, and the steps taken by The problem of Adolf Hitler in German government, both at the state and the federal history. The continuity and break in German level, to regulate the new economy, beginning history-1848-1945. Prerequisite: Hist 102, 332 with laissez-faire governance of the late and Junior standing. 3 hours. Staff. nineteenth century and concluding with the full elaboration of FDR’s New Deal. Course Hist 450 Special Topics in History focuses on social, economic and political forces. Seminar or tutorial course focusing on topics Prerequisite: History 142 or Junior Standing. of special interest to students and faculty. 4 hours. Lipin. Prerequisite: Junior standing. Specific courses taught in this series will be noted in more Hist 346 Race and Ethnicity in detail in annual course schedule. 3 hours. American History Staff. Examines the historical experience of specific minority groups (African-Americans, Hist 490 Senior Research Seminar Mexican-Americans, immigrants from Asia, Combines a variety of historical methods with and those from Southern and Eastern Europe) major historical themes and controversies. in the United States, the historical roots of Required of all senior History majors prior to racism and its connection to American embarking on the thesis. Prerequisite: Senior political and social thought. Prerequisite: standing in History. Annually in the fall. History 141 or 142, or Junior standing. 3 hours. Staff. 3 hours. Lipin. Meets cross-cultural core requirement. Hist 495 Independent Research Student-conducted individual research leading Hist 400 Medieval Women to a senior thesis. Required of all History This course is a seminar on the attitudes towards, majors. Prerequisite: Senior standing in roles, work, and responsibilities of women in the History and Hist 490. Annually in the spring. period from the fourth century to the fifteenth 3 hours. Staff. century. Women in their roles as nuns, witches, prostitutes, brewers, mothers, queens, and consorts are discussed. The course is thematic rather than chronological, and investigates anthropological, feminist, and political theories and paradigms associated with the study of women generally. Assigned reading consists of primary sources, secondary monographs, and journals. Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of instructor. 4 hours. Rampton.

86 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 HONORS PROGRAM ■ HONORS PROGRAM Faculty The Honors Program at Pacific University draws on faculty from every Division of Dr. Sarah Phillips, Director, Honors Program the College. Interested in pursuing The Honors Program is dedicated to interdisciplinary research and/or teaching, challenging exceptional students to explore and the Honors faculty develop seminars designed to challenge students to consider develop their gifts as thinkers, researchers, and the relationships among various disci- leaders. The Honors Program is a flexible one plines, various means of constructing and that enables students to major in everything presenting knowledge, and various from art to physics, to study abroad and to approaches to learning and teaching. pursue other types of educational opportunities, Whether teaching a seminar or advising students pursuing individual research such as internships, as they earn Honors. projects, faculty in the Honors Program take mentorship as an important model Goals for student-faculty interaction, encourag- ing students to assume responsibility for The goals of the program are: the character of their education by • to introduce students into a community reflecting on the significance of their work of learners committed to integrating for self-understanding as well as for experience, formal study, and service; academic development. • to provide students and faculty with opportunities to engage in imaginative Characteristics and ambitious interdisciplinary study Honors courses are distinguished by their and discussion; interdisciplinary focus and the expectation • to promote and model creative for student participation. Students must be academic excellence; willing to engage in the creative synthesis • to prepare students for active, produc- of a range of ideas, modalities, and tive lives as learners, professionals, and perspectives in order to succeed in a citizens; and to contribute to the pedagogical model that emphasizes the intellectual and cultural liveliness of integration of experience, analysis, and the community. creative expression. Students in Honors learn how to transform their assumptions Pacific Honors students bring a wide into hypotheses, gain familiarity with variety of experiences, backgrounds, and various approaches to learning, and interests to the Program. A typical seminar develop skills that enable them to work will include students whose enthusiasms collaboratively across a range of disci- range through the natural and social plines. Excellence in Honors is character- sciences, the arts, and the humanities. Many ized by intellectual curiosity, analytical Honors students complete pre-professional rigor, and creative risk-taking expressed in programs as they pursue their liberal arts both independent and collaborative work. majors. Honors students often serve the The Student Honors Council reflects the community in various ways, as Resident Program’s commitment to helping Assistants, as First-Year Seminar mentors, students develop leadership skills and its and as House Tutors. Honors students are insistence that Honors students share active in athletics and student clubs, as well responsibility for the quality and character as theatre and music. Many members of the of their educational experience. Grading in Honors Program volunteer through Pacific’s the Honors Program is consistent with Humanitarian Center, tutoring public school standards held College-wide. students, for example, or working on environmental issues or educating migrant Interdisciplinary and innovative, Honors workers and their families. In general, seminars allow gifted students to satisfy Honors students approach their education College Core requirements in the company at Pacific creatively and energetically, of others who approach their education exploring various environments and ways creatively and energetically as they pursue of learning, investing in the community, and high standards and new experiences. These pursuing ambitious academic programs. Honors courses enable students to build a

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 87 powerful foundation for work in their Privileges majors by challenging them to integrate Honors students enjoy faculty library approaches from several disciplines as they privileges and may take 18 units of credit strengthen their abilities as writers, critical per semester within the regular tuition thinkers, and imaginative problem-solvers. charge in order to meet the demands of In their first semester, Honors students the Honors Program. Our students have meet the College’s writing requirement; in traveled to present their research at the the next three, they exercise their skills as National Collegiate Honors Council writers and thinkers as they work toward conference and at the National Conference satisfying requirements for work in the for Undergraduate Research. Honors natural and social sciences, the arts and students are encouraged to apply for and humanities, and in cross-cultural studies. assisted with their applications for In the fifth seminar, taken in the spring of prestigious national scholarships, includ- the junior year, they prepare for indepen- ing the Rhodes, Truman, and Marshall dent capstone projects in their disciplines Scholarships. The greatest benefit of as they consider the meaning of work, the Honors, however, is participation in a significance of entering a profession, the community of learners and the opportuni- obligations that accompany education, and ties for exploration, exchange, and the exercise of power. In their senior year, discovery this affords: the variety of all Honors students design and complete a activities, the development of relation- capstone project or thesis that demon- ships centered on common intellectual strates academic excellence and creativity. and cultural experiences and passions, The Honors Program also sponsors co- and the self-understanding that emerges curricular events that complement the from collaborative learning and indi- seminars and support the development of vidual risk-taking. a community of learners both within and beyond the Program. The Honors Admission Chautauqua Program, endowed by The Merles Bryan Fund, allows scholars and Prospective students are invited to apply to performers to meet with Honors students in the Honors Program when they apply for various settings and to present their work to admission to the College of Arts and the Pacific community in lectures or Sciences. Honors admissions decisions are performances. The Student Honors Council based on grade point averages, SAT or ACT advises the Director of Honors in selecting scores, an essay, and letter of recommenda- the Chautauqua Scholars and coordinates tion. Honors students entering Pacific its own co-curricular programming, also generally have a high school GPA of 3.7 and underwritten by The Merles Bryan Fund, SAT scores of 1200 (ACT 26), but applica- which supports Honors students both on tions from other interested students will be and off campus, defraying registration and considered. Students enrolled at Pacific are travel costs for students to present their invited to apply during their first and work at conferences. second semesters at Pacific. All students The Honors Program at Pacific University with a Pacific GPA of 3.5 or higher at the seeks to mentor students as they prepare end of their second semester are invited to for careers, graduate study, and service to apply for admission in the third semester. their communities, honoring intellect and Interested and qualified transfer students character, talent and achievement. should consult with the Director of Honors Reflecting the Program’s emphasis on to discuss options for entering and complet- creative interdisciplinary thinking, our ing the Program. In order to remain in the graduates take a wide variety of paths program, students should maintain a into the post-baccalaureate world: cumulative GPA of 3.5. First-year students pursuing graduate degrees across a range may continue with a 3.2 or better, but must of professions and disciplines, preparing achieve a 3.5 cumulative GPA by the end of for service in the health professions, or the sophomore year. No courses in the practicing an art as a sculptor, writer, Honors Program may be taken Pass/Fail. painter, or teacher, Honors students build The transcripts and diplomas of Honors exceptional lives on the foundations of Students denote Graduation with Univer- their education at Pacific University. sity Honors, and Honors Students are recognized at Commencement.

88 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 HONORS PROGRAM ■

Requirements COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Honors students who wish to study abroad are encouraged to do so in either the Honors Courses (Honr) second semester of their sophomore year Honr 100 Writing in Honors or the first semester of their junior year. Reading scientists on the relationship of Students choosing to study abroad in their science to the arts and humanities, to society, sophomore year may either double their and to ethics, students will approach writing enrollment in Honors in a semester before from an interdisciplinary perspective, they leave, or take a 200-level Honors composing a variety of essays involving seminar in the spring term of their junior argument, analysis, and self reflection as they year, concurrently with Honors 350. explore their relationship to various ways of Students studying abroad for a full year as knowing. Satisfies Writing Core requirement. juniors will be expected to take Honors 350 Open only to Honors students. 4 hours. Fall in either their sophomore or senior year. and Spring semesters, Honors Faculty. To graduate with University Honors, students must satisfy the following Honr 200 Honors Arts Seminar: Requirements Topic varies • Honors 100 These seminars enable Honors students to fulfill College Arts Core requirements as they • Three sections of Honors 200 continue to develop skills as interdisciplinary • Honors 350 learners and thinkers, and may be taken more • Honors 400: a senior thesis or capstone than once for credit as content varies. Non- project in their major department 1 Honors students admitted with approval of the Director of Honors. 3 hours. Fall and Spring • Participation in Honors co-curricular semester. Honors Faculty. activities 2 • Cumulative GPA of 3.5 or above. Honr 201 Honors Humanities 1 The senior thesis or capstone project Seminar: Topic varies must satisfy departmental criteria for These seminars enable Honors students to Honors work. fulfill College Humanities Core requirements as they continue to develop skills as interdisci- 2 All Honors students must participate plinary learners and thinkers, and may be in the co-curricular activities sup- taken more than once for credit as content ported by the Honors Program, varies. Non-Honors students admitted with including The Honors Chautauqua approval of the Director of Honors. 3 hours. Program. Under no circumstances will Fall and Spring semester. Honors Faculty. a student be allowed to graduate with University Honors with a cumulative Honr 202 Honors Natural Sciences GPA below 3.5. Students admitted to Seminar: Topic varies the University Honors Program must These seminars enable Honors students to fulfill also meet all College of Arts and College Natural Sciences Core requirements as Sciences graduation requirements, they continue to develop skills as interdiscipli- unless an exception is approved by nary learners and thinkers, and may be taken the Honors Committee. more than once for credit as content varies. Non- Honors students admitted with approval of the Director of Honors. 3 hours. Fall and Spring semester. Honors Faculty.

Honr 203 Honors Social Sciences Seminar: Topic varies These seminars enable Honors students to fulfill College Natural Sciences Core requirements as they continue to develop skills as interdiscipli- nary learners and thinkers, and may be taken more than once for credit as content varies. Non-Honors students admitted with approval of the Director of Honors. 3 hours. Fall and Spring semester. Honors Faculty.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 89 Honr 205 Chautauqua Series, Topic Varies HUMANITIES Honors 205 is a seminar built around the Merles Bryan Endowed Chautauqua Series for The Humanities are composed of the courses in the Honors Program. As such, the topic of the English, History, Media Arts and Communication, course will change from year to year, with the Philosophy, and World Languages and topic of the speaker series. All topics will be appropriate to interdisciplinary exploration. Literatures. While these departments have their Students registering for Honors 205 will own goals and specialized programs, they are engage in deeper study of the series topic united in a common endeavor to discover and through readings, discussion, and writing. make relevant the historical direction and 1.5 hours. Fall and Spring Semesters, Open essence of humans’ cultural endeavors and to only to Honors Students. help students prepare for a life of quality and Honr 350 Junior Honors Seminar meaning. In this sense, the humanities are at the A capstone commencement seminar designed heart of liberal arts education. to enable students to reflect upon their work in general Honors and in their discipline(s) as they begin to develop their ideas for thesis and capstone work in the senior year. Working COORDINATED STUDIES IN within an interdisciplinary framework, HUMANITIES MAJOR students will consider the meaning of work, the significance of entering a profession, the By special arrangement, students may obligations that accompany education, the pursue a self-designed course of study exercise of power, and approaches to lifelong in the Humanities. Interested students learning. Open only to Honors Students. should submit, by the end of their Spring semester. Director of Honors. sophomore year, a proposed program with an identifiable academic focus to the Honr 400-17 Honors Research/ Humanities Division Chair. Students must Capstone Project plan a program with a minimum of 48 hours, Students design and complete a thesis or 18 of which must be upper-division hours project that meets the criteria established by in addition to the upper-division hours their department for senior thesis or project. planned for the Special Projects in the All theses and projects will be evaluated by an Humanities. Proposals should include: Honors Review Board, composed of the 1. 18 hours emphasis in one department Director of Honors and the faculty teaching in in the division (English, Media Arts Honors in the current academic year. Honors and Communication, Philosophy, or 400-417 are offered through departments and World Languages and Literatures) ...18 are designated on transcripts to identify them by department. Open only to Honors students. 2. 24 hours divided among three 3-6 hours. Fall and Spring semesters, College other departments at Pacific (English, faculty. Media Arts and Communication, Philosophy, World Languages and Literatures, History, Fine Arts, Music, and selected Peace and Conflict Studies courses) ...... 24 3. Special Project in the Humanities for a minimum of six hours ...... 6 This project should be approved by the Humanities Division Chair in consultation with the faculty adviser in the student’s area of emphasis before the end of the student’s junior year. The project must be planned as a part of either Hum 475 (Career Internship), Hum 476 (Overseas Study), or Hum 477 (Individual Study and Research). The student must complete a

90 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 HUMANITIES ■ final written essay and give a formal Hum 208 Francophone Africa and the presentation on his or her project by the Caribbean end of the senior year; the essay and A general introduction to the literature, presentation may in some cases be culture, peoples, and politics of Francophone incorporated with another senior project. Africa and the French-speaking Caribbean, focusing in particular on the 20th century. Minimum Total Hours 48 Special emphasis on the Maghreb, Senegal, and Haiti. Meets cross-cultural requirement. 3 Interested students should consult with hours. Steinert Borella. Offered intermittently. Professor David DeMoss, Humanities Division Chair. Hum 300 Mentoring in the Humanities Each student serves as a mentor in one section COURSE DESCRIPTIONS of Humanities 100, the required First-Year Seminar course. Mentors attend all Hum 100 Humanities (Hum) classes and co-curricular events and complete all of the readings. They do not take exams, Hum 100 Origins, Identity, write papers, or participate in the evaluation of and Meaning students in Hum 100. The mentor is to act as a A required seminar for first-semester first-year peer in helping first-year students make the students that introduces students to college transition from high school to college. They academic life and the skills needed for success in hold study sessions and help students with that life. It is a humanities-based course in its note taking, writing assignments, and the content, intended to engage students in the task development of proper study skills. They work of personal and cultural critique, and designed closely with faculty in developing the means to to provide a common learning experience for the good mentoring in their section of Hum 100. entire first-year class. Students will also They meet with the First-Year Seminar experience the educational advantages of having Coordinator one hour each week to review their a diversity of teaching methods and approaches work and to discuss pedagogical issues both within and among the various sections of associated with teaching the humanities. the seminar; although cross-sectional themes, Mentors are selected by an application process texts, and events may be adopted by current in the spring. 4 hours. Smith. Fall semester. Hum 100 faculty, the course will be designed and taught in a manner thought most appropri- Hum 306 Latino Fiction ate by the individual instructor. 4 hours. Staff. A study of the fiction of Latino writers Fall semester. representing the diverse Hispanic cultures of the U.S. with emphasis on the themes of Hum 205 Japanese Culture immigration, culture adaptation, and the This course is a general introduction to unique characteristics of the author’s Hispanic Japanese people, land, and culture. Its major heritage. Meets cross-cultural core require- emphasis is on culture: arts, science, industry ment. 3 hours. Cabello/Christoph. Offered and language. Meets cross-cultural core intermittently. requirement. 3 hours. Ikeda. Offered yearly. Hum 325 Hispanics in the Hum 206 Latin America United States A general introduction to the geography, A study of the history, literature, culture, and peoples, and cultures of Latin America, and to demographics of Hispanic groups in the U.S. their major social and political issues. Meets An interdisciplinary approach will be taken cross-cultural core requirement. 3 hours. toward placing in perspective the major Cabello. Offered intermittently. political, social, and educational issues facing Hum 207 German Culture these groups. Students will simultaneously be A general introduction to the literature, film, engaged in a field internship in the Hispanic art and music of people in the German- community. Prerequisite: Spanish 102. Meets speaking countries, focusing on the time period cross-cultural requirement. 4 hours. Bates/ from the early 19th century to the present. Cabello or Phillips/Christoph. Special emphasis on the intersection of culture with historical, social, and political events. 3 hours. French. Offered intermittently.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 91 INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS & STUDY ABROAD

Anne Frey, Director community having questions, or experi- encing difficulties with matters of Akiko Imamura, Assistant Director immigration and cultural adjustment can The Office of International Programs services utilize the International program staff’s familiarity with such issues. both international students and scholars and Staff from International Programs are those interested in study abroad. Located on the active members in NAFSA: Association of second floor of Chapman Hall International International Educators, as well as other Programs provides immigration and cross-cultural international education professional services to Pacific University’s community of organizations, and represent Pacific international students scholars and faculty. University locally, regionally and nation- ally in professional conferences, work- International Programs also coordinates and shops, meetings and other symposia. administers semester and year long study abroad programs (see Study Abroad section) working with faculty to ensure academic integrity. STUDY ABROAD Staff from International Programs are active Anne Frey, Director members in NAFSA: Association of International Kazuko Ikeda, Faculty Chair Educators, as well as other international education professional organizations, and Akiko Imamura, Assistant Director represent Pacific University locally, regionally In accordance with Pacific University’s and nationally in professional conferences, mission statement and goals, Pacific workshops, meetings and other symposia. University study abroad programs provide students with a unique opportu- nity to develop skills and knowledge International Student and which will prepare them for the diverse Faculty Advising community, nation and world. Pacific University considers international study The Director and Assistant Director of important and encourages all students to International programs hold the official gain exposure to other cultures, lan- designation from the United States guages, and ways of life. Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) as Designated School Official and Study abroad is required for a major in the Director holds the title of Responsible modern languages and international Officer from the Department of State. The studies but is open to all students who staff of International Programs is knowl- meet the selection criteria. Pacific Univer- edgeable in the areas of F, J, and H sity students who participate in a study regulations. Given the complex and ever- abroad program can earn a maximum of changing nature of immigration regula- 31 credits which will count toward their tions, members of Pacific’s international graduation. However, students should community are strongly advised to remain consult with their faculty advisor(s) to in close contact with International pro- determine which courses taken abroad grams for advising and counsel on can and cannot be used toward their immigration-related affairs. majors or to satisfy other specific Univer- sity requirements. Advising related to immigration and cross-cultural issues are also available at Pacific has an agreement with the Oregon the Office of International programs. Any University System (OUS) that gives member of the international campus Pacific students access to all OUS study abroad programs. These programs now include some 24 different study abroad

92 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 INTERNATIONAL & STUDY ABROAD ■ sites in China, Ecuador, France, Germany, Cost Japan and Mexico, to name a few. The cost for most Pacific University Pacific also offers access to a wide array of approved study abroad programs will be other study abroad programs. European equal to Pacific tuition, room and board. study in Austria, England, France, Spain, The University will also provide up to Wales and The Netherlands is available in $1,000 for transportation to and from the cooperation with Central College of Iowa study abroad site. For specific program and University of Minnesota. In Japan, cost information, please contact the Pacific is affiliated with Kansai Gaidai in International Programs Office. Hirakata, just outside of Osaka, and The University does extend financial aid for Nagoya Gakuin University in Nagoya. In approved study abroad programs taking Ecuador, Pacific has an affiliation with the into account both the total expenses Universidad Especialidades Espiritu associated with a particular program and Santo (UEES) in Guayaquil. In China, the demonstrated need of the individual Pacific has sent students in recent years to student. The University may also facilitate Guanxi University in Gualin and has an student access to study abroad programs exchange agreement with East China not affiliated with Pacific, but no financial Normal University in Shanghai and aid from Pacific will be awarded for such Central University for Nationalities unaffiliated programs. in Beijing.

Eligibility Application Deadline The deadline for application to all Pacific To be eligible for overseas study, students, study abroad programs is normally at the typically sophomores or juniors, must beginning of second semester (late demonstrate proper personal and aca- January-early February) preceding the demic preparation for the program, be in academic year in which the study abroad good academic standing, and have program will be undertaken. Application attended Pacific full time for one semester. forms, current cost data, and informational Applications from freshmen to study brochures about all study abroad pro- abroad during their sophomore year will grams are available in the International normally not be approved unless there is a Programs Office, second floor, Chapman compelling academic reason for the Hall. request. In general, applicants are expected to have an overall GPA of at least 2.75 for foreign language programs and 3.0 for programs in English speaking countries (higher for some programs) and to have completed the equivalent of at least two years of college-level foreign language study. A personal essay, letters of recommendation, and a personal interview are also required of all appli- cants. Students with a GPA below 2.5 at the time of application will have their applications rescinded.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 93 CHINESE Trinity’s five divisions and are also expected to take two courses each term in Pacific has an exchange agreement with Welsh Studies. Students are housed in the East China Normal University (ECNU) in University’s residence halls along with the dynamic city of Shanghai. Students their Welsh classmates. study intensive Chinese language and culture while at ECNU and represent England Pacific University in a variety of ways during their semester of academic year of Students who participate in the Central study in China. College program in London enroll in British Studies courses and seminars on A sister school relationship provides special topics in the arts, literature, and students with an opportunity to study in social sciences. Students may also enroll in Gualin at Guanxi University. Famous for up to two courses at the University of its natural rock formations, Gualin is a North London. Almost all students also smaller setting in which to study. Inten- participate in the internship program, sive Chinese language classes are offered choosing from more than 50 internships in along with classes for international a wide variety of fields. students. Students are generally placed in dormitories, however, limited homestays can be arranged. The Netherlands OUS provides a semester-long program at Less then 40 minutes away from the Central University for Nationalities in Amsterdam, Leiden is home to the nations Beijing. This program focuses on intensive oldest University, Leiden University. The language training at the beginning, Central College program in Leiden allows intermediate, and advanced levels and Pacific students to experience continental offers a course entitled Chinese Culture Europe while taking classes in English. and Chinese National Minorities that While studying in Leiden, Pacific students includes a three-week study tour to two can take courses in Art, Business, Econom- minority regions in China rarely visited by ics, Management, Political Science, History, Westerners. International students are Psychology, Literature and Music. Students housed together in a University dormitory. must take a beginning Dutch language course while participating on the program. All students live in Dutch residence halls ENGLISH and, whenever possible will be placed as the only American on the floor. All resi- Scotland and Ireland dence halls have single rooms with shared bathroom and kitchen facilities. Meals are Pacific has direct enrollment study abroad not included on this program. options at the University of Edinburgh in Scotland and at six colleges and universi- ties in the Irish Republic and Northern FRENCH Ireland. These institutions in Scotland and Ireland offer almost every course of study Four different year-long French programs in a challenging academic environment. In are available to Pacific students in Paris, all cases, a GPA of at least 3.0 is required Montpellier, Lyon, and Poitiers through to be considered. Central College, University of Minnesota, and OUS, respectively. Wales The Central College program in Paris Additionally, Central College offers two includes a two-week intensive French English language programs in Great language program in Nice, prior to the Britain. Students who choose to study in start of classes at the Sorbonne. For the rest Wales attend Trinity College, a small of the year, students are housed in liberal arts college in Carmarthen, a rural residence halls located throughout the setting with opportunities for many student sections of Paris. Pacific Univer- outdoor activities, including canoeing, sity students at 202 level French or higher backpacking, camping, hiking, and rock will enroll in courses for regular and climbing. Students may enroll in any of advanced students.

94 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 INTERNATIONAL & STUDY ABROAD ■

The OUS program in Lyon offers students Germany a chance to explore France’s second largest The year-long OUS program in the state of city. The program begins with an intensive Baden-W¸rttemberg, the German sister language program and then continues at state to Oregon, begins with a four-week the Centre International d’Etudes program of intensive German. This is FranÁaises with the opportunity to take followed by study in regular German selected regular courses at four different university courses at any one of nine universities in Lyon. Advanced students different universities, each with its own who pass a qualifying exam may also opt distinctive academic emphasis, located in to take all of their courses in the French the cities of Stuttgart, T¸bingen, Konstanz, universities that participate in the pro- Hohenheim, Ulm, Freiburg, Heidelberg, gram. There are a wide variety of housing Mannheim, and Karlsruhe. In addition, options, ranging from homestays with students with special interests in educa- families to sharing apartments with tion, music, and art may enroll at three French students to staying in university more specialized institutions in dormitories. This program is for the full Ludwigsburg and Stuttgart, although an academic year only. audition and/or portfolio may be required The OUS program in Poitiers exposes for admission to the music and art schools. students to life in a small French city of 100,000 residents. This program also Austria begins with homestays with French families and an intensive language The Central College German language program. Most students then continue program provides students with an with courses in the Department of French opportunity to study in Austria for either a for Foreign Students of the University of single semester or an entire year. The Poitiers as well as regular University program begins with a six-week intensive courses if their language skills are suffi- German program at a Goethe Institute ciently advanced. As at Lyon, a wide facility in one of several sites in southern variety of living arrangements, including Germany. Following the intensive German homestays with French families, boarding course, the remainder of the semester or houses, and University dormitories, are year is spent at the 600-year-old University available. This program is also for the full of Vienna in Austria. Students can take academic year only. regular courses at the University in The University of Minnesota’s program in language and literature, fine arts, humani- Montpellier, France offers a comprehen- ties, and the behavioral sciences. At the sive academic and cultural experience at same time, students take three courses per the intermediate and advanced language semester on different aspects of art, music, levels at the Universite Paul Valery. and literature through Central College’s Montpellier is located in southern France, Program in Vienna. Students are housed in ten miles away from the Mediterranean. residence halls scattered throughout the Classes are held at the Universite Paul city which serve both international and Valery and are taught by faculty from the Austrian students. Residence halls do not University. Housing options vary and offer meal plans, and meal plans are not include homestays, dormitory or apart- included in the Central program fee. ment living. JAPANESE GERMAN Pacific University enjoys a sister school Pacific gives students of German the relationship with two Japanese universi- opportunity to pursue study abroad in ties that allow Pacific students to enroll in either Germany or Austria through their study abroad programs in Japan for programs offered by OUS and Central either a semester or a full year. College. Nagoya Gakuin is located in a scenic suburb of Nagoya and offers a comfortable campus atmosphere. Kansai Gaidai is located in Hirakata near Osaka and half an

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 95 hour train rides way from Kyoto and a year-long program, or as a one-semester Nara, the cultural and religious centers of program in the fall and/or spring semes- traditional Japan. Both programs offer ters. All students are housed with families Japanese language classes and courses, for one semester with an option to move to taught in English, on the history and an apartment for second semester students. culture of Japan. At both schools, students may live either in an international Spain dormitory or enjoy a home stay with a Japanese family arranged by the school. A year-long or semester program is available through Central College at the In addition, under some circumstances, University of Granada in southern Spain. Pacific students may have access to year- The Central College program begins with long OUS programs in Tokyo at Waseda a 3 week orientation with the first two University and Aoyama Gakuin Univer- weeks taking place in Ronda, the birth- sity. At both universities, intensive place of modern bullfighting and the last Japanese is offered as well as a variety of week in Granada. The orientation includes courses, taught in English, in Japanese intensive Spanish and cultural orientation history, literature, politics, economics, and culminating in a language placement culture. Course work at Aoyama Gakuin, exam. Throughout the orientation and the however, is especially focused on business, semester students are housed with economics, and politics. At Aoyama Spanish host families. In Granada, Gakuin housing is provided in University students may choose from three different dormitories with Japanese roommates; at course options, including regular classes at Waseda University home stays with the University of Granada for those who Japanese families are provided. have passed the language placement exam. The Granada program also incorpo- rates the opportunity for service-learning SPANISH projects in the local area. Ecuador Pacific has a special relationship with the Universidad Especialidades Espiritu Santo OTHER PROGRAMS (UEES) in Guayaquil, Ecuador’s largest Pacific students also have access through city, principal port, and main commercial the Oregon University System (OUS) to center. UEES offers a one-semester study abroad programs in South Korea program each fall for Pacific students. The and Thailand. However, Pacific does not program features homestays with care- offer language training in support of this fully selected Ecuadorian families, a series study abroad option. More complete of excursions in and out of Guayaquil, information about these, and other including trips to the Andean highlands, programs, is available in the International the Amazon basin and the Galapagos. Programs Office. The academic program includes service- learning with a local school or social service agency, intensive Spanish and course work in Latin American history, OVERSEAS PROGRAMS geography, economics, and literature. WINTER III (January term) Pacific students may also apply to the OUS A variety of credit-earning overseas study program in Ecuador’s capital city, Quito. programs are also available during Students may choose from one of two Pacific’s three week winter term (Winter schools: Pontificia Universidad Catolica del III). These programs are faculty-led and Ecuador (PUCE) and Universidad San vary from year to year. Recent program Francisco de Quito (USFQ). PUCE is destinations have included Vietnam, India, located in the center of Quito and is a Barcelona, Spain, Switzerland, London, private, independent institution with 7,000 England, Germany and Costa Rica. For an students. Universidad San Francisco de schedule of upcoming Winter III pro- Quito (USFQ) is located in Cumbaya, a grams, contact the International Programs suburb of Quito and has 2,000 students. Office at 503-359-2913. The program in Quito is available for either

96 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 INTERNATIONAL STUDIES ■

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES provides majors with a multidisciplinary background in a language and culture area. On campus International Studies sponsors Nancy Christoph, Spanish, Chair lectures, festivals, music presentations. Jeffrey G. Barlow, (History), East Asian Studies Coordinator Sara Steinert Borella, (French), Western MAJOR IN European Studies Coordinator INTERNATIONAL STUDIES Victor M. Rodríguez, (Spanish), Latin American Studies Coordinator Students may apply for the major as early as the first semester of their freshman year Susan U. Cabello, Spanish at Pacific and, in general, should apply no later than the first semester of their Lorely French, German sophomore year. Applications are avail- Naoya Fujita, Japanese able from the Director of International Programs, in the Office of International Kazuko Ikeda, Japanese Programs on the second floor of Chapman Cheleen Mahar, (Anthropology) Hall and from faculty members of World Languages and Literatures. Students who Martha Rampton, History apply later in their academic career may find it difficult to complete the require- Philip Ruder, Economics ments of the major and still graduate from Jeffrey G. Seward, Political Science Pacific in four years, especially if they choose to spend an entire year in a study Seth Singleton, Political Science abroad program. Admission is selective Michael R. Steele, English and normally requires a 3.0 GPA. IS majors must maintain a GPA of at least 3.0 each David F. Stout, German semester to remain in the program. Ann Wetherell, Art History Immediately after being accepted, students must consult with a member of International Studies is designed for highly- the International Studies faculty (see list motivated students who plan careers in law, above) as well as the chair of International diplomacy, education, international research Studies and prepare a complete plan of courses that they intend to take to fulfill and the globalized marketplace of business the requirements of the major. This plan and economics. National and state leaders must be updated and resubmitted have placed a high priority on international immediately upon return from the study studies in order to meet the critical need for abroad experience. As part of that plan, college graduates who are competent in world each major must declare an area interest (East Asia, Latin America or Western languages and who are familiar with world Europe). cultures. The national and regional commitment International students (that is, foreign to internationalism in the United States and the nationals studying at Pacific on a student increasing interdependence of nations around visa) may select the American Studies the world are reflected in a wide range of job option (see the separate requirements for opportunities in both government and the this option set out below). In this case, the foreign language requirement and the private sector. study abroad requirement are waived. Within the International Studies major, students International students may also complete the regular International Studies major but are able to focus upon one of three may not use their native language to fulfill international areas: East Asia, Latin America the foreign language requirement. Further, and Western Europe. International students they may not use study in their home who wish to major in IS may choose the country to satisfy the study abroad American Studies option. Each area focus requirement.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 97 International Studies majors are strongly has previously studied to fulfill the encouraged to complete a second major in foreign language requirement of the a standard discipline. Students may also major. Study abroad in English- want to include a Humanitarian Center speaking countries or programs multicultural field experience or other conducted in English may not be used relevant internship. to fulfill this requirement. The goals and formal requirements for the Prior to study abroad, the student major (except for international students should fulfill at least the following choosing the American Studies option) are requirements: as follows: 2. Foreign language study in one of the principal languages of chosen area Goals for the Major interest through the 202-level. In successfully completing a major in 3. One of the following to be chosen in International Studies a student will consultation with international Studies possess the following attributes: advisor: IS 201 (Intercultural • Strong written and oral Communications) PSY 160 (Culture and communications skills Behavior) or ECON 329 (International • Proven research and analytical skills Economics) • Knowledge of the history and culture 4. A base history course related to the of a specific area of the world student’s chosen area interest. For East Asia, this would normally be HIST 112 • The ability to build on that knowledge East Asia; for Latin America, HIST/ to produce a final written thesis and POLS 255 Latin American History or related oral presentation HUM 206 Latin America; for Western • Well-developed intercultural skills Europe, HIST 102 Western Civilization • The ability to work collaboratively II. However, more specialized upper- division history courses approved in • The ability to speak, read and write advance by the student’s IS advisor in a second or third language may also be used to satisfy this • Experience in living and requirement. studying abroad In addition, the student must fulfill the following requirements before, during, Requirements: or after the study abroad experience: International Area Studies Focus 5. At least 21 semester hours of electives One of the following chosen in consultation with the student’s IS advisor to create a coherent IS 201, ECON 329, PSY 160...... 3 program of study related to the chosen Base history course area interest. Such courses should be related to area interest...... 3 approved by students’ IS or WORL Electives coherently advisors. No more than 12 semester related to area interest hours from any single department or (includes 12 Study Abroad Credits)...... 21 discipline and no more than 12 semes- Foreign language study ter hours taken during study abroad at 300-level or above...... 6 may be applied to this requirement. Research methods...... 3 6. At least six hours of foreign language study at Pacific at the 300-level or IS 399 Junior Tutorial...... 2 above after returning from the study IS 401 & IS 402 Senior Thesis ...... 4 abroad experience. 7. One course in theory or research 42 methods to be taken prior to enrollment for IS 401 Senior Thesis. Note that 1. At least one semester of study abroad students planning to spend the entire in a country related to the student’s junior year abroad should complete this chosen area interest. The country requirement prior to study abroad. chosen must have as one of its principal Students also need to be aware that languages, the language the student several of the courses approved for

98 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 INTERNATIONAL STUDIES ■

meeting this requirement have one or 3. Six hours of upper-division courses in more prerequisites. The course chosen American history. should be closely related to the research 4. Six hours of upper-division courses strategy appropriate to the student’s in American literature. senior thesis project. Approved courses which meet this requirement are the 5. Twelve hours of electives chosen in following: consultation with the advisor to create a coherent program of study of the Anth 301 Research Methods United States with at least six hours of in Anthropology electives outside the Departments of Econ 321 Introduction to History and English. Econometrics 6. The same requirements for a methodol- Engl 333 Theory of Literature ogy course, junior tutorial, and senior Engl 332 Introduction to Linguistics thesis as all other IS majors. Psy 350 Behavioral Statistics International students for whom English is a second language and who elect the Soc 201 Introduction to America concentration are exempt from Social Research the foreign language and study abroad Soc 301 Social Statistics requirements and take instead 27 hours in electives. 8. IS 399 Junior Tutorial/Seminar in which students work with individual professors to develop a polished senior thesis proposal and meet together in COURSE DESCRIPTIONS occasional seminar format to share their research proposals. Students who International Studies (IS) spend their entire junior year abroad IS 201 Intercultural must register for IS 399 as an indepen- Communication dent study course in close collaboration This course develops awareness and skills for with a Pacific professor and produce a effective communication among people of senior thesis proposal during their different cultures. It explores problems related to second semester of study abroad. value differences and examines perceptual A contract for IS 399 while studying relativity, cultural self-awareness, verbal and abroad should be prepared prior to nonverbal behavior, value analysis, and departure for the study abroad site. communication strategies. For both United A student may not research their thesis States and International students. 3 hours. Ikeda. topic during their overseas study year unless their topic has been approved IS 399 Junior Tutorial by their advisor at Pacific University. Directed reading and research in the student’s 9. IS 401 and IS 402 Senior Thesis in which area of interest. Prerequisite: Junior Standing the student prepares a senior thesis for in IS. 2 hours. Staff. a public and written presentation. These two semesters of Senior Thesis IS 401-402 Senior Seminar and Thesis may not be taken concurrently. Stu- Sources, materials, and methods of research, dents must make reasonable progress writing, and critical analysis. Preparation and on their thesis project by the end of defense of major research project. Prerequisite: IS 401 in order to continue with their Senior Standing in IS. 2 hours per semester. thesis work in IS 402. Students who do Staff. not meet this requirement will be asked to withdraw from the IS major. IS 450 Special Topics in International Studies This seminar course is an elective which Requirements focuses on topics of special interest to students American Studies Focus and IS faculty. The course allows students to Available only to international students explore possible topics for their thesis and the methods for approaching those topics. Students 1. IS 201 Intercultural Communications. may take the course concurrently with IS 401. 2. HIST 141-142 History of the Prerequisite: Seniorstanding and study abroad. United States. 3 hours. Staff.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 99 MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES

Michael Boardman, Chair, Associate Department Goals Professor, Mathematics The department maintains common goals Michael C. Clock, Professor, Mathematics for all of its students (majors, minors and others). Students in our courses will learn Bogdana Georgieva, Assistant Professor, strategies for abstract problem solving, Mathematics gain a basic understanding of computers and the broad implications of their use, be Christine Guenther, Assistant Professor, exposed to mathematics as a liberal art, Mathematics and be given the opportunity to hone their Michelle Hribar, Assistant Professor, computational skills. Computer Science For students majoring in Computer Christopher Lane, Assistant Professor, Science, we provide, within the context of Mathematics the liberal arts, excellent preparation for high-tech careers or graduate study in Douglas J. Ryan, Professor, Computer Science Computer Science. The Department of Mathematical Sciences Students with a program of study in Mathematics will learn methods of offers programs of study in Mathematics and mathematical modeling, abstraction, Computer Science. argumentation, and abstract mathematical constructs and paradigms, develop Our Computer Science program is competence in carrying out algorithms, characterized by small class sizes, close and learn to read and speak the language interaction with faculty, and a curriculum with a of mathematics. A mathematics degree breadth and depth rarely encountered in a from Pacific prepares students for a wide small university. Because the department variety of post-graduate activities includ- ing work in mathematics and science follows the ACM (Association for Computing related fields or graduate study in Machinery) curriculum guidelines, students mathematics or education. graduating with a degree in Computer Science from Pacific are well-prepared to pursue immediate employment in the computer/ MAJOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE electronics industry or continue on to graduate Requirements school. With 100% placement in the field since Math 206 Computational the program inception, our graduates are Linear Algbra ...... 3 employed at industry leaders such as Intel, Math 226 Calculus I ...... 4 Microsoft, and Hewlett Packard. Math 240 Discrete Mathematics...... 3 The Mathematics major provides students a CS 150 Introduction to strong mathematics foundation with emphasis Computer Science I...... 4 in several key areas including analysis, CS 250 Introduction to abstract structures and applied mathematics. Computer Science II ...... 3 Students completing this major are able to CS 300 Data Structures...... 3 pursue careers in applied mathematics, enter CS 310 Theoretical graduate programs in mathematics and other Computer Science...... 3 fields, or complete certification requirements to CS 320 Assembly Language teach mathematics in K-12 (see the Education Programming ...... 3 section of this catalog for more details). CS 385 Junior Seminar ...... 1 CS 430 Computer Architecture...... 3 CS 460 Operating Systems ...... 3

100 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES ■

CS 480 Principles of COMPUTER SCIENCE, Compiler Design ...... 3 COOPERATIVE PROGRAM CS 481 Compiler Laboratory I ...... 1 CS 490 Senior Capstone I...... 2 Contact Professor Ryan CS 492 Senior Capstone II ...... 3 A 3-2 program requiring five years of Six credits selected from study for the well-prepared student, three the following courses ...... 6 years at Pacific and two years at OGI. Degrees awarded are a baccalaureate CS 305 Advanced Programming degree (normally in Mathematics, Com- for Multimedia puter Science or Applied Science) from CS 315 Human Computer Pacific, and a Master of Science degree in Interface Design Computer Science from the Oregon CS 360 Special Topics* Graduate Institute. Upon completion, the Phy 364 Electronics two degrees will be awarded concurrently. The student applies for the program 48 during the sophomore year. During the senior year, the student will transfer to * Note: CS 360 can be counted twice as an OGI to continue study in Computer elective as long as the topics are different. Science and specialized Mathematics. Restrictions Requirements 1. At least 18 hours of upper-division Students planning on a cooperative CS courses must be taken from Pacific program must complete the courses below. University (Credit by examination not acceptable). In addition, students must complete all other Pacific University requirements for a 2. At most 1 course passed with a grade B.S. degree with a major of their choice – below “C-” can count towards the normally Applied Science, Computer Computer Science major. Science or Mathematics. CS 150 Introduction to MINOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE Computer Science I...... 4 CS 250 Introduction to CS 150 Introduction to Computer Science II ...... 3 Computer Science I...... 4 CS 320 Assembly Language CS 250 Introduction to Programming ...... 3 Computer Science II ...... 3 Math Electives ...... 9 226-227 Calculus I-II ...... 8 Electives are selected from: Upper-Division Electives selected CS 205, CS 230, CS 300, CS 305, CS 310, from C.S. 310, 360, 430, 440/441, CS 315, CS 320, CS 360, CS 430, CS 460, 460, 480/481 OR Phy 364...... 6-9 CS 480/481, Math 206, Math 240, Math 324, Phys 364. 24-27 At least one of the following: ...... 4 Math 125 Precalculus The student must also complete at least 45 quarter hours of graduate study in Math 226 Calculus computer science and engineering, including a satisfactory written thesis. 20

Restriction: Six of the elective credit hours must be upper-division Computer Science courses taken at Pacific University.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 101 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CS 230 Introduction to Advanced Software Tools Computer Science (CS) This course covers the same topics as CS 130 in the first ten weeks. The last four weeks are Note that all prerequisite courses must be spent doing more intense work with StatView, completed with a grade of “C-” or better. Excel, and Maple. Some programming in CS 120 The Information Era Maple will be required. Class includes lab An exploration, with the use of computers, of projects. Prerequisite: Math 226. 3 hours how information technology is playing an ever 14 weeks. Students cannot get credit for both increasing role in society. Students will explore CS 130 and 230. a host of topics for using and accessing information such as: searching and navigating CS 250 Introduction to the Internet, the world wide web (www), Computer Science II interactive multimedia, communications, and A second course in programming that is a ethics. This is not a programming class and is continuation of CS 150. The focus of this intended to give students the ability to access course is object-oriented programming. and manipulate information in a variety of Concepts taught include classes, function and ways. Class includes lab projects. 3 hours. operation overloading and inheritance. These concepts will be reinforced with topics such as CS 130 Introduction to beginning data structures and windows Software Tools programming. Prerequisite: CS 150. 3 hours Many disciplines are finding the need to gather, manipulate, analyze, and graph data. CS 300 Data Structures This course will introduce students to some Data structures are fundamental to advanced, software tools that aid in this process. Software efficient programming. Topics including stacks, which is widely used at Pacific includes: queues, linked lists, trees, graphs, hash tables, StatView, Excel, Equation Editor, Power Point search and sorting will be covered in discussions and Word. Class includes lab projects. centering around more sophisticated program- Prerequisite: Math 125. 2 hours (10 weeks). ming concepts and problem solving techniques. Students cannot get credit for both CS130 Prerequisite: CS 250. 3 hours. and 230. CS 305 Advanced Programming CS 150 Introduction to for Multimedia Computer Science I An introduction to state of the art scripting A first course in computer programming and macro languages such as Director & fundamentals: no previous programming Lingo, JavaScript & Java, Perl, and HTML experience is required. This course will be which will be used for Multimedia develop- taught in C++ and include programming ment. This course will cover and include projects in a variety of areas. Course content projects on topics such as Interactive Multime- includes data types, selection structures, dia on CD ROM, Animation & Sound, Digital repetition structures, functions, arrays, Video, the Internet, and Client/Server structures and I/O. In addition to three applications. Students cannot get credit for lectures per week, the class meets weekly for a both CS 205 and CS 305. Prerequisite: CS 250. laboratory session. Corequisite: Math 125. 3 hours. Alternate Years 2002-2003. 4 hours. CS 310 Theoretical CS 205 Introduction to Computer Science Programming for This course introduces the foundations of Multimedia formal language theory, computability, This course introduces students to the program- complexity, shows the relationship between ming process and logic. Multimedia projects automata and various classes of languages, will be discussed and developed using state of addresses the issue of which problems can be the art scripting and macro languages such as solved by computational means and studies the Director and Lingo, Javascript/Java, HTML, complexity of their solutions. It also studies and/or Perl. Prerequisite: CS 120 or equivalent. Turing machines and equivalent models of Students cannot get credit for both CS 205 and computation, the Chomsky hierarchy, context CS 305. Alternate Years 2002-2003. free grammars, push-down automata, and computability. Prerequisite: CS 250. 3 hours. Alternate years 2002-2003.

102 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES ■

CS 315 Introduction to Human CS 430 Computer Architecture Computer Interaction An introduction to the hardware design Humans interact with computers through user aspects of all major components of a computer interfaces; designing useful and effective system. Topics include computer arithmetic, interfaces involves many challenges for both Boolean algebra and gate networks, logic designers and programmers. This course will design, memory (virtual and cache), I/O cover the basics of the field of human computer devices, pipelined instruction execution, bus interaction including the human factors of structures, microprogramming, and RISC/ interactive software, methods to develop and CISC philosophies. Prerequisite: CS 320. 3 assess interfaces, interaction styles and design hours. Alternate years 2002-2003. considerations. The class will include research and design projects as well as a programming CS 460 Operating Systems project. Prerequisite: CS250 or MedA260. The Operating System as a resource manager. 3 hours. Alternate Years 2002-2003. Topics to include: Processes and threads, CPU scheduling, memory management, I/O CS 320 Assembly Language systems, distributed file systems, multiproces- Programming sor operating systems, and case studies. An introduction to digital logic, machine Prerequisite: CS 320. 3 hours. Alternate years structure and instruction sets, assembly 2001-2002. language programming (arrays, subroutines, I/ O conversion, sorting, searching, lists, look-up CS 480 Principles of tables), interrupts and resets.(Class includes Compiler Design lab projects using MASM) Prerequisite: An introduction to compilers. Topics to CS 250 or instructor consent. 3 hours. include: attribute grammars, syntax-directed translations, lex, yacc, LR(1) parsers, symbol CS 360 Special Topics tables, semantic analysis, and code generation. Consists of an area in Computer Science that is Prerequisite: CS310. 3 hours. Alternate years. getting a great deal of attention. Current topics 2002-2003. include (but are not limited to) the following: Windows Programming -This class uses Visual CS 481 Compiler Laboratory C++ to introduce basic concepts of GUI. (Class A laboratory course which must be taken includes lab projects). Interactive Computer concurrently with CS 480. Involves coding, Graphics-An introduction to interactive verification, and validation of a compiler. computer graphics, including: 1 hour. (Class project is implemented on a bit-mapped graphics (low level routines), line SUN Ultra 5 using C/Unix). Alternate drawing algorithms, circle generators, two- years 2002-2003. dimensional transformations, clipping and windowing, solid area scan conversion, three- CS 490 Senior Capstone I dimensional transformations, fractals, and ray The Software Life Cycle contains several stages tracing. (Class includes lab projects using C/ including: Requirements Specification, C++, Java, and/or OpenGL). Survey of Program- Analysis, Design, Implementation, and ming Languages-An overview of programming Testing & Verification. Students will complete languages to include the fundamentals of the Requirements Specification, Analysis, and procedural, functional, and object-oriented Design of the project researched during languages. (Class includes lab projects using C/ CS 385. Prerequisite: CS 385. 2 hours. C++, Modula-2, and LISP). Prerequisite: CS250 or instructor consent. 3 hours. CS 492 Senior Capstone II During this course, students will complete CS 385 Junior Seminar Implementation, Testing, and Presentation of This course will expose students to the various the project that was designed during CS 490. fields of Computer Science through weekly Prerequisite: CS 490. 3 hours. seminars by faculty and outside speakers. Students will research a topic of their choice for their Senior Capstone Project. This course culminates in the presentation of the student’s project and project specification. Prerequisite: CS major with Junior standing and at least one 400 level CS class (C or better) taken at Pacific. 1 hour

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 103 MAJOR IN MATHEMATICS MINOR IN MATHEMATICS Core Core Mathematics Courses Math 226, 227 Calculus I & II ...... 8 Math 226, Math 240 Discrete Mathematics...... 3 227,228 Calculus I-III...... 12 CS 150 Introduction to Math 240 Discrete Mathematics...... 3 Computer Science I...... 4 Math 306 Linear Algebra...... 3 Electives ...... 9 Math 311 Ordinary Differential At least nine additional credits of math- Equations ...... 3 ematics courses numbered 200 or higher, excluding Math 221 or Math 223. At least Math 490 Senior Capstone ...... 2 two of these courses must be numbered 300 or higher. 23 24 Supporting Courses Restriction: At most 1 course passed with a grade below “C-” can count towards the CS 150 Introduction to Computer mathematics minor. Science I...... 4 Phys 232 General Physics I ...... 4 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 8 Mathematics courses of at least three Elective Groups credits numbered 165 and above satisfy the mathematics core requirement. At least one course from each of the following groups Note: All prerequisite courses must be Analysis ...... 3 completed with a grade of “C” or better. Math 405 Real Analysis Mathematics (Math) Math 412 Complex Analysis Math 122 College Algebra Abstract Structures ...... 3 This course offers students the opportunity to Math 402 Abstract Algebra polish their general algebra skills in prepara- tion for precalculus, statistics and other Math 440 Topics in Algebraic Structures courses where a working knowledge of algebra Applied Mathematics ...... 3 without trigonometry is a prerequisite. Math 324 Numerical Analysis Throughout the course, students are asked to Math 411 Partial Differential Equations translate information back and forth between grammatical and mathematical forms. Topics Supporting Courses ...... 3-4 include modeling, graphing and analysis with CS 250 Introduction to linear, quadratic and general polynomial and Computer Science II exponential expressions, solving linear, quadratic and general polynomial equations Phys 242 General Physics II and inequalities and curve fitting. Applica- Phys 380 Classical Mechanics tions from social and natural sciences are emphasized as is using the topics from the 12-13 course in mathematical modeling. 4 hours. General Electives At least two other mathematics courses numbered 300 or higher ...... 6

49-50 Restriction: At most, one course passed with a grade below “C-” can count towards the mathematics major.

104 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES ■

Math 125 Precalculus Phil/Math 212 Language and Logic Most science and mathematics courses require This course is a survey of formal syntactic and that students be comfortable working with semantic features of language, including topics functions symbolically, graphically and such as sentential logic, predicate logic, numerically. Precalculus offers students the axiomatic systems and set theory, and background they need to pursue these courses. nonclassical extensions such as multivalued An integral component of the course is logics. 3 hours. translating information back and forth between grammatical and mathematical forms. Concen- Math 221 Foundations of Arithmetic trating on functions and their properties, the Designed for elementary education majors. course includes the study of several classes of Elements of logic, numeration, the number functions including polynomial, rational, systems of arithmetic, elementary number exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric theory, the algorithms of arithmetic. 3 hours. functions. The conic sections are also studied. Alternate years 2002-2003. Prerequisite: Math 122 or placement. 4 hours. Math 223 Foundations of Geometry Math 165 Modern Topics in Designed for elementary education majors. Mathematics Intuitive geometry in two and three dimen- This course exposes students to abstraction and sions, systems of measurement, estimation problem solving with mathematical constructs. and approximation. 3 hours. Alternate years Elements of descriptive and inferential statistics 2001-2002. give students the foundation to understand visual and numerical representations of data Math 226 Calculus I and to make informed judgments about survey The study of functions and their rates of and experimental study results. Various topics change. Topics include the concept of deriva- chosen from among management science, voting tive as rate of change, limits and continuity, theory, game theory, symmetry, proportionality, differentiation and its applications, Intermedi- or other modern topics offer the opportunity to ate, Extreme and Mean Value Theorems, see connections of mathematics to business, introduction to integrals, and the Fundamental political science, art and other fields. 3 hours. Theorem of Calculus. Prerequisite: Math 125 or placement. 4 hours. Math 206 Computational Linear Algebra Math 227 Calculus II This course is intended as an introduction to Investigation of single variable integration Linear Algebra with emphasis on the computa- including techniques of symbolic integration, tional aspects of the material. Topics covered numerical integration and error analysis, include matrices, determinants, Gaussian applications of integration, and improper elimination, vector spaces, eigenvalues and integrals. Infinite sequences, infinite series, eigenvectors, orthogonal matrices and least and Taylor series will be introduced. Prerequi- squares. This course will include programming site: Math 226. 4 hours. assignments in Maple and/or other computer algebra systems. Corequisite: Math 226. Math 228 Calculus III 3 hours. Alternate years 2001-2002. The study of calculus of several variables. Topics include visualization techniques, Math 207 General vectors and solid analytic geometry, vector Elementary Statistics arithmetic, partial differentiation and its A great deal of modern research in the social applications, gradients, optimization tech- and natural sciences relies upon the math- niques, iterated integrals, line integrals, ematical theories of probability and statistics. divergence, curl and related theorems. This course will introduce students to the basic Prerequisite: Math 227. 4 hours. theory and practice of statistics. Emphasis is on the general ideas of hypothesis testing and estimation. Other topics include classification and presentation of data, descriptive statistics, basic probability distributions, and correlation and regression. Prerequisite: Math 122 or placement. 3 hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 105 Math 240 Discrete Mathematics Math 324 Numerical Analysis This course introduces the fundamentals of Linear difference equations, iteration, accelera- number systems, sets, functions and relations, tion of convergence, interpolating polynomials, logic and proof, elementary combinatorics, Fourier analysis, numerical differentiation and Boolean algebra and graph theory. It plays the integration. Prerequisite: Math 227. 3 hours. role of a transition course for mathematics Alternate years. 2002-2003. majors, moving them from calculus to the higher level courses in mathematics, and as an Math 385 Junior Seminar important course in logic for computer science Designed to acquaint the mathematics major majors. Prerequisite: Math 125 or placement. with recent advances in mathematics, help Math 226 strongly recommended. 3 hours. synthesize the student's mathematical knowledge, and provide experience in the oral Math 301 Mathematical Modeling presentation of mathematical topics. Prerequi- A wide variety of physical and social systems site: Mathematics major or minor with junior can be described and analyzed using mathemat- standing, and at least 6 hours of mathematics ics. In this course, students will learn about the courses numbered 300 or higher. Admission is mathematical modeling process through also possible with instructor consent. 1 hour examination and analysis of frequently used models in physics, chemistry, biology and other Math 402 Abstract Algebra sciences. Students will also experience generat- A survey of fundamental concepts in abstract ing and testing new models. Prerequisite: algebra. Topics may include Group theory, Math 226. 3 hours. Alternate years 2002-2003. including quotient groups, fundamental results on group homomorphisms and the Math 306 Linear Algebra study of finite groups; Ring theory, including Geometrical vectors; their applications and fundamental homomorphism theorems, basic properties; real vector spaces; depen- quotient rings and Euclidean rings, vector dence, basis, and dimension; systems of linear spaces and modules; Field theory including equations; linear transformations and field extensions, Galois theory and classical matrices; determinants; quadratic forms. results concerning constructibility and Emphasis on argumentation. Prerequisite: solvability. Prerequisite: Math 240, Math 306. Math 226, Math 240. 3 hours. 3 hours. Alternate years. 2002-2003.

Math 311 Ordinary Differential Math 405 Real Analysis Equations A rigorous treatment of the limit concept, Ordinary differential equations and their continuity, differentiation and integration. applications. Topics include the theory of linear Sequence and series convergence, with some equations, investigations of non-linear attention to regular methods of summability. equations, systems of equations, numerical Uniform and pointwise convergence of methods, stability, long term behavior and sequence and series of functions. Prerequisite: Laplace transforms. Emphasis is placed on both Math 228, Math 240. 3 hours. Alternate years. quantitative and qualitative descriptions of 2001-2002. solutions. Prerequisite: Math 227. 3 hours. Alternate years. 2001-2003. Math 411 Partial Differential Equations Math 316 Mathematical Probability Addresses solution methods for the three basic Summary and display of data, properties of partial differential equations of mathematical probability, discrete and continuous distribu- physics: the heat, wave and potential equa- tions, moment-generating functions, central tions. Methods covered will include power limit theorem, and transformations of random series, Fourier series, Laplace transform variables. Prerequisite: Math 228, Math 240. methods, separation of variables, and the 3 hours. Alternate years. 2001-2002. method of characteristics. Initial and boundary data will also be covered, as well as physical Math 321 Higher Geometry applications and numerical simulations of A rigorous study of both Euclidean and non- solutions. Special topics as time permits. Euclidean geometries. Prerequisite: Math 240. Prerequisite: Math 228, Math 311. 3 hours. Alternate years. 2002-2003. 3 hours. Alternate years. 2001-2002.

106 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 MEDIA ARTS & COMMUNICATION ■

Math 412 Complex Analysis Complex numbers, analytic functions, MEDIA ARTS & elementary functions, mapping by elementary functions, integrals, series, residues and poles, COMMUNICATIONS conformal mapping. Prerequisite: Math 228, Math 240. 3 hours. Alternate years. 2002-2003. Dave Cassady, Chair, Associate Professor Math 440 Topics in Michael Geraci, Assistant Professor Algebraic Structures This course covers various important subjects Johanna Hibbard, Assistant Professor in mathematics in which algebraic structures Melissa Jones, Assistant Professor play a central role, introducing algebraic ideas and Softball Coach by their applications to these fields. Topics may include number theory, matrix groups, Samuel Mathies, Assistant Professor topology, coding theory and algebraic geom- and Director of Forensics etry. Prerequisite: Math 240, Math 306. 3 hours. Alternate years. 2001-2002. A major in media arts prepares students for careers in a variety of media-related fields Math 490 Senior Capstone including journalism, broadcasting, video, film This course is intended as a senior capstone and multimedia production, public relations and experience for mathematics majors. Students advertising. The program emphasizes will have the opportunity to use their math- ematical skills and knowledge to investigate theoretical and social aspects of the media as projects of their choice under the supervision of well as the creative and technical components. faculty. Prerequisite: Mathematics major or minor, Senior standing, and at least 9 hours of In addition to course work, students are able to gain mathematics courses numbered 300 or higher. further experience through work with student media 2 credits. outlets such as the student newspaper (Index), television productions (Pacific Productions), and radio station (KPUR) and a variety of campus integrated media projects. All student publications are open to any Pacific student. Qualified Media Arts students are also eligible for summer internships in professional media. Students interested in a major in Media Arts or careers in the media and related fields should consult the department chair, Dave Cassady.

Departmental Goals The overall goal of the Media Arts Department curriculum is to produce graduates who are technically and aesthetically proficient in creating mass media and non-media commu- nication and knowledgeable in the legal, ethical and social aspects of the media. Specific goals include: • Developing graduates who are capable of understanding communication in a media, organizational, interpersonal and social context. • Providing students with an under- standing of the history and social and cultural roles of mass media in society, both through courses specifically

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 107 focused on these topics and by incorpo- JOURNALISM MAJOR rating these themes into other, produc- tion-oriented courses. Requirements • Developing in students an aesthetic MedA 111 Cultural and Historical understanding of media production Foundations...... 3 and technical proficiency in media MedA 112 Modern Mass Media ...... 3 areas such as video and visual produc- tion, writing and computer skills. MedA 225 Black and White Photography...... 3 MedA 240 Writing for Print Media .....3 MAJORS IN MEDIA ARTS MedA 340 Reporting ...... 3 Students in media arts at Pacific may MedA 363 Publication Design ...... 3 major in one of five areas: journalism, MedA 370 Advanced Reporting ...... 3 video production, integrated media, film MedA 422 Media Criticism ...... 3 production or general media arts. Students may receive credit for more than one MedA 434 Mass Media Law major (journalism, video, integrated media and Regulation ...... 3 or film only) by completing the required MedA 495 Senior Project...... 2 courses in each major. In addition to the MedA 496 Senior Project...... 2 media arts course requirements, students must also complete a minor or second Upper division Media Arts electives ...... 6 major in an area outside of Media Arts or may design, with the consent of the 37 faculty, an 18-hour program of study outside the department. The 18-hour program must include at least nine VIDEO PRODUCTION MAJOR upper-division hours. Requirements MedA 111 Cultural and Historical GENERAL MEDIA ARTS MAJOR Foundations...... 3 MedA 112 Modern Mass Media ...... 3 Requirements MedA 120 Survey of Film ...... 3 MedA 111 Cultural and Historical MedA 250 Elements of Video Foundations...... 3 Production ...... 3 MedA 112 Modern Mass Media ...... 3 MedA 152/352 Pacific Productions...... 2 MedA 225 Black and White MedA 301 Special topics:Film Theory Photography...... 3 OR MedA 240 Writing for Print Media .....3 MedA 401 Special Topics: MedA 250 Elements of Video Production ...... 3 Topographies...... 3 MedA 260 Elements of Multi-Media MedA 302 Documentary Film3 Production ...... 3 MedA 311 Writing for Electronic MedA 311 Writing for Electronic Media...... 3 Media...... 3 MedA 320 Studio Video ...... 3 MedA 422 Media Criticism ...... 3 MedA 330 Field Video...... 3 MedA 434 Mass Media Law MedA 422 Media Criticism ...... 3 and Regulation ...... 3 MedA 434 Mass Media Law and MedA 495 Senior Project...... 2 Regulation...... 3 MedA 496 Senior Project...... 2 MedA 495 Senior Project...... 2 Upper division Media Arts electives ...... 6 MedA 496 Senior Project...... 2

37 39

108 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 MEDIA ARTS & COMMUNICATION ■

FILM PRODUCTION MAJOR INTEGRATED MEDIA MAJOR The film production concentration is Requirements offered in cooperation with the Northwest Film Center in Portland. Students major- Core curriculum ing in Film Production will have the fees MedA 111 Cultural and Historical for courses taught by Northwest Film Foundations...... 3 Center faculty waived for up to 20 credits. OR No more than 20 hours of coursework from the Film Center may count toward MedA 112 Modern Mass Media ...... the 124-hour requirement. Art 110 Basic Design ...... 3 Art 217 Computer Graphics Design ...3 Requirements OR MedA 105 Art of Filmaking ...... 3 Art 218 Computer Graphics MedA 111 Cultural and Historical Illustration Foundations...... 3 Art 226 Photography I ...... 3 MedA 120 Survey of Film ...... 3 CS 120 The Information Era ...... 3 MedA 205 16mm Film Editing...... 2 CS 205 Programming for MedA 210 16mm Cinematography.....3 Multimedia ...... 3 MedA 250 Elements of Video MedA 260 Elements of Production ...... 3 Multimedia Design...... 3 MedA 301 Special topics:Film Theory MedA 305 Graphics and Audio for OR Integrated Media ...... 3 MedA 401 Special Topics: MedA 311 Broadcast Writing ...... 3 Topographies...... 3 OR MedA 302 Documentary Film...... 3 Engw 207 MedA 321 Sound Design ...... 2 OR 208 Creative Writing...... 3 MedA 422 Media Criticism ...... 3 MedA 350 Integrated Media MedA 430 Sync Sound Production .....4 Production ...... 3 MedA 434 Mass Media Law MedA 360 Integrated Media and Regulation ...... 3 Project Design...... 3 MedA 495 Senior Project...... 2 MedA 434 Mass Communication Law and Reg...... 3 MedA 496 Senior Project...... 2 MedA 495 Senior Project I ...... 2 39 MedA 496 Senior Project II ...... 2 OR MedA 475 Internship (In lieu of senior project)...... 4-6

40-42

In addition to the IM core, students must complete one of the following emphases:

Art Art 210 Illustration ...... 3 Art 318 Computer Graphics II ...... 3 Art 326 Photography II ...... 3

9

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 109 Computer Science Journalism CS 150 Introduction to MedA 111 Cultural and Historical ComputerScience I...... 3 Foundations...... 3 CS 355 Human Computer MedA 112 Media in Modern Society ...3 Interface Design ...... 3 MedA 225 Introduction to Black & White Photography ...... 3 6 MedA 240 Writing for the Print Media ...... 3 Video MedA 340 Reporting ...... 3 MedA 250 Elements of Production .....3 MedA 363 Publication Editing and Design ...... 3 MedA 320 Studio Production...... 3 MedA 434 Mass Communication MedA 330 Field Production ...... 3 Law and Regulation ...... 3 9 21

Marketing Video Production BA 309 Marketing ...... 3 MedA 111 Cultural and Historical BA 333 Consumer Behavior...... 3 Foundations BA 443 Special Topics OR in Marketing ...... 3 MedA 112 Modern Mass Media ...... 3 9 MedA 250 Elements of Video Production ...... 3 MedA 302 Documentary Film...... 3 Total for major: 46-51 MedA 311 Writing for Electronic Media...... 3 MedA 320 Studio Video MEDIA ARTS MINOR OR Requirements MedA 330 Field Video...... 3 MedA 434 Mass Media Law and General Media Arts Regulation...... 3 MedA 112 Media in Modern Society ...3 One of the following MedA 225 Introduction to Black & MedA 120 Survey of Film White Photography ...... 3 MedA 260 Elements of MedA 240 Mass Media Writing ...... 3 Multi-Media Design ...... 3 MedA 250 Elements of Production .....3 21 MedA 260 Introduction to Integrated Media ...... 3 MedA 311 Writing for Electronic Media ...... 3 MedA 434 Mass Communication Law and Regulation ...... 3

21

110 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 MEDIA ARTS & COMMUNICATION ■

Film Studies COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MedA 120 Introduction to Film History...... 3 Media Arts (MedA) MedA 301 Special topics: MedA 101 Fundamentals of Speaking Film Theory ...... 3 This course includes study of communication At least 6 hours from MedA 401...... 6 theory and the preparation and delivery of speeches. Students are expected to give a An additional three courses to number of relatively short speeches before the be chosen from MedA 401 class. Emphasis is on the development of (Film Topics), and film specific speaking skills before an audience. 3 hours. courses offered by other departments Mathies, Jones. including, but not limited to, English, Politics and World Languages. MedA 105 The Art of Filmmaking Course list must be approved by A comprehensive introduction to film director of film studies, Nancy Breaux....9 production and basic analysis, uses Super 8mm format to examine aesthetic properties of 21 light, movement and time as they relate to the art of filmmaking. Basic camera operation and shooting techniques examined along with basic principles of editing. Prerequisite: Film SPEECH COMMUNICATION MINOR production majors only. Taught at Northwest Requirements Film Center. 3 hours. NFC staff. Fee $490. There are 21 units required for the minor. MedA 110 Introduction to Meda 101 Fundamentals of Communication Speaking...... 3 An introduction to the study of human MedA 110 Introduction to communication. Communication principles Communication ...... 3 will be applied to interpersonal, small group, public, organizational and mass media MedA 111 Culture and History contexts. 3 hours. Mathies, Jones. Foundations of Mass Communication ...... 3 MedA 111 Cultural and Historical OR Foundations of Mass MedA 112 Media in Modern Society Communication MedA 201 Interpersonal The historical and theoretical development of Communication ...... 3 the American mass media. Emphasis placed on the integration of historical background, Three courses (nine units) of electives selected contemporary mass communication theory and from the following list. modern mass communication institutions. 3 hours. Cassady. Fall. Two courses must be upper-division. MedA 112 Media in Modern Society Only one course may come from outside A study of the mass media in modern America the department. and the world. Focuses on the economic, MedA 200 Argumentation technological, legal and social aspects of the and Debate...... 3 media. 3 hours. Cassady. Spring. MedA 307 Gender Communication ....3 MedA 120 Survey of Film MedA 308 Persuasion and Propaganda ...3 Introduces the study of film by examining its MedA 410 Communication Topics ...... 3 history. Film movements, national cinemas, MedA 422 Media Criticism ...... 3 the development of technology, the evolution of the industry, and major directors are areas that Psy 308 Social Psychology ...... 3 are explored. The course is international in PACS 215 Conflict Resolution ...... 3 scope, and regular screenings are included. IS 201 Intercultural 3 hours. Hibbard. Communication ...... 3

21

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 111 MedA 150 Pacific Index MedA 225 Introduction to Black & Working for the student newspaper in White Photography editorial, reporting, advertising, design and A course designed for Communication majors other capacities. P/NP. 1 hour. May be repeated that consists of basic camera handling for credit. Cassady. techniques and black and white darkroom techniques and procedures. The course has a MedA 151 Intercollegiate Debate photojournalistic orientation and assignments Participating in intercollegiate forensics as are intended for students to photograph for the part of the Pacific University team. P/NP. printed page. Students have an opportunity to 1 hour. May be repeated for credit. Mathies. have work selected for the University’s student paper, the “Index”. Students should have a MedA 152 Pacific Productions: 35mm camera and be prepared to purchase a Crewing reasonable amount of film and paper for the Working with Pacific University student video course. Non-majors must have consent of the production organization doing video produc- Instructor. 3 hours. Flory. Fall. tions. P/NP. 1 hour. May be repeated for credit. Hibbard. MedA 240 Writing for the Print Media An introduction to writing for the print media. MedA 200 Argumentation and Debate Course focuses on the basics of writing for The study of classical and modern argumenta- print publication in the form of news and tion theory and its application to problem feature stories. Major emphasis upon concise- solving through reasoning, evidence, and ness and adaptation to the writing situation persuasion. The course also covers the and material. 3 hours. Cassady. Fall. structure of collegiate debate as a model for modern debate theory and practice. 3 hours. MedA 241 Introduction to Animation Mathies. Fall. This course will introduce students to the art of animation from a historical, theoretical, and MedA 201 Interpersonal technical standpoint. Students will be Communication introduced to different formats and techniques Examines the interpersonal dimension of of animation and will get to experiment with communication. Principles, concepts, and various animation techniques as a part of the theories of relationships will be analyzed, coursework. 3 hours. Hibbard. Spring. discussed and evaluated in their application to daily interaction. Emphasis on how interper- MedA 250 Elements of Production sonal communication is structured and how it Study of the various elements which combine functions in transactions. 3 hours. Mathies, to create television and film products. Includes Jones. production planning, scriptwriting, camerawork, sound, editing, and directing. MedA 205 16mm Film Editing Some time spent in the studio for application Explores the relationship of image to image and of learned techniques. Prerequisite: MedA 111, image to sound, both in terms of aesthetics and 112. 3 hours. Hibbard. Fall. hands on manipulation of a 16mm flatbed editor and magnasync dubber. Editing outside MedA 260 Elements of Multimedia class required. Taught at the Northwest Film Design Center. Prerequisite: Film Production majors Introduces students to the fundamental tools only. 2 hours NFC Staff. Fee $560. and principles of the development of multime- dia applications. Prerequisite: CS 120. 3 hours. MedA 210 16mm Cinematography Geraci. Fall. First of a two class sequence in 16mm film (the second is MedA 430, Sync Sound Production). MedA 301 Special topics: Film Theory Teaches the fundamentals of 16mm pre- An intensive study focusing on a singular production, shooting, directing, lighting and application of film theory with an emphasis on editing. Emphasis on camera loading and contemporary cultural and critical theories. operations, lighting, composition, continuity, Topics vary each term offered. Prerequisite: lens properties and film stocks. Taught at MedA 120, 250 or consent of instructor. Northwest Film Center. Prerequisite: MedA 3 hours. May be repeated for credit. Hibbard. 105. Film Production majors only. 3 hours. Offered alternate years. NFC staff. Fee $590.

112 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 MEDIA ARTS & COMMUNICATION ■

MedA 302 Documentary MedA 320 Studio Video The history, philosophy and analysis of the The study of facts and practices of techniques documentary. Explores the documentary as in television studio production. Emphasis on personal essay, autobiography, journalism, directing. Introduction to post-production political propaganda and social advocacy. techniques. Prerequisite: MedA 250. 3 hours. Prerequisite: MedA 120 or permission of Hibbard. instructor. 3 hours. Hibbard. Offered alternating years. MedA 321 Sound Design Develops a filmmaker’s aesthetic appreciation of MedA 305 Graphics and Audio for the sound element in film/video production. Integrated Media Participants will develop a historical understand- Introduces students to the advanced tools and ing of sound’s use in film, see and hear clips from techniques associated with the development of selected works and familiarize themselves with interactive media image, text and sound equipment in sound design firsthand through resources. Prerequisite: MedA 260. 3 hours. hands-on exercises. Editing outside class is Geraci. required. Taught at Northwest Film Center. Prerequisite: Film Production majors only; MedA 307 Gender Communication MedA 105, 205 and proficiency with Macintosh Examines the process of gender communica- computers. 2 hours. NFC staff. Fee $525. tion. Principles, concepts, and theories of gender relationships and communication styles MedA 330 Field Video will be analyzed, discussed and evaluated in The study of facts and practices of Electronic their application to daily interaction. Prerequi- Field Production using single camera/multiple- site: Junior standing or instructor consent. camera and post-production. Prerequisite: 3 hours. Jones. Spring. MedA 250. 3 hours. Hibbard. Fall.

MedA 308 Persuasion and Propaganda MedA 340 Reporting A survey of communication approaches to Development of news gathering and reporting social influence. Both past and contemporary skills, and techniques for the mass media. theorizing will be examined. Rhetorical, social Prerequisite: MedA 240. 3 hours. Cassady. and psychological principles used to influence Offered alternate years. behaviors of individuals and groups will be studied. Prerequisite: Junior standing or MedA 350 Integrated Media consent of instructor. 3 hours. Mathies. Production Alternate Winters. Explores the use of advanced multimedia tools in the development of a significant multimedia MedA 311 Writing for Electronic project. Students combine the various Media fundamental principles of design and human Various forms of writing for radio and technology interface to create a single television. Includes extensive practice in interactive multimedia application. Prerequi- preparing scripts for broadcast announce- site MedA 360 or consent of instructor. ments, commercials, and narrative drama. 3 hours. Geraci. Prerequisite: MedA 250 and Junior standing. 3 hours. Hibbard. Spring. MedA 352 Pacific Productions: Production Coordination MedA 312 Screenwriting Management/production experience with Explores the art and business of screenwriting, Pacific Productions. Requires Organization/ acquainting students with various markets management with Pacific Productions. and techniques necessary to produce profes- Prerequisite: MedA 250 and 320 or 330 and sional quality dramas for film and television. instructor consent. P/NP 1-3 hours (Maxi- Emphasis will be on character development, mum 6 hours). May be repeated for credit. story construction, dialogue, conflict and Hibbard. resolution. Taught at Northwest Film Center. Prerequisite: Film Production majors only. 3 hours. NFC staff. Fee $385.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 113 MedA 360 Integrated Media MedA 399 Independent Study Project Design Individual study in Media Arts: The student Provides students the opportunity to apply meets with an advisor for reading and their advanced knowledge of interactive media discussion. Prerequisite: Senior standing or to issues currently affecting the industry. consent of the instructor. 2-3 hours. Staff. Students develop a complete proposal, including technical and design specifications, MedA 401 Special topics: to bring an interactive media solution to areas Film Topographies such as academic and non-academic publica- In-depth look at various film movements, tions, advertising, dissemination of informa- genres and directors. Will focus on the tion and participation in the political process. question of “what is style?” by examining a Prerequisite: MedA 260 and consent of wide range of formal conventions, filmic instructor. 3 hours. Geraci. genres, narrative movements and industrial production techniques. Topic varies each term MedA 363 Publication offered. May be repeated for credit. Prerequi- Editing and Design site: MedA 120, 250 or consent of instructor. Copy editing and print layout and design 3 hours. Hibbard. techniques with the emphasis on publication editing and design. 3 hours. Cassady. Offered MedA 410 Communication Topics alternate years. In-depth study of various topics in speech communication. Subject varies each term MedA 370 Advanced Reporting offered. Prerequisite: Junior standing. May be Investigation of in-depth reporting techniques repeated for credit. 3 hours. Jones, Mathies. with specific attention paid to background and analysis and the production of multi-source, MedA 422 Media Criticism multi-part stories. Emphasis is in idea concep- In-depth analysis of the relationship of the tion and development as well as information mass media and the political, social, philo- gathering and packaging. Prerequisite: MedA sophical and moral aspects of modern society. 240 and 340. 3 hours. Cassady. Offered Includes historical and contemporary aspects alternate years. of the modern mass media. Prerequisite: Senior standing, MedA 111, 112 or consent of MedA 380 Directing Actors instructor. 3 hours. Staff. Spring. (G) Covers the process of acting and provides the tools to communicate effectively with artists MedA 425 Media Topics who work on behalf of the director in front of In-depth study of specific areas in mass the camera. Dramatic action, emotional communication and mass media. May be throughline, sense memory, beats, repeated for credit. 3 hours. Staff. Offered physicalization, intention, obstacles, improvi- intermittently. (G) sation, tempos and mood imagery will be covered. Taught at Northwest film Center. MedA 430 Sync Sound Production Prerequisite: Film Production Major, MedA The production of a short sync sound narrative 105, MedA 312 or consent of instructor. film in a small group setting. 16mm sync sound 3 hours. NFC staff. Fee $350. recording, advanced lighting techniques, script supervision, budgeting, storyboarding, MedA 390 Fundraising continuity cutting techniques, sound track Focuses on fundraising and career develop- construction and working with the film lab are ment. Helps fimmakers attractively position covered. Taught at Northwest Film Center. their project, identify and address their Prerequisite: Film Production Major, MedA strengths and weaknesses as fundraisers and 205, MedA 210. 4 hours. NFC staff. Fee $850. draw upon appropriate fundraising tools. Teaches looking beyond current projects and MedA 434 Mass Communication Law developing long range career plans. Includes and Regulation development of mission statement, marketing The study of mass communication law and with integrity and effective video promotion regulation including First Amendment theory, clips. Taught at Northwest Film Center. libel, slander, privacy, free press and fair trial, Prerequisite: Film Production Major. Fee $105. obscenity, FCC regulation and copyright. Prerequisite: Senior standing, and MedA 111 or 112 or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Cassady. Fall. (G)

114 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 MUSIC ■

MedA 440 Optical Printing Hands-on seminar examines the capabilities of MUSIC the Film Center’s 16mm optical printer by covering loading of the camera and projection Tim Stephens, Chair, Associate Professor unit and programming of the sequencer as well as film stocks, data logging and cleaning Michael Burch-Pesses, Associate Professor procedures. Students will view sample works George Harshbarger, Associate Professor and shoot weekly exercises for critique the following session. Outside time is required for Murry Sidlin, James DePreist Professor shooting and can be scheduled to fit a variety of Music of schedules. Film/processing and equipment Scott Tuomi, Assistant Professor provided through Equipment/Lab Fee. Completion of the workshop qualifies partici- Nicole Lee, Instructor* pants to utilize the unit for personal and other noncommercial projects at subsidized rental *part-time faculty rates as part of the Film Center’s Equipment Access program. Taught at Northwest Film Adjunct Faculty Center. Prerequisite: Film Production Major, MedA 205, MedA 210. 3 hours. NFC staff. Lisa Actor, Instructor in Voice Fee $260. David Bryan, Instructor in Trombone/Tuba MedA 475 Internship Seminar Steve Conrow, Instructor in An intensive review of internship experiences Trumpet/Brass Methods with emphasis on the media work experience Robyn Dubay, Instructor in Violin/Viola and the community in which the experience was gained. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc- David Franzen, Instructor in Guitar tor. Approved internship. 1-3 hours. P/NP. Cassady. Karen Gifford, Instructor in Flute Phil Hansen, Instructor in Cello MedA 495 Senior Project The student creates a product of professional Alan Juza, Instructor in Oboe quality. 495 is offered in the Fall and is the planning and proposal stage. Prerequisite: Steve Kravitz, Instructor in Woodwinds Senior standing and consent of the instructor. Steve Lawrence, Instructor in Percussion 2 hours. Staff. Karen Mallory, Instructor in Voice MedA 496 Senior Project Janice Richardson, Instructor in Bassoon Production of project proposed under 495. Consent of instructor. 2 hours. Staff. Delbert Saman, Instructor in Organ Kelli Brown Stephens, Instructor in Piano John Stowell, Instructor in Jazz Guitar Santha Zaik, Instructor in Horn The Department of Music, a fully accredited member of the National Association of Schools of Music, and accredited by the Oregon Teacher Standards and Practices Commission, seeks to fulfill five major functions within the University: 1. to provide access to courses in music for all students of the University regardless of their previous involvement or experience.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 115 2. to provide opportunities for active music- Ensembles may be counted as upper- making in a variety of instrumental and vocal division credits in the Junior and Senior years. With Humanities Division approval, ensembles for all interested students, faculty, ensemble credits may count towards staff, and members of the community. satisfying the Humanities requirement in 3. to prepare elementary and secondary the Academic Core. Ensembles are activity teachers of music. courses. 3 credits may count as satisfying the Arts requirement in the Academic 4. to provide applied music instruction in voice, Core, 4 more credits may be taken toward wind, percussion, string and keyboard the minimum total of 124 credits for instruments; and to offer degrees with graduation. Beyond that, except for music majors and minors, they are considered performance emphasis in voice and piano. excess credits. 5. to prepare students for graduate study in music. Music Department Mission Statement and Goals INTRODUCTORY COURSES & The Music Department at Pacific Univer- sity seeks to prepare students: COURSES FOR GENERAL • for lifelong interest, participation, and STUDENTS enjoyment in music; • to become informed consumers and The Music Department offers the following intelligent listeners and evaluators of General Studies courses for students with music and musical performances; little or no previous experience with music. • to be functionally literate in the Note: All Music courses count toward language of music-reading, writing, satisfying the Arts requirement in the speaking, and listening; Academic Core: • to pursue active music making both Mus 101 History of Classical Music.3 vocally and instrumentally; Mus 102 History of Jazz and Rock ...3 • to create their own music; Mus 110 Elements of Music ...... 3 • to discover relationships between Mus 131 Introduction to MIDI Lab ..1 music, the other arts, and disciplines Mus 181 Class Voice ...... 1 other than the arts; Mus 183 Class Piano I ...... 1 • to broaden and deepen their under- Mus 184 Class Piano II...... 1 standing of the music of our cultural heritage; Mus 187 Class Guitar I...... 1 • to increase their appreciation of musical Mus 188 Class Guitar II ...... 1 systems and traditions of cultures other Mus 240 Introduction to than our own. World Music ...... 3 • to become more proficient in the music All performing ensembles ...... 0 or 1 technologies appropriate to their areas Private instruction ...... 0.5 or 1 of musical interest; • for careers in elementary and second- Ensembles ary music education; Open to all students. • to pursue careers as performers See course descriptions. specializing in voice or piano; Mus 150 Choral Union • for graduate study in music composi- tion, music education, or performance. Mus 151 Jazz Band Mus 159 Chamber Ensembles Mus 163 Chamber Singers Mus 165 Wind Ensemble Mus 167 Jazz Choir

116 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 MUSIC ■

MUSIC PROGRAMS Additional Requirements specific to degree programs: The Music Department offers: • Bachelor of Arts in Music BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC • Bachelor of Arts in Music: Performance Emphasis (voice and piano) Music Major Core Requirements plus the following: • Bachelor of Arts in Music Education Applied Music on student’s primary • Minor in Music instrument or voice: eight semesters • Certificate Program: of 0.5 cr. each, Conducting Apprenticeship Program at Mus 171 through 472...... 4 Pacific University Ensembles (large ensemble Students of piano at the 300-level or appropriate to instrument voice, above are required to provide designated Mus 150, 157, 163, 165)...... 6 Departmental accompanying, which substitutes for major ensemble +Electives in Music...... 9 participation. Pianists accompanying Senior Project: Mus 495...... 2 a Departmental ensemble are to enroll Total Additional Requirement credits ...21 for that ensemble. Those engaged in other Departmental accompanying are Total Credits in Music 48 to enroll in Mus 120 Accompanying. Transfer students and students in study abroad programs who major or minor in music at Pacific University must complete BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC: Mus 100 Recital Attendance and enroll in PERFORMANCE EMPHASIS the major ensemble appropriate for the student’s instrument or voice each semester Music Major Core Requirements in residence or until these requirements are plus the following: met. Applied Music requirements are met Applied Music on student’s only by Departmental examination. primary instrument or voice: eight semesters @ 1 cr. ea, MUSIC MAJOR Mus 171 through 472...... 8 Core Requirements Ensembles (large ensemble appropriate instrument/voice Music Theory: Mus 111, 111L, Mus 150, 163, 165)...... 7 112, 112L, 211, 211L, 212, 212L...... 16 Music History (one additional Music History: Any three of course of Mus 321, 322, 323, 324, Mus 321, 322, 323, 324 ...... 9 326, 427, 428)...... 3 Piano: Mus 185* and 186*, and pass Pedagogy (Mus 490 or 491, Piano Proficiency Test ...... 2 as appropriate) ...... 2 Mus 100 Recital Attendance: Mus 394 Junior Recital ...... 0 seven semesters...... 0 Mus 494 Senior Recital...... 3 Mus 351 Diction for Singers 27 (voice majors only) ...... 1 At the end of the second year of music Mus 282 Basics of Conducting...... 1 study, each music major’s progress will be Total Additional Requirement credits ...25 assessed to evaluate the student’s poten- tial to successfully complete upper- Total credits in Music 52 division music requirements. Music courses fulfilling requirements in the music major or music minor must be passed with a grade of “C-” or higher. *Waived for students who pass the Piano Proficiency Test without enrolling.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 117 BACHELOR OF ARTS Ensembles (large ensemble appropriate to instrument/voice, IN MUSIC EDUCATION Mus 150, 157, 163, 165)...... 4 Music Major Core Requirements *Waived for students who pass the Piano plus the following: Proficiency Test without enrolling. Applied Music on student’s primary instrument or voice: eight semesters of Total Credits in Music 22 0.5 cr. each, Mus 171 through 472...... 4 + Selected in consultation with Ensembles: (large ensemble faculty advisor. appropriate to instrument/voice, Mus 150, 163, 165)...... 6 * May be waived by Departmental proficiency examination. Mus 301; and Mus 302 OR 303 as appropriate...... 6 Conducting: Mus 282; COURSE DESCRIPTIONS and 482 or 483 as appropriate...... 3 Techniques and Methods+ Music (Mus) Mus 490 and three of: Mus 100 Recital Attendance 233, 234, 235, 236 ...... 5 All music majors must enroll in recital Mus 310 ...... 3 attendance for seven semesters and attend at least seven performances per term. All music Total Additional Requirement credits ...27 minors must enroll in recital attendance for four semesters and attend at least five Total credits in Music 54 performances per term. Students enrolled in Mus 111, 112, 211, or 212 (except non-music + Selected in consultation with majors/minors) must also register for faculty advisor. Mus 100. Prerequisite: Must be music major * May be waived by Departmental or minor. 0 hours. Harshbarger. proficiency examination. Mus 101 History of Classical Music Note: Students majoring in Music Education This course pursues the development of and seeking K-12 certification to teach in listening skills, principally with respect to the public schools must also complete the general traditions of Western Classical Music. courses prescribed by the School of Education. Emphasis is placed on the development of an See Education requirements. Total credits in aural sense of historical, stylistic, and Education: 32. idiomatic contexts. Previous musical knowl- edge or experience is neither required nor assumed. 3 hours. Staff. Offered fall semester. MINOR IN MUSIC Mus 102 History of Jazz and Rock Requirements Surveys the impact of jazz and rock music Music Theory: from both the social/historical and the musical Mus 111, 111L, 112, 112L...... 8 points of view. Emphasis is placed on historical context and development of aural skills. The Music History: any two time frame will be 1900 to the present. 3 hours. of Mus 321, 322, 323, 324...... 6 Burch-Pesses. Offered Winter III. Piano: Mus 185* and 186*, and pass Piano Proficiency Test ...... 2 Mus 110 Music Notation and Mus 100 Recital Attendance: Songwriting four semesters ...... 0 Introduction to the expressive elements of music and musical notation. Topics include Applied Music on student’s primary intervals, scales, keys, melody, rhythm, instrument or voice: four semesters harmony, texture, and form. Recommended as of 0.5 cr. each ...... 2 preparation for the music theory sequence, and for aspiring singer-songwriters. No previous musical background necessary. 3 hours. Harshbarger.

118 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 MUSIC ■

Mus 111 Music Theory I Mus 151 Jazz Band Introductory studies in harmony and counter- A jazz band open to all University students. point. Emphasis placed on scales, intervals, The band regularly performs with regionally triads, non-harmonic tones and seventh and nationally-known soloists. Repertoire chords. Ear training utilizing solfege syllables; ranges from early Jazz and Big Band to Jazz/ encompassing melodic dictation, scales, Rock fusion. May be repeated. Prerequisite: intervals, triads, non-harmonic tones, and audition. 0 or 1 hour. Burch-Pesses. specific chords and their inversions. Prerequi- site: placement exam or consent. Corequisite: Mus 159 Chamber Ensembles concurrent enrollment in Mus 111L and Mus Small ensembles of many different instrumentations 100. 3 hours. Stephens. Offered fall semester. and voices open to Pacific students, faculty, staff, and other interested members in the community. Works Mus 111L Music Theory Lab I from all periods and of all styles are studied. It is the Connecting sound and notation through responsibility of the students to form an appropriate analysis, aural dictation and sight singing. ensemble and arrange for the appropriate faculty For music majors. Corequisite: concurrent member to provide coaching prior to enrolling in the enrollment in Mus 111. 1 hour. Stephens. course. Prerequisite: Music Department Chair Offered fall semester. consent. Mus 159-06, -07 and -08 require an audition. 0 or 1 hour. May be repeated. Staff. Mus 112 Music Theory II A continuation of Mus 111. Emphasis is on the Mus 159-01 Chamber Ensemble – harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and basic formal Brass procedures of the common practice period. Mus 159-02 Chamber Ensemble – Fundamental ear-training and sight singing String procedures continued. Primary topics will be Mus 159-03 Chamber Ensemble – secondary dominants, modulation, Neapolitan Woodwind and Augmented sixth chords, modulation and analysis. Prerequisite: Mus 111 or consent. Mus 159-04 Chamber Ensemble – Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in Mus Percussion 112L and Mus 100. 3 hours. Stephens. Mus 159-05 Chamber Ensemble – Offered spring semester. Voice Mus 159-06 Collegium Musicum – Mus 112L Music Theory Lab II Vocal Connecting sound and notation through analysis, aural dictation and sight singing. Mus 159-07 Collegium Musicum – Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in Mus Instrumental 112. 1 hour. Stephens. Offered spring semester. Mus 159-08 Stage Singers’ Workshop Mus 159-09 Combination (3 or more) Mus 131 Introduction to MIDI Lab Introduction to Musical Instrument Digital Mus 163 Chamber Singers Interface (MIDI) fundamentals and its A select mixed ensemble that performs and practical implications for music education and entertains regularly both on campus and off composition. Basic Macintosh computer skills campus. Open to all students. Rehearsal and required. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. performance of choral literature from the 1 hour. Burch-Pesses. Offered both semesters. Renaissance to the present. Three to five major performances per year, plus participation in Mus 150 Choral Union choral festivals and an annual tour. Prerequi- Rehearsals and performance of traditional site: audition. 0 or 1 hour per semester. May choral literature for large, mixed choir. Open to be repeated. Harshbarger. all students, faculty, staff and members of the community. Fundamentals of vocal tone Mus 165 Wind Ensemble production and musicianship. Public perfor- A large instrumental ensemble open to Univer- mance required. No audition. 0 or 1 hour per sity students, faculty, staff, and other interested semester. May be repeated. Harshbarger. members in the community. The band performs major concerts of standard wind ensemble literature each semester and for other various events. Prerequisite: high school level or better ability to play a wind or percussion instrument. 0 or 1 hour. May be repeated. Burch-Pesses.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 119 Mus 167 Jazz Choir Mus 182 Class Voice II This ensemble is a performance outlet for A continuation of Mus 181, this course singers, both majors and non-majors, who explores vocal technique for those with some wish to explore jazz from a vocal perspective. previous knowledge of singing who seek Performances will be both on and off campus improvement as soloists and/or choral singers. and participation in Northwest Vocal Jazz Students study both classical and contempo- Festivals is also planned. Prerequisite: rary (musical theatre) literature and perform Audition.0 or 1 hour. May be repeated. selections in a supportive group environment. Burch-Pesses. Offered spring semester. Prerequisite: Music 181. 1 hour. Tuomi. Mus 171-2, 271-2, 371-2, 471-2 Performance Studies: Mus 183 Class Piano I Private Lessons Class piano for non-music majors/minors with Private instruction is available on all band little or no basic music or piano skills; scales, and orchestral instruments, piano, organ, arpeggios, chords, and reading skills necessary guitar, and voice for all University students, for the playing of piano for personal enjoy- whether or not they are Music majors. The - ment. 1 hour. Lee. _71/72 sequence of courses is proficiency- based using nationally accepted criteria for Mus 184 Class Piano II advancement to higher levels. Exact course A continuation of Mus 183. Prerequisite: requirements will be determined by the Mus 183 or consent. 1 hour. Lee. instructor on the basis of the individual student’s needs and experience. Music majors/ Mus 185 Functional Piano I minors taking private instruction are required Class piano for music majors/minors with little to participate in the appropriate large ensemble or no basic piano skills; scales, arpeggios, for their primary instrument and individual chords, and reading skills necessary for the daily practice is required in addition to the playing of simple accompaniments in the weekly lesson. Lessons are letter graded. public school or private studio. Prerequisite: Performance Studies jury exams are required placement exam or consent. 1 hour. Lee. of all performance studies students at the end of each semester, except Mus 171. Music Mus 186 Functional Piano II majors and minors enrolled in Performance A continuation of Mus 185. Prerequisite: Studies courses 271 and above are required to Mus 185 or consent. 1 hour. Lee. perform in a Student Performance Forum (student recital) each semester. Half hour Mus 187 Class Guitar I lessons once per week (total of twelve per An examination of various techniques and semester) equal 0.5 credit hour; one hour styles of guitar playing including chord lessons once per week (total of twelve per formations, positions, tuning and tone quality. semester) equal 1 credit. (See class schedule to 1 hour. Franzen. coordinate section letter with instrument/voice Mus 188 Class Guitar II to be studied.) Prerequisite: none for 171/172 A continuation of Mus 187. 1 hour. Franzen. level; 271 and above require recommendation of the faculty, based on progress demonstrated Mus 191 Beginning Jazz in the jury exam. 0.5-1.0 hours per semester. Improvisation I See list of instructors. Prerequisite: see Music Techniques and materials used in the perfor- Department chair for section assignment. mance of basic instrumental jazz styles such as the Blues and Standards. Studies will include Mus 181 Class Voice jazz theory, keyboard harmony, solo transcrip- A course designed for non-music majors to tion, and required listening. Prerequisite: improve their singing skills. Emphasis is Mus 112 or consent. 1 hour. Staff. placed on improving the vocal technique, breath support, and tone quality of each Mus 192 Beginning Jazz member of the class in a no-pressure, support- Improvisation II ive group situation. 1 hour. Tuomi. A continuation of Mus 191. Studies will expand to include alternative harmonic and rhythmic techniques and materials. Prerequi- site: Mus 191 or consent. 1 hour. Staff.

120 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 MUSIC ■

Mus 211 Music Theory III Mus 235 Brass Methods A continuation of Mus 112. Emphasis is on Laboratory classes in playing and teaching the melodic, harmonic, rhythmic, and basic trumpet, trombone, baritone, French horn and formal procedures of selected Medieval, tuba. Emphasis is placed on class teaching Renaissance, Baroque, Classical and Romantic procedures, positions, tone production, and schools and styles; advanced ear-training and embouchure. Offered alternate years. Prerequi- sight singing. Prerequisite: Mus 112 or site: Music Major or consent. 1 hour. Staff. consent. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in Mus 211L and Mus 100. 3 hours. Stephens. Mus 236 Percussion Methods Offered fall semester. Laboratory classes in playing and techniques for teaching, tuning, and care of idiophones, and Mus 211L Music Theory Lab III membranophones, Offered alternate years. Connecting sound and notation through Prerequisite: Music Major or consent. 1 hour. Staff. analysis, aural dictation and sight singing. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in Mus Mus 240 Introduction to 211. 1 hour. Stephens. Offered fall semester. World Music Through lecture, discussion, structured Mus 212 Music Theory IV listening and participation, students will A continuation of Mus 211. This course explore various music cultures throughout the examines the basic harmonic, melodic, world including those in Japan, Eastern Europe, rhythmic, and formal procedures of late 19th Latin America, Africa, Indonesia and India. In and 20th century music; Advanced ear- addition, the course includes an examination of training and sight singing continued. Primary Afro-American and Native American music as topics will be the extension of tonality, well as other less commonly known North chromaticism, impressionism, quartal American forms and genres. Meets cross- harmony, atonality, serialism, electronic cultural requirements 3 hours. Tuomi. media, and minimalism. Prerequisite: Mus 211. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment Mus 280 Accompanying in Mus 212L and Mus 100. 3 hours. Stephens. A basic study of accompanying technique for Offered spring semester. both instrumental and vocal literature. The course addresses problems of balance, ensemble, Mus 212L Music Theory Lab IV texture, and interpretive style. Prerequisite: Connecting sound and notation through piano major or minor and consent. May be analysis, aural dictation and sight singing. repeated for credit. 1 hour. Lee. Corequisite: concurrent enrollment in Mus 212. Offered spring semester. 1 hour. Mus 282 Basics of Conducting Stephens. Seminar class covering beginning level music conducting gestures, movement and basic Mus 233 String Methods analysis of scores for both vocal and instru- Laboratory classes in playing and teaching the mental students. Students will conduct other string instruments of the orchestra. Violin, musicians with graded verbal and video viola, cello or bass are presented with members feedback from the instructor. Prerequisite: of the class playing the instrument. Particular Mus 112. This class is a prerequisite for emphasis is given to the techniques of strong Mus 482 and/or Mus 483. 1 hour. Harshbarger. class teaching. Offered S 2000. Prerequisite: Music Major or consent. 1 hour. Staff. Mus 285 Functional Piano III A Continuation of Mus 124. Prerequisite: Mus 234 Woodwind Methods Mus 124 or consent. 1 hour. Lee. Laboratory classes in playing and teaching the woodwind instruments. Flute, oboe, clarinet, Mus 286 Functional Piano IV saxophone, and bassoon are presented with A continuation of Mus 223. Prerequisite: emphasis on class teaching procedures, Mus 223 or consent. 1 hour. Lee. positions, and tone production, the care and minor repairs of the instruments. Prerequisite: Music Major or consent. Offered alternate years. 1 hour. Staff.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 121 Mus 300 Music for Mus 310 Orchestration Classroom Teachers and Arranging Fundamental principles, techniques, and Techniques of scoring and transcribing for procedures for teaching music in the elemen- various combinations of orchestral and band tary school. Examination of contemporary instruments. Scoring and arranging for literature and materials. Introduction to ensembles of incomplete instrumentation. musical notation and first experiences in piano Exploration of timbral combinations. Introduc- and recorder. Rote songs, reading-readiness, tion to computer applications in this field. rhythm training, creative music, and listening Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: Mus 212 lessons. Observation. Recommended by the or consent. 3 hours. Stephens. School of Education for elementary teachers. 2 hours. Harshbarger. Mus 311 Counterpoint Intensive studies in contrapuntal techniques Mus 301 Music in the and styles, species and modal, as they Elementary School developed in music history. Prerequisite: Mus An examination of techniques and materials 212 or consent. Offered each semester on an for teaching classroom vocal and instrumental arrangement basis. 3 hours. Stephens. music in the elementary school for the prospective music specialist. Emphasis on Mus 312 Analysis The study of structure and styles through analysis lesson planning. Orff, Kodaly methods; the of characteristic scores of the Baroque, Classical, rote song, reading-readiness, the reading song, Romantic, and Modern periods. A study of the rhythm program, the listening lesson, and approaches to analysis including Schenker, Reti, creative music. Observation of music-making Cooper, Meyer and others. Prerequisite: in the elementary school classroom and Mus 311 or consent. Offered each semester on directed teaching. Prerequisite: Mus 212 or an arrangement basis. 3 hours. Stephens. consent. 3 hours. Harshbarger. Offered alternate years. Mus 321 Music History: Antiquity to 1585 Mus 302 Music in the Secondary A study of music written during the Medieval, School (Choral) Renaissance, and early Baroque periods. Selection and presentation of vocal music for Attention will also be given to the relationships the high school; conducting skills; examination among music, the visual arts, and historical of typical problems encountered in high school events. Prerequisite: Mus 111 or consent. music ensembles; methods and materials for 3 hours. Tuomi. Offered alternate years. classroom as well as individual teaching; introduction to basic vocal techniques; Mus 322 Music History: 1585-1809 curriculum development, and organizational A study of works from the early Baroque to the practices. Observation. Prerequisite: Mus 212 late Classic. The approach will be similar to or consent. 3 hours. Harshbarger. Offered that described for Mus 321 above. Prerequisite: alternate years. Mus 111 or consent. 3 hours. Tuomi.

Mus 303 Music in the Secondary Mus 323 Music History: 1809-1918 School (Instrumental) A study of works from the late Classic, Selection and presentation of instrumental through the Romantic to the early 20th music for the high school; conducting skills; century. The approach will be similar to that examination of typical problems encountered described for Mus 321 above. Prerequisite: in high school music ensembles; methods and Mus 111 or consent. 3 hours. Stephens. materials for classroom as well as individual Offered alternate years. teaching; introduction to basic instrumental techniques; curriculum development, and Mus 324 Music History: organizational practices. Observation. The Twentieth Century Prerequisite: Mus 212 or consent. 3 hours. Surveys the major trends in twentieth-century Burch-Pesses. Offered alternate years. compositional thought and practice: chromatic tonality, atonality, serialism, neo-classicism, nationalism, avant-gardism, etc. Emphasis will be on various composers, approaches to the problems of tonal language. Prerequisite: Mus 111 or consent. 3 hours. Stephens. Offered alternate years.

122 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 MUSIC ■

Mus 326 Song Literature Mus 428 History of Opera Surveys the development of the art song, A comprehensive study tracing the develop- beginning with the troubadour and trouvere ment of opera and music drama through songs of the 13th century and extending analysis, listening, and performance atten- through contemporary techniques in the genre. dance. The course will concentrate on works Score study and in-class performance required. beginning with Claudio Monteverdi and An elective course for vocal performance continue through modern innovations in the majors/minors. Prerequisite: Mus 272, and genre. An elective class for music majors/ Mus 323, 324 or consent. 3 hours. Tuomi. minors. Offered by arrangement. Prerequisite: Offered alternate years. Mus 112, 323, 324, or consent. 3 hours. Tuomi. Mus 351 Diction for Singers An introduction to International Phonetic Mus 482 Instrumental Conducting Alphabet and its application to the pronuncia- A detailed study of conducting techniques and tion of English, Italian, German, French, and instrumental rehearsal procedures. Ecclesiastical Latin. A required course for The approach will be through music analysis, vocal performance majors. Prerequisite: and will include beat patterns, body move- Mus 171 and 172 or consent. 1 hour. Tuomi. ments, and baton technique. Students will Offered alternate years. work with instrumental ensembles. Prerequi- site: Mus 212, Mus 282 or consent. 2 hours. Mus 391 Piano Literature Burch-Pesses. A chronological study of standard and lesser known works for solo piano, from pre-Bach to Mus 483 Choral Conducting the present. Consideration of editions and A study of conducting techniques and choral library techniques included along with regular rehearsal procedures to include the teaching of short performances by class members. vocal production, breathing, diction, basic Prerequisite: piano major or minor and musicianship, and performance. Choral consent. 2 hours. Lee. literature for ensembles of various age groups and experience will also be examined. Students Mus 394 Junior Recital will work with choral ensembles. Prerequisite: Candidates for the degree Bachelor of Music in Mus 212, Mus 282 or consent. Concurrent Performance Studies are required to research enrollment in a Pacific University choral and perform one-half of a recital (one-half hour ensemble is required. 2 hours. Harshbarger. minimum). This course is also open to other majors and to qualified non-majors enrolled in Mus 490 Introduction to Performance Studies. 1 hour per semester. Vocal Pedagogy Staff. Laboratory classes in singing and teaching of voice. Emphasis is placed on class teaching Mus 411 Composition procedures, tone production, and healthy Techniques of composition and arranging for singing techniques. Prerequisite: consent of various combinations of instruments and instructor. Offered alternate years. 2 hours. voices. Prerequisite: Mus 212 or consent. May Tuomi. be repeated for no credit. 3 hours. Stephens. Mus 491 Piano Pedagogy Mus 427 History of the Provides pianists with the skills to teach Cantata and Oratorio reading, techniques, and basic musical Examines the primary cantata and oratorio expression to beginning, intermediate, or repertoire through in-depth analysis, listening, advanced piano students. Prerequisite: piano and concert attendance. Both sacred and secular major or minor. 2 hours. Lee. works will be examined, beginning with examples from the 16th century and extending Mus 494 Senior Recital through 20th century works in the idiom. An Candidates for the degree Bachelor of Music: elective class for music majors/minors. Offered Performance Emphasis are required to research by arrangement. Prerequisite: Mus 112, 323, and perform a full-length public recital of music 324, or consent. 3 hours. Tuomi. (one hour minimum) from various periods during their senior year. Open to other students enrolled in Applied Music only with approval of the Music Department. 2 hours. Staff.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 123 Mus 495 or 496 Senior Project • Fellowships are awarded to successful Candidates for the degree Bachelor of Arts in applicants to the program to cover Music are required to complete a senior project room, board and tuition. in an appropriate area of music study. Open to • Apprentices will attend every rehearsal students enrolled in other music degree and concert of the Oregon Symphony programs only with approval of the Music during their period of residency. Department. 2 hours. Staff. • Weekly seminars will be with Mr. Sidlin, Maestro DePreist and visiting conductors and guest artists. CERTIFICATE PROGRAM • Seminar study of the current Oregon The Oregon Symphony Symphony repertoire will be with Mr. Sidlin. Conducting Apprenticeship Program at Pacific University • Private conducting lessons for each apprentice with Mr. Sidlin. Directed by Murry Sidlin, Resident • Apprentices will conduct portions of Conductor of The Oregon Symphony and Oregon Symphony rehearsals and the James DePreist Professor of Music at concerts. Pacific University • Apprentices will also observe other arts The Oregon Symphony Conducting performance organizations in and Apprenticeship Program at Pacific around Portland. University is one of total immersion in which the apprentices study under Diploma practicing professional conductors, learn repertoire, acquire conducting skills, and At the conclusion of the two-year resi- experience the enormous diversity of an dency, the apprentice conductor will orchestral season. Apprentices will meet receive an Artist Diploma from Pacific with the concertmaster and other principal University and the Oregon Symphony players, librarian, personnel manager, signifying successful completion of the production staff, and even represent and program. It is important to note that this is speak on behalf of the orchestra in public a non-degree program. informal gatherings. Requirements for entry to the program: This is the first conducting program It is the expectation that all applicants to sponsored jointly by a University and the program will have: professional orchestra in which the 1. Considerable conducting training and program director and principal teacher is a experience. professional conductor on the staff of the orchestra and a full professor at the 2. Competence at the piano and/or sponsoring University. Mr. Sidlin therefore professional level performance skills on is able to guide the study of the students an orchestral instrument. collectively and individually, and, as 3. There are no age restrictions. resident conductor of the Oregon Sym- Application packet must include: phony, has the authority to determine conducting assignments with the orchestra • A letter describing the candidate’s throughout the two year residency. current level of artistic development and professional intentions. Please write to the Pacific University Department of Music for the most current • A statement of artistic philosophy materials and information. concerning the role and philosophy of the conductor in American life in the years Features of the program: ahead, both on and off the podium. • A total of 3 apprentices will be in • A thorough resume. residence at any one time and are invited for a two-year term. • Three letters of recommendation. • Positions for up to 2 apprentices are • A video of recent work with available each academic year. orchestra (chamber orchestra or ensemble are acceptable). Must be within the past year.

124 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 MUSIC ■

• A videotaped description of a sym- Certificate Program Course Descriptions phonic composition, as though you were presenting it to an audience. Mus 581 Conducting Use piano for examples. Apprenticeship I Four hours per week: seminar with Mr. Sidlin, • Applicants who are not U.S. citizens Maestro DePreist, visiting conductors, guest must complete and submit the Pacific artists, and musicians of the Oregon Sym- University Foreign National Informa- phony as well as administrative staff of the tion form at the time of application. orchestra. Study scores of current Oregon Final acceptance into the program is Symphony repertoire. Ten hours per week: contingent upon the student’s ability to study and observation of the rehearsal process obtain a valid visa. and procedure with a view from both inside Send Application packet to: and outside the orchestra. Exposure to Murry Sidlin, Music Department management, marketing and production Pacific University responsibilities. One hour per week: private 2043 College Way conducting lesson. Coursework will include Forest Grove, OR 97116 rehearsals and/or concerts of the Oregon Symphony. Evaluation by Mr. Sidlin, • Application deadline: March 15. Maestro DePreist, and members of the orchestra. 12 hours. Sidlin. Offered fall Course Sequence semester. MUS 581 Fall semester, first year Mus 582 Conducting MUS 582 Spring semester, first year Apprenticeship II A continuation of Mus 581. Spring semester. MUS 681 Fall semester, second year 12 hours. Sidlin MUS 682 Spring semester, second year Mus 681 Conducting Conducting Advisors Apprenticeship III A continuation of Mus 582. Fall semester. James DePreist, Chair of the Advising 12 hours. Sidlin Committee, Music Director, Oregon Symphony, Music Director, Mus 682 Conducting Monte-Carlo Philharmonic Apprenticeship IV Thomas Baldner, Professor of A continuation of Mus 681. Spring semester. Conducting Studies, Indiana University 12 hours. Sidlin Sergiu Comissiona, Music director, Vancouver (B.C.) Symphony Lawrence Foster, Music Director, Barcelona Symphony Orchestra Norman Leyden, Associate & Pops Conductor, Oregon Symphony Gerard Schwartz, Music Director, Seattle Symphony Leonard Slatkin, Music Director, National Symphony Michael Tilson Thomas, Music Director, San Francisco Symphony Hans Vonk, Music Director, St. Louis Symphony

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 125 PRE-OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY

The school of Occupational Therapy offers a Requirements 29-month entry-level master’s degree program. Natural Sciences ...... 15 hours The curriculum consists of academic and Bio 202, General Biology I laboratory experiences integrated with both Bio 224, Human Anatomy with Lab part-time and full-time professional field work. Bio 240, Human Physiology with Lab Entrance to the program is in the fall semester only. Physics 110/111 is strongly recommended. The application deadline is usually December 1. Social Sciences ...... 12 hours Students who will have completed the occupational Must include courses from minimally therapy prerequisite course requirements by the three (3) of the following areas: psychol- date of enrollment in the program are eligible to ogy, sociology, anthropology, politics, government, business and economics. In apply for admission. Students who enter without a these areas, include a life-span develop- bachelors degree will receive a Bachelor of Science ment course, and an abnormal psychology degree in Human Occupation following completion course. of their first year in the graduate curriculum. Social Science courses must include: Students with an interest in occupational therapy • courses in human growth and develop- ment, preferably across the life span should obtain a current brochure from the Office (Psy 180 and/or Psy 318); of Admission for Professional Programs. The • courses which promote an understand- brochure is the most current document outlining ing of both normal and abnormal requirements and prerequisites. Students with adaptive development at both the questions regarding admission to the School are individual and group level (Psy 150 encouraged to talk with the Office of Admissions and/or Psy 160 and/or Psy 308 and/or for Professional Programs (Ext. 2900). Psy 309 and/or Psy 311) Writing ...... 3 hours Pre-Occupational Therapy is not an undergraduate Engw 201, Expository Writing major, so students interested in becoming OR occupational therapists are free to choose any Engw 301, Advanced Expository Writing major, as long as they also complete the Applied Arts ...... 6 hours prerequisite courses listed below. Students who elect to major in a science will need to take more Various hands-on courses such as design, ceramics, dance, photography, or music. math and science courses in the first semesters. Communication The faculty in the School of Occupational Therapy (debate or public speaking) ...... 2 hours requires the following prerequisite courses in order Meda 201 or Meda 205, or IS 201 to ensure success in the professional program. Research Design ...... 2 hours Prior to entrance, applicants must have: Psy 348 or Soc 300 or Anth 201 (Statistics will not be accepted) • Acquired a bachelors degree and all Humanities ...... 6 hours specified School of Occupational Therapy prerequisite coursework; OR Must include courses from two (2) of the following areas: • Completed a minimum of three academic years literature, religion, history, philosophy, of college coursework (90 semester hours) ethics, and history or appreciation including a minimum of four (4) upper division of art, music, or theater. courses, the specified School of Occupational Cross-Cultural Studies ...... 2 hours Therapy prerequisites coursework, and Pacific University bachelor core requirements.

126 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 OT • OPTOMETRY ■ PRE-OPTOMETRY AND VISUAL SCIENCE

Courses on the cultures of Asia, Africa, Admission to the College of Optometry, for Latin America, or aspects of the American qualified students, usually occurs after culture that draw upon these areas or the completion of the bachelor’s degree. cultures of the indigenous peoples of North America. Occasionally, some particularly able students Physical Fitness (may be taken are admissible after three years of undergraduate “pass/no pass”)...... 2 hours studies. Those students admitted to the College Medical Terminology...Credit/No Credit of Optometry, and only those students, may (Obtainable through School receive a Bachelor of Science degree in Visual of O.T./Independent Study) Science. The Visual Science degree is First Aid - A course and certification in awarded after 90 semester hours of First Aid including CPR must be current undergraduate study and completion of the first at time of entrance. This need not be two years of study in the College of Optometry. for credit. Please address specific questions concerning Optometry admission to Graduate Admissions. Typical first year for Pre-OT students Fall Optometry Prerequisite: HUM 100 First-Year Sem Biol 202 (Gen Biol I) and Language core Biol 204 (Gen Biol II) and Biol 190 (for Biology majors only) Biol 304 (Gen Biol III) as prerequisites for Electives later Bio courses ...... 12 hrs required Winter (plus 12 additional hours because Elective of prerequisites) Spring Biol 224 (Human Anatomy with lab) Biol 202 Gen Biol I Biol 240 (Human Physiology with lab) Math 207 Biol 308 (Microbiology) Electives Chemistry 220; 230; and a complete Organic sequence, Typical second year for Pre-OT students either 240 OR 310 and 320 ...... 12 hours (or 16 hours with 2 semester Fall Organic sequence) Biol 224 Human Anatomy and lab Biochemistry (Chem 380) is strongl y Phys 110/111 Physics of Everyday recommended, but is not required Phenomena and lab Mathematics (Math 125 or 226) .....4 hours Electives Statistics (Math 207 suggested)...... 3 hours Winter Physics 130/201 and 140/203 Elective OR Spring Physics 232 and 242 ...... 8 hours Biol 240 Human Physiology Psychology 150...... 3 hours and lab English 201(Expository Writing) Electives plus two more English 200-level or above (writing or literature) ...... 9 hours (6 hours must be writing)

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 127 VISUAL SCIENCE DEGREE Sophomore (IN COLLEGE OF OPTOMETRY) Fall Humanities: 12 hours from two Biol 204 ...... 4 disciplines, including Art, English, Elective ...... 3 History, Humanities, Languages, Music, Engw 201...... 3 Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Theater, and First-year Seminar) ...... 12 hours Foreign Language...... 3 Social Sciences: 12 hours from two Psych 150...... 3 disciplines including Anthropology, Business & Economics, Geography, 16 History & Political Science, Psychology, Sociology, but not Winter First Year Seminar...... 12 hours Elective ...... 3 Pre-Optometry students are advised to complete the Arts and Sciences core 3 requirements. Spring It is wise to begin immediately in Mathemat- ics. In addition, strong students take General Biol 204 ...... 4 Chemistry in their freshman year. Biology, Elective ...... 3 Chemistry, and Mathematics together are a Engw 201...... 3 heavy freshman science and math schedule, to be taken with care. Students interested in Foreign Language...... 3 this schedule for the spring semester should Psych 150...... 3 discuss it first with their advisors. 16 Sample of 4-Year Pre-Optometry Curriculum Junior Chem 380 (Bio Chem) offered alternate years. Fall Chemistry 240 (Organic)...... 4 Freshman Biology 224 (Anatomy) ...... 4 Fall Electives ...... 6 Math 125...... 4 14 First Year Seminar...... 4 Chem 220 ...... 4 Winter Elective ...... 3 Elective ...... 3

15 3 Winter Spring Elective ...... 3 Biology 240 (Physiology) ...... 4 3 Biology 308 (Microbiology) ...... 4 Electives ...... 6 Spring Biol 202 ...... 4 14 Math 226...... 4 Chem 230 ...... 4 Elective ...... 3

15

128 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 OPTOMETRY ■

Senior Sophomore Fall Fall Physics 130/201 OR Physics 232 ...... 4 Biol 204 ...... 4 Electives ...... 12 Elective ...... 3 Engw 201...... 3 16 Foreign Language...... 3

Spring 13 Chem 380 (optional) ...... 3 Winter Physics 140/203 OR Physics 242 ...... 4 Elective ...... 3 Electives ...... 9 3 16 Spring Bio 204 is a prerequisite for Bio 308 and Biol 304 ...... 4 Biol 302. Biol 300 is also a prerequisite for Math 207 (Statistics) ...... 3 Biol 302. Foreign Lang ...... 3 *Note: Math 226 is a co-requisite for Phys 230 Engw 301...... 3

Math 125 is a prerequisite for Phys 130 16 and Chem 230 Math 122 is a prerequisite for Math 207 Junior and Chem 220 Fall Physics 130/201 OR Physics 232 ...... 4 Sample 3-Year Biology 224(Human Anatomy)...... 4 Pre-Optometry Curriculum Chemistry 240 (Organic)...... 4 Elective ...... 3 Freshman Fall 14 Arts/Soc Science...... 3 Winter Math. 125...... 4 Elective ...... 3 First Year Seminar...... 4 3 Chem 220 ...... 4 Spring 15 Physics 140/203 OR Physics 242 ...... 4 Winter Biology 240 (Human Physiology) ...... 4 Elective ...... 3 Biology 308 (Microbiology) ...... 4 Electives ...... 3 3 15 Spring **Note: Biol 202 ...... 4 Math 226 is a co-requisite for Phys 230 Math 226...... 4 Math 125 is a prerequisite for Phys 130 Chem 230 ...... 4 and Chem 230 Electives: Arts/Soc. Sci./Humanities ...... 3 Math 122 is a prerequisite for Math 207 15 and Chem 220

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 129 PEACE & CONFLICT STUDIES

David B. Boersema, Philosophy, Chair COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Jeffrey Barlow, History Peace and Conflict Studies Vern Bates, Sociology (PACS) Lorelle Browning, English PACS 101 Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies Alyson Burns-Glover, Psychology An introduction to concepts, issues, and Russell A. Dondero, Politics approaches relating peace and conflict studies, and Government including forms and causes of peace and conflict, contexts of conflict and violence, and Ellen Hastay, Director of Pacific proposed solutions for reducing violence and Humanitarian Center promoting peace. 3 hours. Steele, Boersema.

Seth Singleton, Politics and Government PACS 105 Peace and Conflict Studies: Michael R. Steele, English, Field Experience Director of the Holocaust Center A course designed to introduce the student to service-learning, provided in a field site drawn Byron D. Steiger, Sociology from the Humanitarian Center’s database and the consequent learning the student will Robert Van Dyk, Politics and Government experience with regard to building community, The Peace and Conflict Studies (PACS) applying one’s academic and own personal program and curriculum evolved from student experience in the course of providing service. Graded P/NP. 1-3 hours. May be repeated once and faculty interest and concern, and has for credit. Hastay. drawn wide attention. Students may elect a minor in Peace and Conflict Studies. Courses PACS 208 Addictions and Behavior are drawn from faculty in six departments. They This course takes a transhistorical, interdisci- plinary approach to the question of alcohol and investigate the causes and manifestations of substance abuse and the social costs of violence in self, in society, and in the world of addiction and use. The question of conscious- nations, and explore alternatives to violent ness and why we choose to alter it will be resolution of conflict. Students are encouraged addressed through discussions of the physiol- to develop a closely reasoned philosophical ogy of addiction; the sociocultural risk factors and cultural representations of drug use. In position on peace and conflict that can have addition, this course will include a commu- lifelong application. nity-activity component in which students will design community interventions and educa- tional activities in conjunction with the MINOR IN student services program. 4 hours. Burns- Glover and Browning. Meets social science PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES core requirement. (Same as Psy 208.) PACS 101 and 105 ...... 4-6 Two courses chose from PACS 208, 211, 213, 214, 215, 220, 221, 222, 230 ...... 6 Three courses chosen from PolS 340*, PACS 305, 313, 325, 411, 430 and 450 ...... 9-10

19-22

130 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 PEACE & CONFLICT STUDIES ■

PACS 211 Philosophical and PACS 221 Community Psychology Theological Bases of Peace The study of how psychology can be applied to From the philosophical and theological perspec- social services such as community mental tive, what is peace and how is it to be defined? health centers to effect social change. Emphasis What are the conditions for its achievement? Do is on planning, prevention, early intervention, human nature and the structure of the universe research and evaluation as well as how to promote or preclude its realization in history? strengthen existing social support networks What is the wisdom of human experience and the and create new ones. Empowerment and teaching of the great philosophers and religious primary prevention will be the focus of leaders on these questions? 3 hours. Steele. Meets attention. Prerequisite: Psy 150 or Soc 101 or humanities core requirements. 102. 3 hours. Schultz, Gallahan. Meets social science core requirement. (Same as Psy 220.) PACS 213 Psychology of Altruism and Aggression PACS 222 The Civil Rights Movement Historical and modern review of the human This course examines the causes, history, and and non-human primate behaviors related to tactics of the struggle to guarantee Aftrican- altruism, emphathy, violence, competition and Americans equal treatment under the law in aggression from a social, biological, the United States. The primary focus of the interspecies and cross-cultural perspective. course material is on the political movement 3 hours. Burns-Glover. Meets social science for equality in the Southern United States core requirements. (Same as Psy 213.) from 1954-1968. 3 hours. Van Dyk. Meets social science core requirement. (Same as PACS 214 Vietnam and the U.S. POLS 222.) This is a survey of the origins, development and results of the American war with Vietnam. This PACS 230 Navajo Service Learning course, however, will be taught more within the This course permits selected students to engage context of Vietnamese history and culture than in a cross-cultural immersion service-learning within that of American history and culture. experience in the Navajo nation during the Consequently, more emphasis will be given to the Winter Three term. 3 hours. Hastay. Meets roots of the war in Vietnam than to its origins in cross-culture core requirement. U.S. foreign policy. There will be an opportunity in this course for students to learn how to prepare PACS 305 Advanced Service Learning This seminar seeks to build on the mature work “Pages” for the World Wide Web and insights of a variety of student placement Those who are interested should also enroll for one sites, growing directly from their major course hour of credit in one of the two sections of History work and a well-considered personal inventory. 255, “History Web Lab”. Although concurrent The seminar is integrative of a wide variety of enrollment in 255 is voluntary. All students are one’s educational experiences at Pacific. strongly urged to enroll as the lab will not only Students will apply their academic and personal teach web page production, but will also enhance skills directly in a service-learning site student understanding of the materials covered in placement, seeking to contribute both to the site the class itself. 3 hours. Barlow. and the people there as well as to augment their grasp of the applied knowledge from the chosen PACS 215 Conflict Resolution major. Prerequisite: PACS 105. 2 hours. May be Theories, strategies, and skills in resolving repeated once for credit. Hastay. conflicts are analyzed and applied. Emphasis is placed on practical application of learned skills PACS 313 The Sociology of Violence through conflict simulations. 3 hours. Steiger. This course examines the social and structural causes, correlates, and consequences of PACS 220 The Middle East violence. Topics included are social and An introduction to the places, people and politics political violence, subcultural violence, of the Middle East, including such concerns as criminal violence, family violence, the media the influence and importance of religion, the and violence, sports and violence, and racial revival of Islam and Islamic fundamentalism, the violence. Prerequisite: PACS 101 or Soc 101. impact and consequences of Western colonialism, 3 hours. Bates. Meets social science core the dream and possibility of panarabism, the requirements. Arab-Israeli conflict, and future relations with the West. 3 hours. Boersema. Meets cross- cultural core requirement.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 131 PACS 325 The Vietnam War Era This course explores the origins, events PHILOSOPHY and consequences of American involvement in Indochina from historical, political, David B. Boersema, Chair, philosophical and personal perspectives. Professor of Philosophy, Douglas C. Strain 3 hours. Browning. Meets humanities core Chair of Natural Philosophy requirements. David DeMoss, Associate Professor PACS 411 Literature About War of Philosophy A seminar on fiction and non-fiction writing Marc Marenco, Associate Professor about war, considering both text and the of Philosophy reality with which the author comes to grips. Readings may include works such as: The The Department of Philosophy seeks to Great War, Meditations in Green, All Quiet on acquaint students with various philosophical the Western Front, Testament of Youth, Johnny traditions, to present the chief philosophic Got His Gun, Harp of Burma. 3 hours. Steele. Meets humanities core requirements. problems and types of philosophy, and to help students cultivate the intellectual, civic, and PACS 430 Human Rights moral virtues of the discipline of philosophy as This course offers an in-depth investigation of well as the art and skill of philosophical analysis. conceptual and political issues related to rights and human rights, including such issues as the The department seeks to serve those students source and extent of rights, the nature of who intend to pursue graduate studies, those rights-bearers, the justification of rights pursuing interdisciplinary career programs, and claims, the legitimacy and means of imple- menting universal human rights and critiques those who simply desire to understand human and evaluations of the social role of rights. reflective traditions in order to enlarge their own 4 hours. Boersema. Prerequisite: PACS 101 horizon of awareness. and Junior standing. Meets humanities core requirements. Majors are educated in the liberal arts tradition and are carefully counseled to take courses in PACS 450 Issues in Peace & all areas of the College. Majors in the bioethics Conflict Studies A course wherein students examine important emphasis are educated in the liberal arts issues and ideas relative to peace and conflict tradition, with a particular focus on the interface studies, especially for the advanced student between philosophy and the health professions. completing a minor in PACS. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 3 hours. Staff. 100- and 200-level courses are open to all students. 300-level courses are open to upper- *Please see Social Sciences Division division students, though prior lower-division for PolS 340. coursework is recommended. 400-level courses generally require instructor approval. Courses in a foreign language are recommended.

Departmental Goals As a department, our goal is to educate our students with respect to the history, interpretive frameworks, and analytical techniques of the discipline of philosophy; given this goal, graduating majors and minors should be able to: a. exhibit a general understanding of the history and development of philoso- phy, and a specific understanding of some portion of that history,

132 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 PHILOSOPHY ■

b. describe and critique several of the Additional philosophy course most important historical and contem- (200 or above) or one course porary interpretive frameworks used in from the following list: ...... 3-4 the discipline of philosophy (for PACS 430 Human Rights example, Plato’s Theory of Forms, the Hist 339 History of Science deontological approach to ethics, and the existentialist analysis of the human Psy 226 History & Systems condition), PolS 308 Origins of Western c. apply the analytical techniques of the Political Thought discipline of philosophy (for example, PolS 309 Modern Political Thought by presenting orally and in writing Psy 315 Cognitive Neuroscience succinct analyses of philosophical texts, Soc 414 Sociological Theory and coherently structured arguments in defense of their own philosophical Engl 332 Introduction to Linguistics claims). 31-32 In addition, the department strives to help students cultivate the intellectual, civic, and MAJOR IN PHILOSOPHY moral virtues of the discipline of philoso- phy (for example, intellectual integrity, (BIOETHICS EMPHASIS) objectivity, resilience in the face of obstacles Majors in the bioethics emphasis are and daunting problems, a commitment to educated in the liberal arts tradition, with consistency, a knack for seeing and a particular focus on the interface between articulating what issues are at stake, the philosophy and the health professions. courage to cross-examine opinions that one holds dear, respect for interlocutors and colleagues, a felt obligation to contribute to Requirements one’s community, etc.). Phil 102 Ethics and Values...... 3 We pride ourselves on preparing students Phil/Math 212 who intend to pursue graduate studies Language and Logic ...... 3 and/or interdisciplinary career programs; Two courses from graduating majors and minors should not Phil 205, 206, 207, 208 ...... 6 only be able to seek and obtain admission to graduate school, if that is their realistic Phil 307 Ethics, Medicine & goal, or find a job that will begin their Health Care...... 4 chosen career track; they should also be Phil 409 Moral Philosophy ...... 4 able to philosophically reflect on and Phil 495 Senior Seminar ...... 4 express clearly their own goals and choices at this stage in their lives. One course in biology ...... 3 Two courses MAJOR IN PHILOSOPHY from the following list: ...... 6-8 Requirements Phil 310 Philosophy of Science Phil 312 Philosophy of Biology Phil 101 Knowledge & Reality OR Psy 440 Health Psychology and Phil 102 Ethics and Values...... 3 Behavioral Medicine Phil/Math 212†† Hist 339 History of Science Language and Logic ...... 3 Soc 319 Sociology of Medicine Two courses from Phil 205, 206, 207, 208 ...... 6 33-35 Phil 495 Senior Seminar ...... 4 Upper-division electives in Philosophy ...... 12

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 133 MINOR IN PHILOSOPHY Phil 110 Religion and the Quest for Meaning Requirements This course is an introduction to the academic study of religion. What are the most funda- Phil 101 Knowledge & Reality OR mental meta-narrataives that supply people Phil 102 Ethics and Values...... 3 and their communities with self-understand- Phil/Math ing? Typically, this course explores the identity 212Language and Logic ...... 3 mythologies of a variety of religious traditions. One course from Religions normally covered are: Buddhism, Phil 205, 206, 207, 208 ...... 3 Hinduism, Christianity, Judaism and Islam. Meets cross-cultural requirement. 3 hours. Upper-division electives in Philosophy6-8 Marenco. Offered alternate years.

15-17 Phil 205 Ancient Philosophy A study of the major issues and personalities MINOR IN RELIGION that constituted and shaped early western Requirements thought, from the pre-socratics (sixth century BCE) through the Hellenistic and Roman era Phil/Math 212 Language and Logic...... 3 (fourth century CE). 3 hours. DeMoss, Phil 110 Religion and the Quest for Boersema. Offered alternate years. Meaning ...... 3 Phil 206 Medieval Philosophy Phil 205 OR 206 Ancient Philosophy or A study of the major issues and personalities Medieval that constituted and shaped medieval western Philosophy ...... 3 thought from the fourth century through the Phil 309 Philosophy of Religion...... 4 fifteenth century. 3 hours. DeMoss, Boersema. Upper-division elective in philosophy 3-4 Offered alternate years.

16-17 Phil 207 Early Modern Philosophy: 1500-1750 A study of the major issues and personalities that constituted and shaped modern western COURSE DESCRIPTIONS thought from the sixteenth century through the eighteenth century. 3 hours. DeMoss, Philosophy (Phil) Boersema. Offered alternate years. Phil 101 Knowledge and Reality An introduction to traditional issues in epistemol- Phil 208 Late Modern Philosophy: ogy and metaphysics, including such topics as the 1750-1900 nature and sources of knowledge, freedom and A study of the major issues and personalities determinism, the relation of mind and body, that constituted and shaped modern western personal identity, the relation of knowledge and thought from the mid-eighteenth century values. 3 hours. Boersema, DeMoss. Offered through the nineteenth century. 3 hours. annually. DeMoss, Boersema. Offered alternate years.

Phil 102 Ethics and Values Phil/ After developing a few tools of the trade for doing Math 212 Language & Logic moral analysis, this course will explore the moral This course is a survey of formal syntactic and reasoning behind a number of contemporary semantic features of language, including topics moral issues. What is moral reasoning? What such as sentential logic, predicate logic, is the grammar of moral discourse? Is morality axiomatic systems and set theory, and subjective or objective? Is moral discourse nonclassical extensions such as multivalued possible in the 21st century? What ethical insight logics. 3 hours. Boersema. Offered annually. might we derive from such complex contempo- rary debates as abortion, freedom of expression, and sexual ethics? 3 hours. Marenco, DeMoss. Offered annually.

134 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 PHILOSOPHY ■

Phil 214 Philosophy of Art Phil 310 Philosophy of Science This course is an introduction to philosophical An investigation of issues and concepts within issues related to the arts, including such topics science and about science, including such topics as the nature of art, the metaphysics of art as the nature of explanation, the nature of (e.g., form, expression, art as process vs. art as confirmation, the nature of scientific progress, object), the epistemology of art (e.g., the locus the relations among science, technology, values of meaning in art, what constitutes artistic and society. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. understanding, can art be "true”, and the 4 hours. Boersema. Offered alternate years. axiology of art (e.g., art and morals, the social significance of art, how can art be evaluated). Phil 312 Philosophy of Biology Besides general philosophical issues connected An introduction to philosophical issues within and to art, particular arts will be considered (e.g., about biology, including such topics as design, painting, dance, music, theatre, film, architec- fitness, and adaptation; units of selection; the ture). 3 hours, Boersema, DeMoss. Offered nature of species; taxonomy and classification; alternate years. molecular biology and reductionism; sociobiology. Prerequisite: 8 hours in philosophy or biology. 3 Phil 303 American Philosophy hours. Boersema. Offered alternate years. A survey of major themes, movements, and figures of American philosophical thought from Phil 314 Philosophy of Mind the seventeenth century to the present. This course focuses on the nature of mind and Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 3 hours. consciousness as interpreted by contemporary Boersema. Offered alternate years. philosophers of mind. What is consciousness? Who has it? How is it produced? Prerequisitie: Phil 305 Asian Philosophy Sophomore standing. 4 hours. DeMoss. A study of Asian philosophical texts both historical Offered alternate years. and contemporary from various cultures, focusing for example on the Hinduism of India, the Taoism Phil 315 Philosophy of Law of China, and the Zen Buddhism of Japan, An introduction to philosophical issues Prerequisite: sophomore standing. 4 hours. within and about law, including such topics DeMoss, Offered alternate years. as the nature of law, legal reasoning, liberty/ rights and the limits of law, the nature of Phil 307 Ethics, Medicine and legal responsibility, the nature and justifica- Health Care tion of legal punishment. Prerequisite: A study of ethical issues that arise in the health Sophomore standing. 3 hours. Boersema. care professions. After working through the Offered alternate years. processes of moral reasoning and learning about some of the major moral theories this Phil 329 Feminism and Philosophy course will focus on major topics in health care This course explores the philosophical potential in today. Typically this course deals with such the application of feminist categories to tradi- issues as abortion, physician assisted suicide, tional areas of philosophical inquiry such as genetic manipulation and cloning, and epistemology, logic, metaphysics and value comparative health delivery systems. Students theory. This course will also explore a variety of will be able to do some independent research on philosophical critiques of feminist categories and a topic of their choice. Prerequisite: Sophomore theory. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 4 hours. standing. 4 hours. Marenco. DeMoss, Marenco. Offered intermittently.

Phil 309 Philosophy of Religion Phil 403 Twentieth Century An investigation of the structure and content Philosophy of religious truth-claims. The various argu- A study of the major issues and personalities in ments for and against the existence of God will twentieth-century philosophy, in such move- be considered along with a few of the more ments and schools as pragmatism, existential- important theories about the nature of religious ism, phenomenology, positivism, linguistic belief, the logical status of religious proposi- analysis, structuralism, poststructuralism, and tions and the notion of a “religious use” of critical theory. Prerequisite: Phil 208 plus one language. Prerequisite: Phil 110 or Phil 101 or other course in the history of philosophy or instructor’s approval. 4 hours. Marenco. instructor’s approval. 4 hours. Boersema. Offered alternate years. Offered alternate years.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 135 Phil 409 Moral Philosophy Intensive study in the field of moral philoso- PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY phy, including such topics as the nature of Admission to Physical Therapy is highly moral epistemology, metaethics, and the competitive for Pacific students as well as others. metaphysics of morals. Prerequisite: nine hours in philosophy or instructor’s approval. 4 hours. Pre-physical therapy requirements, like pre-medical Marenco. Offered alternate years. requirements, concentrate in the sciences. Pacific’s Physical Therapy School has always valued Phil 412 Major Philosophers proficiency in writing and a strong education in the Intensive study of the works of a major philosopher. Prerequisite: nine hours in humanities and social sciences. To facilitate entry philosophy or instructor’s approval. 4 hours. into the School of Physical Therapy, the University DeMoss. Offered alternate years. has established a gateway program to connect prospective students with the School of Physical Phil 420 Seminar in Philosophy Therapy during their years of undergraduate study. A concentrated study of various issues in philosophy, including such topics as philoso- This program is outlined below. phy of language, advanced logic, aesthetics, Students do not major in “pre-physical therapy”. Most environmental ethics, moral philosophy, in- depth analysis of particular works or philoso- students complete a bachelor’s degree before phers, etc. Prerequisite: Nine hours in beginning the Physical Therapy program. In philosophy or instructor’s approval. 4 hours. extremely rare cases students who have met all the Boersema, DeMoss, Marenco. prerequisites for Physical Therapy can apply in the Phil 494 Senior Seminar I junior year. For these exceptional students, the Required of all philosophy majors in the fall of bachelor’s degree can be completed during the first the senior year; in the spring majors are year of Physical Therapy school, resulting in a required to enroll in Phil 495. The purpose of bachelor’s degree in either Health Sciences or this seminar is to prepare the student to Biology with Human Emphasis. Students wishing to product a philosophical essay of significant length and quality, a senior thesis. This project pursue admission to the Physical Therapy School will require researching, writing, defending, after three years of undergraduate course work and perhaps publishing the essay. In Phil 494 should talk directly with the Office of Admissions. students will research and prepare a substan- Please note that after the academic year 2002-03 the tial prospectus for the senior thesis; students option of entering the professional program without a will also read, discuss and critique the work of other members of the seminar. Prerequisite: bachelor’s degree no longer will be available. This fifteen hours in philosophy and instructor's means that students enrolling into the College in the approval. 2 hours. Boersema, DeMoss, Fall Semester, 2000 will be the last class eligible for Marenco. Offered fall annually. this option. The course sequences outlined below are for students completing the bachelor’s degree before Phil 495 Senior Seminar II Required of all philosophy majors in the senior admission to the School of Physical Therapy. year; in the fall majors are required to enroll in Phil 494. The purpose of this seminar is for Physical Therapy Prerequisite each student to produce a philosophical essay Biol 202, General Biology I ...... 12 of significant length and quality, a senior Biol 224, Human Anatomy with lab thesis. This project will require researching, writing, defending, and perhaps publishing the Biol 240, Human Physiology with lab essay. In Phil 495 students will write and Chemistry 220 and 230...... 8 defend the senior thesis; students will also Statistics ...... 3 read, discuss, and critique the work of other members of the seminar. Prerequisite: Phil 494 Math 207 or Psych 350 or Soc 301 and instructor's approval. 2 hours. Boersema, Physics 130/201 and 140/203 or DeMoss, Marenco. Offered spring annually. Physics 232 and 242 ...... 8 Psychology 150 (Intro) and one other psychology course ...... 6

136 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 PHYSICAL THERAPY ■

English/Writing – must include one Spring writing course beyond the introductory Chem 230 ...... 4 level (ENGW 201 or higher) ...... 8 Social Sci (not Psy)...... 3 Humanities – This can be satisfied Cross-cultural ...... 3 by carefully selected core requirements. (At Art or Humanities ...... 3 least 3 hours must be outside of English) Fine Arts, humanities, history, philosophy, Elective ...... 3 religion, English (in addition to English 16 prerequsite), music, foreign language, speech/communication...... 6 Junior Social Sciences (at least 3 hours Fall must be outside of psychology)...... 6 Biology 224 (Anatomy) ...... 4 Courses from two of the following Soc Sci elective ...... 3 disciplines: anthropology, sociology, psychology, political science, economics. Electives (for major) ...... 9 Sample 4-Year Pre-PT Curriculum 16 Winter Physics can actually be moved to any year if you want to double up on labs-and if Elective ...... 3 Math prerequisites are met. 3 Freshman Spring Fall Biology 240 (Physiology) ...... 4 Chem 220 ...... 4 Engl elective ...... 3 Math. 125...... 4 Electives (for major) ...... 5 First Year Seminar...... 4 16 Language Core ...... 3 Senior 15 Fall Winter Phys 130/201 (or 230) ...... 4 HUM Elective...... 3 Math 207...... 3 3 Electives (for major) ...... 5 Spring Biol 202 ...... 4 16 Math 226 or elective ...... 4 Winter Chem 230 ...... 4 Elective ...... 3 Language Core ...... 3 3 15 Spring Sophomore Phys 140/203 (or 240...... 4 Fall Electives (for major) ...... 5 Biol 204 ...... 4 13 Engw 201...... 3 Humanities or Art...... 3 *Note: Psych 150...... 3 Math 226 is a corequisite for Phys 230. Elective ...... 3 Math 125 is a prerequisite for Phys 130, 16 Chem 230. Winter Math 122 is a prerequisite for Math 207, Engl Elective ...... 3 Chem 220. 3

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 137 GATEWAY PROGRAM FROM THE 4. Since the applicant to SPT needs to have completed 100 hours of observa- COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES tion and needs a reference from a TO THE SCHOOL OF physical therapist, the PT faculty will PHYSICAL THERAPY assist in identifying appropriate facilities for undergraduate internships with physical therapists in the commu- Objectives nity. This internship can be a part of an internship for another course. It is To establish ties with prospective under- expected that the course would have graduate students, early in their college either an Exercise Science or Biology education, who show an interest in internship number attached to it. physical therapy. A. The 100 hours of observation should To guarantee to students who successfully include 75 hours with a single physical complete the Gateway program an therapist allowing the student quality time interview for admission to Pacific with the therapist and developing a University's School of Physical Therapy. relationship which would lead to a letter of reference. The remaining 25 hours could be Milestones used by the student to allow him/her to 1. Students who indicate an interest in observe other areas of physical therapy. physical therapy at the end of their B. During the observation time, the student freshman year of college will be will be expected to keep a journal and/ identified by their advisors and given or write a paper. To assist the student in information about participating in this preparing the essays for the application program. Students who transfer from process, this written work should reflect another institution or who decide later on the essay topics and related matters. than their freshman year that they are The current essay questions are: “Why interested in physical therapy will also do you want to become a physical be able to enter this program. therapist?” “Write about a patient who 2. During the undergraduate's sophomore stands out to you and explain why?” year, the student will be given the “Write about a situation in which you opportunity to participate in a facilitated a change.” mentoring program with a second year C. It is suggested that at the end of the physical therapy student. A minimum observation/internship the student rate number of meetings will need to take himself/herself according to the place between these two students evaluation form found as part of the during the school year. This is for application. The student can self assess support, for encouragement, and for his or her strengths and weaknesses. allowing the undergraduate student 5. Another milestone that the student will have a contact person to ask questions. need to complete is a community 3. By the end of the sophomore year in service activity, with a minimum of college, the student will have earned at 10 hours. This would be required for least a 3.0 GPA, both overall GPA, as the portfolio. This could occur during well as science GPA. the school year or during the summer. If the student took a service learning *If the student is below a 3.0 GPA at that time, course in college, that would count. the student will be expected to develop a plan to improve his/her GPA. This should involve 6. During the student's senior year, he/ the student meeting with the counseling she is expected to enroll in the Under- center/support services to obtain help with standing Disabilities course taught by study skills. The plan should be reviewed by Professors Nancy Cicirello, John the student's academic advisor. Medeiros, and Tim Thompson. 7. The student would be expected to take part in a mock interview through Career Services to practice before interviewing for admission to the School of Physical Therapy.

138 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 PHYSICAL THERAPY ■

Portfolio The student should put together a portfolio during his/her time in the Gateway program. This would need to be completed before December 1 of her/his senior year so that it could submitted with the application for admission into the School of Physical Therapy Contents of the portfolio: A. Journal of observation experience. B. Description of community service activity. C. Documentation of types of interactions with PT student mentor. D. Documentation of GPA by University transcript. If the cummulative and/or science GPA fell below 3.0 at the end of the sophomore year, description of steps taken to improve it. E. Rating of self during observation time. F. Work sheet for prerequisites.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 139 PRE-PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT STUDIES

Admission to the School of Physician Assistant • Chemistry – 11 semester hours Studies is highly competitive. The applicant must (3 courses*) complete a bachelor’s degree in any discipline, Organic Chemistry or Biochemistry the prerequisite courses listed below and have a (one of the following courses) minimum of 1000 hours of experience in direct Chem 310/311 Organic Chemistry I patient care prior to application to the program. In with lab addition, the PA program utilizes computer-based Chem 320/321 Organic Chemistry II learning throughout the program, therefore, each with lab student is required to have a laptop computer Chem 380 Biochemistry and possess basic word processing skills. Two additional chemistry courses with lab (may include additional Organic or The Physician Assistant Program Admissions Committee considers the following factors in Biochemistry Courses) the selection process: Chem 220 General Chemistry I Chem 230 General Chemistry II • Strength and breadth of academic record Chem 240-241 Survey of • Type and depth of prior health care Organic Chemistry experience Or any course listed above • Strength of letters of evaluation • Statistics – 3 semester hours (one course) • Content of application forms and care with which they have been completed Math 207 General Elementary Statistics Psy 350 Behavioral Statistics • Quality of writing ability as demonstrated by Soc 301 Social Statistics personal narrative • Psychology or Sociology – • Understanding of Physician Assistant 3 semester hours (one course) profession Any course in psychology or sociology • Type of community volunteer activities Soc 101 Intro to Sociology • Strength of on-campus personal interview Psy 150 Intro to Psychology • English/writing – 6 semester hours Prerequisite Courses (two courses taught at an English speaking university/college) All prerequisite course work must be completed prior to enrollment. The Engw 201 Expository Writing applicant must complete the following or Engw 301 courses with a “C” or better. plus a second course in writing or • Biological Sciences – 12 semester literature hours (3 courses*) *Courses taken to fulfill the science prerequi- Anatomy (one course with lab) – sites must be those for science majors. human preferred Biol 224 Human Anatomy with lab Clinical Experience Physiology (one course with lab) – Minimum 6 months (1000 hours, paid or human preferred volunteer) Biol 240 Human Physiology with lab At the time of application submission, the Microbiology or Bacteriology (one applicant must be able to provide docu- course with lab) mentation of a minimum of 1000 hours of Biol 308 Microbiology with lab experience with direct patient contact in a health care setting. A wide range of types of experience will be considered such as:

140 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT STUDIES ■

nurse RN/LVN, paramedic/EMT/ Winter corpsman, medical assistant/nurses’ aide, Elective ...... 3 medical technologist/technician, respira- tory therapist, physical therapist/assistant, 3 speech therapist/assistant, psychologist/ therapist/counselor, medical office Spring manager, hospital/clinic/nursing home Math 207 (Statistics) ...... 4 facility volunteer, home health aide, Engw 301...... 3 outreach worker, patient educator, dental assistant and others. Foreign Language...... 3 In addition to the required courses, students Elective (optional)...... 6 are encouraged to learn Spanish and to take 16 medical terminology. Students or advisors with questions about the School of Physician Junior Assistant Studies should consult the Graduate Admissions office and the current Fall PA program brochure. Chemistry 240/241 (Organic) ...... 4 Sample of 4-Year Curriculum Biology 224 (Anatomy) ...... 4 of PA Prerequisites Electives ...... 6 Chem 380 (Bio Chem) offered alternate years. 14 Freshman Winter Fall Elective ...... 3 Math 125...... 4 3 First Year Seminar...... 4 Spring Chem 220 ...... 4 Biology 240 (Physiology) ...... 4 Elective ...... 3 Electives ...... 9 15 14 Winter Senior Elective ...... 3 Fall 3 Electives ...... 16 Spring Biol 202 ...... 4 16 Chem 230 ...... 4 Spring Elective ...... 6 Electives ...... 16 14 16 Sophomore Bio 204 is a prerequisite for Bio 308 Fall and Biol 302. Biol 204 ...... 4 Biol 300 is also a prerequisite for Biol 302. Elective ...... 3 *Note: Engw 201...... 3 Math 226 is a co-requisite for Phys 230 Foreign Language...... 3 Math 125 is a prerequisite for Phys 130 Psych 150...... 3 and Chem 230 16 Math 122 is a prerequisite for Math 207 and Chem 220

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 141 PHYSICS

Mary H. Fehrs, Chair, Professor Physics Core Requirements Juliet W. Brosing, Professor Phy 232-242 General (Workshop) Physics I-II ...... 8 W. Thomas Griffith, Distinguished OR University Professor Phy 202-204 Introductory Physics I-II....8 Stephen Hall, Assistant Professor Phy 322 Modern Physics with Micah Prange, Instructor Health Applications ...... 4 Richard Wiener, Associate Professor, on Phy 332 Waves and Optics ...... 4 sabbatical leave 2001-2002 Phy 380 Classical Mechanics: Dynamics ...... 4 The program in physics is designed to prepare Phy 420 Quantum Mechanics ...... 4 students for careers in applied physics and Phy 460 Electric and Magnetic engineering, and graduate study in physics, Fields ...... 4 engineering, and professional fields. Physics Phy 490-492 Physics Capstone ...... 6 students are encouraged to gain practical OR experience through participation in on-campus Phy 480-482 Physics Capstone experimental projects and industrial internships. Seminar ...... 2 Facilities are available for student research in AND optics, nuclear physics, astronomy, non-linear an internship ...... 7 dynamics, and solid state physics. The majority of our graduates go to graduate school in OR research ...... 4 physics and related fields or take engineering- Upper-division electives...... 6-8 related positions in technical industry. Visit the Physics Department’s Website at http:/ 40-45 /www.physics.pacificu.edu or through the main website at http://www.pacificu.edu. Other Requirements Chem 220-230 General Chemistry I-II..8 Goals for the Physics Major Math 226-228 Calculus I-III ...... 12 By successfully completing a major in physics, students will be able to: 60-65 1. Demonstrate conceptual understanding of fundamental physics principles. Students who are planning a career in teaching physical science at the high school 2. Communicate physics reasoning in oral level can, with prior department approval, and in written form. substitute either Hist 339 (History of Science) 3. Solve physics problems using qualita- or Phil 310 (Philosophy of Science) for four of tive and quantitative reasoning that the required upper division elective hours. includes sophisticated mathematical Students planning a teaching career also have techniques. the opportunity to gain valuable teaching 4. Conduct independent research or work experience by serving as teaching assistants successfully in a technical position. for lower division courses. Because there are so many possible career paths for physics majors, we would like to MAJOR IN PHYSICS offer some recommendations for upper division electives (of which 6-8 hours are The student majoring in physics must required for the major). Below are sugges- complete the following: tions for what we think would offer the best preparation for these alternatives. However,

142 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 PHYSICS ■

each student's interests are different; please Requirements discuss yours with a member of the Phy 232-242 General (Workshop) department to develop a personalized Physics I-II selection of courses. All physics majors are strongly encouraged to take Math 311 OR (Differential Equations) and CS 150 (Intro- Phy 202-204 Introductory Physics I-II....8 duction to Computer Science). Students are Math 226-227Calculus I-II ...... 8 also encouraged to take other courses in Math and CS depending on their interests. Phy 322 Modern Physics with Health Applications OR Graduate School in Physical Science Phy 332 Waves and Optics ...... 4 Relativity Seven additional upper-division credits in physics ...... 7 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 27 Modern Topics in Physics MINOR IN APPLIED PHYSICS Electronics The minor in applied physics is designed for Optics/Optometry students interested in employment in the high tech industry or in engineering. The Geometric Optics minor in applied physics can be used toward Modern Topics in Physics completion of the applied science major. Electronics Requirements Math 226-227 Calculus I-II...... 8 Engineering/Applied Science/ Health Phy 232-242 General (Workshop) Science Careers Physics I-II Electronics OR Engineering Mechanics: Statics Phy 202 -204 Introductory Physics I-II....8 Thermodynamics and Statistical Phy 322 Modern Physics with Mechanics Health Applications OR Teaching Physical Science in High School Phy 332 Waves and Optics ...... 4 Relativity Phy 364 Electronics...... 4 Thermodynamics and Statistical One of the following Mechanics (if not counted above) .... 3-4 History of Science Phy 322 Modern Physics with Philosophy of Science Health Applications Phy 332 Waves and Optics MINOR IN PHYSICS Phy 376 Engineering Mechanics: Statics, The minor in physics is designed to give Phy 384 Thermodynamics students a deeper appreciation of physics Phy 325 Modern Topics in Physics than can be attained in a one-year se- quence. The minor in physics can enhance One of the following ...... 4 studies in other disciplines such as (but Phy 380 Classical Mechanics: not limited to) chemistry, mathematics, Dynamics computer science, and philosophy. Phy 420 Quantum Mechanics, Phy 460 Electric & Magnetic Fields

31-32

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 143 Any student interested in a physics minor COURSE DESCRIPTIONS should consult with a faculty member in the Department of Physics. All prerequisite courses must be com- Since all of our upper-division courses pleted with a grade of “C-” or better. (except one) are taught on an alternate Physics (Phy) year basis, below is a schedule of our courses for the next two years: Phy 110 Physics of Everyday Phenomena Upper-division Designed to develop an understanding of the phenomena of our everyday life via the laws of Course offerings 2001-2002 physics. The emphasis is not on problem solving Fall but on encouraging students to understand and appreciate their environment from a new Modern Physics with Health Applications perspective. Includes topics in mechanics and Geometric Optics other physics subfields such as thermal physics, Electronics electrical phenomena. 3 hours. Prange. Physics Capstone I Phy 111 Physics of Everyday Physics Capstone Seminar I Phenomena Laboratory A laboratory course taught for Phy 110 Winter III students. Includes experiments in mechanics, Relativity thermal physics, and electric circuits. Satisfies Spring laboratory core requirement. Co-requisite: Phy 110. 1 hour. Prange. Modern Topics in Physics Quantum Mechanics Phy 120 Inquiries in Electricity Physics Capstone II and Magnetism Physics Capstone Seminar II This is an activity based course for non-science majors, designed to develop a conceptual understanding of both current and static Upper Division electricity, magnetism, electromagnetic Course offerings 2002-2003 induction, and related concepts at an introduc- Fall tory level. Laboratory investigations are an integral component of this course. Students Waves and Optics cannot receive credit for both Phy 110 and Classical Mechanics: Dynamics Phy 120. 3 hours. Wainwright. Not offered Geometric Optics 2001-2002. Physics Capstone I Phy 202 Introductory Physics I Physics Capstone Seminar I The first semester of an algebra-based sequence Winter III in physics. Topics include Newtonian Engineering Mechanics: Statics mechanics, work, momentum, and energy. The lab component includes computer based Spring experiments in mechanics. Satisfies Natural Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics Science core requirement. Prerequisite: Electric and Magnetic Fields Math 125 4 hours. Fehrs. Physics Capstone II Phy 204 Introductory Physics II Physics Capstone Seminar II The second smester of an algebra-based sequence in physics. Topics include heat and thermodynamics; electricity and magnetism; sound and light waves. The laboratory component includes computer based experi- ments in heat and thermodynamics; electric circuits. Satisfies Natural Science core requirement. Prerequisite: Phy 202 or Phy 232. 4 hours. Hall.

144 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 PHYSICS ■

Phy 232 General Physics I – Phy 330 Geometric Optics Workshop Physics I (Also listed as Opt 501) The principles and An introductory course in physics (calculus- applications of geometric optics, including the based) for science and pre-engineering propagation of light, reflection and refraction, students. First term includes Newtonian thin lenses, combinations of lenses, thick mechanics. This course is an inquiry-based, lenses, lens systems, mirrors, aberrations, laboratory-oriented course. Satisfies Natural stops and pupils, gradient-index lenses, and Science core requirement. Co-requisite: Math optical systems. Prerequisite: Phy 204 or 242, 226. 4 hours. Brosing and physics major or minor. 4 hours. Griffith.

Phy 242 General Physics II – Phy 332 Waves and Optics Workshop Physics II A course on the mathematical description of A continuation of Phy 232 including electric- waves with application to optics. Topics will ity and magnetism, thermodynamics, and include wave addition, an introduction to nuclear physics. Satisfies Natural Science core Fourier analysis, laws of geometric optics, image requirement. Prerequisite: Math 226, Phy 232 formation, optical systems, interference and or Phy 202. 4 hours. Brosing. diffraction, polarization, lasers, and an introduction to transform optics including Phy 310 Relativity holography. The laboratory component will An introduction to Einstein’s special and include selected experiments in wave motion, general theories of relativity, with emphasis on geometric optics, and physical optics. Prerequi- the special theory. Topics include the principle site: Phy 204 or 242, Co-requisite: Math 227. of relativity, space-time effects of the Lorentz 4 hours. Wiener. Alternate years. 2002-2003. transformations, relativistic energy and momentum, Minkowski diagrams, the Phy 364 Electronics equivalence principle, the geometry of The basic principles underlying circuit space-time, and gravity. Prerequisite: Phy 202 analysis and the operation of analog and or 232, Math 226. 3 hours. Hall. Alternate years digital electronic devices, including: diodes; 2001-02. transistors; op-amps; logic gates; multivibrators; counters; registers; memories; Phy 322 Modern Physics with and A/D and D/A converters. Prerequisite: Health Applications Math 125, Phy 202 or 242. 4 hours. Hall. A project-orientated course taught in a Alternate years 2001-02. workshop environment that covers important topics in modern physics with applications to Phy 376 Engineering Mechanics: human health. Topics include the Bohr theory Statics of the atom, wave/particle duality, atomic and Presentation, discussion, and application of the nuclear physics, and an introduction to principles of static mechanics to problems in Schrodinger’s equation. Projects may include physics and engineering including: force nuclear medicine, radiation therapy, neutron analysis, equilibrium in two and three activation analysis, and magnetic resonance dimensions, trusses and frames, internal imaging. Prerequisite: Phy 204 or 242, Co- forces, centroids, and cables. Special emphasis requisite: Math 227. 4 hours. Brosing. is given to problem-solving techniques. Alternate years. 2001-02. Prerequisite: Phy 232 or Phy 202, Math 226. 3 hours. Hall. Alternate years. 2002-2003. Phy 325 Modern Topics in Physics A class on topics of current interest in physics. Phy 380 Classical Mechanics: The topic for 2001-2002 will be elementary Dynamics particles. May be taken more than once for Presentation and discussion of the kinematics credit, as the topic will vary. Prerequisite: and dynamics of single particles and systems of Phy 204 or 242, one upper division course in particles, both in inertial and non-inertial frames Physics, Math 227. 4 hours. Alternate years of reference. In addition to the standard analytical 2001-2002. techniques, approximation techniques and a computer algebra system will be used for problem solving. Several mechanical systems will be studied experimentally and computationally. Prerequisite: Phy 204 or 242, Math 227. 4 hours. Fehrs. Alternate years. 2002-2003.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 145 Phy 384 Thermodynamics and Phy 490 Physics Capstone I Statistical Mechanics The capstone course involves a weekly seminar Presentation, discussion, and application of the and a year long research project. In the weekly laws of thermodynamics and statistical seminar, students learn how to make presentations mechanics including gas behavior, equations of and how to do “on-the-spot” problem solving. states, phase transformations, kinetic theory, There will also be outside speakers on current probability distributions, ensembles, and the physics research. The other portion of the capstone partition function. Prerequisite: Phy 204 or experience is a year long research project. In 242 and one upper division course in physics, addition, there will be weekly meetings in which Math 227. 4 hours. Brosing. Alternate years. students discuss their ongoing research projects. 2002-2003. The research project will comprise 2 credits of the course. Co-requisite: Senior standing as a physics Phy 420 Quantum Mechanics major. 3 hours. Brosing, Fehrs, Griffith, Hall. An introduction to quantum mechanics and its application to: free particles, barriers, the Phy 492 Physics Capstone II simple harmonic oscillator, the hydrogen atom, A continuation of Physics 490. At the end of angular momentum, spin, and identical Physics 492 students will give final oral particle systems. A computer algebra system presentations on their research project or their will be utilized for problem solving and internship, and submit their research/ visualization. Prerequisite: Phy 322 or internship paper. Prerequisite: Physics 490. Phy 332, Math 228 or Math 311. 4 hours. 3 hours. Brosing, Fehrs, Griffith, Hall. Fehrs. Alternate years. 2001-2002. Phy 495 Research Phy 460 Electric & Magnetic Fields Student-conducted individual research project. Development of the nature and mathematical 1-3 hours. Brosing, Fehrs, Griffith, Hall. description of electric and magnetic fields in free space and material media, including: ASTRONOMY Maxwell’s equations, electrostatics, Sci 170 Astronomy magnetostatics, dielectrics, and solutions of A survey of astronomy, including the solar Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations. Prerequi- system, stars and stellar evolution, galaxies, site: Phy 322 or Phy 332, Math 228. 4 hours. cosmology, astronomical instruments, and Griffith, Wiener. Alternate years. 2002-2003. space science. Evening observing sessions. 3 hours. Hall. Phy 480 Physics Capstone Seminar I The physics seminar portion of Phy 490. (See description of Phy 490). Co-requisite: Senior standing as a physics major, and research or an internship in physics. 1 hour. Brosing, Fehrs, Griffith, Hall.

Phy 482 Physics Capstone Seminar II The physics seminar portion of Phy 492. (See description of Phy 492). Co-requisite: Senior standing as a physics major, and research or an internship in physics. 1 hour. Brosing, Fehrs, Griffith, Hall.

146 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 POLITICS & GOVERNMENT ■ POLITICS & GOVERNMENT

Russell A. Dondero, Chair, Professor Program Jeffrey G. Seward, Associate Professor The curriculum is focused on a variety of approaches to political analysis, practical Seth Singleton, Professor hands-on experience, and student research. Robert Van Dyk, Associate Professor An internship or study abroad is strongly recommended for all majors as a useful part Politics and government is the process by which of their preparation. The required senior a community decides what common goals it thesis may take a variety of forms ranging from a hands on project based on student wants to achieve, what its rules will be, and how field research to statistical analysis of those policies and rules will be carried out or quantitative data to an abstract theoretical enforced. Nothing is more important to a healthy treatment of a problem in political philosophy. society. We are fascinated by the political The Department’s co-curricular program is process in the United States and in the world highlighted by the annual Tom McCall and concerned about its outcome, and we Forum, an event which brings pairs of welcome all students who share that interest. nationally prominent speakers to Pacific and Oregon. Recent pairings have included Mario While our program provides an excellent Cuomo and Lynn Martin, James Carville and foundation for graduate study in political science, William Safire, Geraldine Ferraro and William Bennett, Robert Bork and Arthur Schlesinger, the primary focus of the Department is on Pat Schroeder and Jeanne Kirkpatrick, and providing skills and habits of mind useful in a wide Ralph Reed and Alan Dershowitz. Students range of professions. Recent graduates of the are intimately involved in this event through Department have found jobs and careers in law, active participation in the Politics and Law politics, business, teaching, journalism, and Forum, which also sponsors debates and other events on campus dealing with government service. The majority of our important local, state, and national issues. graduates continue their education in professional programs in law, business (MBA), international Internships and Study Abroad affairs, education, public administration, and other While it is not an absolute requirement, the fields. Many work directly after college (often as Department strongly encourages all majors staff members for elected officials or government to include in their program a semester-long, agencies) before going on to graduate school. off-campus experience. Over half of our majors find internships, Goals most commonly in the Oregon Legislature or Congressional offices in Washington. The goals of our curriculum emphasize Other possible internship sites include broad knowledge of political phenomena, social service agencies, government practical skills of analysis and communica- agencies, interest groups, law firms, and the tion, and an understanding of theoretical media. Internships for credit involve close approaches to politics. Graduates will collaboration with a faculty advisor and are know how to analyze policy problems limited to one semester. Only six hours of in a clear and logical way; how to make internship credit is directly applicable to oral presentations; how to find informa- the requirements of the major. tion; how to write well in the form of a Pacific offers many study abroad possibili- memorandum, short essay, a research ties in England, France, Germany, China, report, and an academic paper; how to Japan, Ecuador, Mexico, and a number of work in groups; and how to use electronic other countries. These programs are communication. described in detail in the Study Abroad section of the catalog. Students going abroad should include in their plan the

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 147 language, history, culture, and economy of PolS Requirements their area of interest. No more than six PolS 299 Political Analysis ...... 4 hours of academic work taken abroad (nine hours in the case of those studying abroad PolS 309 Classics of Political for an entire academic year) may be directly Philosophy...... 3 applied to the requirements of the major. PolS 401-402 Senior Seminar and Thesis ...6 Junior year is the best time for off-campus 21 Semester hours of PolS electives ...... 21 study. Seniors off campus in the fall These 21 hours must include: semester may omit the fall term senior seminar but during that time must prepare 1. at least one course in American Politics a first draft of their senior project for and Law completion and presentation in the spring. 2. at least one course in Comparative Politics/International Relations at the Portfolio 200 OR 300 level. The Department will keep a file of each 3. at least two other upper-division student to measure benchmarks of PolS courses. academic progress, to include a current Up to six hours of PolS internship credit transcript, the study plan, the second year may be counted toward the major, but seminar research report, internship and these six hours may not be counted study abroad reports, selected course toward any of the specific upper- papers, material related to relevant division requirements listed above. extracurricular activities, and the final draft of the senior project. Students are 43-48 welcome to add other material to their portfolio and should keep their own copy of its contents. MINOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR IN Requirements POLITICS & GOVERNMENT 18 semester hours of PolS electives, at least 12 hours of which must be at the upper- Introductory Courses division level. The department offers three introductory 18 level courses, PolS 101, PolS 140, and PolS 180, described in more detail below. None of these courses are required for the major but any of them may be counted for the COURSE DESCRIPTIONS major. Students interested in the possibil- ity of majoring in politics and government Political and are strongly encouraged to begin with one of these courses. Government (PolS) PolS 101 Power & Community Required Complementary course Work Exploration of such key concepts as power, authority, legitimacy, justice, law, democracy, The following complementary course social welfare, and human rights. Introduction work outside the Department is a to analysis of policy problems. 3 hours. required part of the major. Prospective majors should try to complete these PolS 140 Conflict & Controversy in requirements as early as possible in their American Politics academic program. The most enduring questions about politics are Econ 101 OR 102 (one required, the who, the what, the when, and the how of both recommended) ...... 3-6 politics. This course seeks to answer these questions as they pertain to the American Soc 301 Social Statistics ...... 4 political system. 3 hours. Two semester courses in history approved by the Department...... 6-8

148 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 POLITICS & GOVERNMENT ■

PolS 180 The United States PolS 240 Latin American History in World Affairs A broad survey of political, social, and A first course in international relations, economic history of Latin America from pre- focused on current problems and concerns in Columbian civilizations to the 20th century. United States foreign policy. These include Special emphasis will be given to the complex both “offshore” issues such as human rights ramifications of the interaction of European and peacekeeping and “intermestic” issues conquerors/settlers, African slaves and the such as trade and immigration. The course will indigenous peoples of the region (cross-listed begin with an overview of American foreign in History). Meets cross-cultural requirement. policy traditions and attitudes and of the 20th 3 hours. century background. Students will prepare a case study analysis, a policy and negotiating PolS 299 Political Analysis Seminar proposal, and a response to a crisis scenario. 3 This course introduces students to some of the hours. basic forms of political analysis including scholarly research, policy analysis, and PolS 221 Politics in Literature & Film political strategy. The course is organized as a Exploration of a single major theme of politics seminar in which students will be required to through the medium of literature and film. present their own projects to the class and Possible course themes include Latin American actively participate in class discussion. film, revolution, war, utopia, propaganda, the Required for majors (should be taken sopho- Cold war and American political culture. May more year). Prerequisite: PolS 101 strongly be repeated for credit when topics vary. Winter recommended. 4 hours. III only. 3 hours. PolS 301 Politics & The Media PolS 222 The Civil Rights Movement Examines the impact of the media upon the This course examines the causes, history, and political process; the relationship between the tactics of the struggle to guarantee African- press and politicians; and whether the press is Americans equal treatment under the law in a “neutral” force in American politics. the United States. The primary focus of course Biennially. 4 hours. material is on the political movement for racial equality in the United States from 1954-1968. PolS 302 Parties and Elections Winter III only. 3 hours. The development of political parties and their organization, function and campaign methods. PolS 223 Women in Politics Analysis of interest groups and their effect on This course surveys historical perspectives and government and political parties. Public opinion contemporary realities about the role of women and propaganda. Involvement in a political in political life. Major topics covered include campaign encouraged. Biennially. 3 hours. the treatment of women in the classic texts of political philosophy and feminist reactions to PolS 303 Congressional Politics that tradition, a survey of historical and Course focuses on the organizational dynamics contemporary women’s political movements of the Congress as the primary legislative body and political participation in the United States in our national government. The external and a comparative view of women’s political environment will also be examined to under- participation in non-US settings (cross-listed stand how the lobby, the media, the other in Feminist Studies). 3 hours. branches of government influence the legislative agenda. Biennially. 3 hours. PolS 224 Environmental Politics This course introduces students to environ- PolS 304 Grassroots Politics mental disputes and the forces that affect Course examines how citizens and interest environmental policy. Topics include the groups shape “grassroots” politics, i.e., state history and evolution of environmentalism and and local government in the United States. environmental policy and an extensive case 3 hours. study of a local environmental issue. Students will attend the Environmental Law Conference PolS 305 The Presidency in Eugene in March, and they will go on An examination of the evolution of the several shorter field trips. 3 hours. American presidency as the dominant office within our political system. Biennially. 3 hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 149 PolS 309 Classics of Political PolS 325 Constitutional Law Philosophy: From Plato An introduction to the judicial process, legal to Postmodernism reasoning and interpretation of the Constitu- Examines the evolution of ancient, modern and tion through analysis of court cases. Subjects contemporary political thought from the include federalism, property, race, gender, and ancient Greeks to the 20th century. Major privacy. Biennially. 4 hours. political theorists who may be studied include: Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, Machiavelli PolS 326 Civil Liberties Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hegel, Mills, Marx, This course examines the development of civil Arendt, Rawls, Nozick as well as feminist and liberties in the United States by focusing on postmodernist critics of traditional political the role of the Supreme Court. Subjects include thought. Required for majors. 3 hours. freedom of speech, freedom of press, freedom of religion, and the rights of the accused. PolS 310 Markets, Politics, & Justice Biennially. 4 hours. An examination of political economy ( the interaction of politics and economics) with PolS 332 Contemporary respect to topics such as macroeconomic policy- Latin America making, industrial policy, income distribution, An introduction to the politics of the region development strategies, and the welfare state with a brief survey of history, race relations plus the political dimensions of economic and political economy of Latin America ideologies including classical liberal, Marxist, followed by an analysis of selected individual and social democratic perspectives. Prerequi- countries including Brazil, Mexico, Cuba and site: Economics 101 or 102 strongly recom- others. Meets cross-cultural requirement. mended. 3 hours. 3 hours.

PolS 320 Law & Society PolS 334 Twentieth Century Russia An introduction to the role of law in structur- The Russian background and 19th century ing social relations. The course examines the development; the Bolshevik revolution; Soviet various ways we encounter the law as it is Communism under Lenin, Stalin, Khruschev, made by legislatures, as it is made by judges, and Brezhnev; Gorbachev’s reforms and the and as it is practically applied. The course collapse of Soviet state; nationalism and the requires an extensive case study of the law as new countries of the former USSR; Yeltsin’s written and applied in a business or political Russia of the 1990’s; current problems and organization. Biennially. 3 credits. prospects (crosslisted as HIST 334). 4 hours.

PolS 321 Protest, Dissent, PolS 336 Contemporary Europe & Social Change This course is a survey of contemporary This course examines the causes and history of political, economic, and (to a lesser extent) widespread movements that use protest to social institutions and issues in contemporary promote political change. Topics include Europe with a focus on the major countries of theories of social movements and case studies Western Europe and the pan-European process that may include the labor movement, the civil of economic and political integration. Topics rights movement, the women’s movement, the may include the crisis of European political environmental movement, and the recent rise parties, problems associated with economic of conservative Christian activism. 3 hours. and political integration, resurgent national- ism and ethnic conflicts within and across PolS 323 Management & Policy national boundaries, the problem of “Euro- How organizations function, and how they are pean” identity, the New Right, the political managed and led, applied to government and role of women. nonprofit agencies. Policy analysis, decision- making, and policy effectiveness. Students will write a case study analyzing an organization or decision, based on field research. Prerequi- site: upper-division standing. 4 hours.

150 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 POLITICS & GOVERNMENT ■

PolS 340 International Relations Nationalism and cultural identity; the international system and world organization; problems of conflict and war; issues of human rights and democracy; economic globalization and development; and security issues such as the spread of weapons of mass destruction. Prerequisite: upper-division standing. 4 hours.

PolS 344 East Asia in World Affairs Focus on China, Japan, Korea, and Vietnam. The cultural, political, and economic interac- tion of theses countries with each other and with the West; political systems and economic development; globalization and reactions to it; power relations, internal and external conflicts, and the future of East Asia in World affairs. 3 hours.

PolS 350 Special Topics in Political Science Courses of varying formats on specific topics not included in the regular curriculum. Recent examples include Conservative Political Thought, Contemporary Mexico, and Salmon Crisis. May be repeated for credit when the topics vary. 3 hours.

Pols 370 School & Society Explores the relationship between schools and society. The readings, discussion, and reflections are designed to help aspiring teachers develop an understanding of the philosophical, historical, socio-cultural, and legal foundations of education. 2 hours.

PolS 399 Independent Study Student-conducted individual research/ theoretical project. Faculty supervised. 1-3 hours.

PolS 401-402 Senior Seminar & Thesis In the first semester, students will define their research project, gather necessary information, and write the first draft of their thesis. The seminar will also meet weekly or bi-weekly to discuss selected readings in political issues and ideas. In the second semester, along with further group meetings and discussions, students will revise and complete their project and formally present it to the seminar. Both semesters required of all majors in their final year. Prerequisite: PolS 299 and two 300-level PolS classes.3 hours each semester.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 151 PRE-MEDICAL STUDIES

See Dr. Lisa Sardinia Required courses: Because of the sequential nature of many of Biol 202: General Biology I the required courses, students who are Biol 204: General Biology II considering medical school should seek out the Chem 220: General Chemistry I advice of Dr. Lisa Sardinia, Biology during their Chem 230: General Chemistry II first year. Chem 310/311: Organic Chemistry I All medical schools require introductory Chem 320/321: Organic Chemistry II courses in Biology, Chemistry, English, Engw 201: Expository Writing Mathematics and Physics, as well as a year of Math 226: Calculus I Organic Chemistry. However, students may Physics 202: Introductory Physics I enter medical school with any major. A list of OR courses that will satisfy the admission Physics 232: General Physics I requirements of nearly all medical schools is Physics 204: Introductory Physics II given below. Students should consult the Guide OR to Medical Schools published by the American Physics 242: General Physics II Association of Medical Colleges about specific requirements for schools in which they are Strongly recommended courses: interested. Biol 320: Cell Biology For those students who wish to enter medical Biol 330: Genetics school in the year following graduation from Biol 400: Molecular Biology Pacific, it is necessary to complete all of the Biol 470: Animal Physiology listed courses by the end of the junior year to Chem 380: Biochemistry ensure adequate background for the MCAT CS 130: Introduction to exam required for application to all U.S. Software Tools medical schools. Note that the Biological Math 207: General Elementary Statistics Sciences portion of the MCAT includes significant amounts of material that are not covered in introductory Biology courses. Pre- medical students are encouraged to take additional Biology courses, particularly courses in cell and molecular biology and physiology. Applications to take the MCAT and applications for medical school (through AMCAS) are available on the Web or through the Career Development Center. Most medical schools require evidence of clinical experience prior to applying to medical school. Pre-medical students should begin obtaining clinical experience during their first year. The Career Development Center can assist students in finding an internship or field experience in the medical field.

152 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 PRE-MED • PSYCHOLOGY ■ PSYCHOLOGY

Todd Schultz, Chair, Associate Professor Goals of the Major Mark Bodamer, Assistant Professor The goals of the Psychology Department are to: Alyson Burns-Glover, Associate Professor • introduce students to methods of Linda Gallahan, Associate Professor critical analysis that will allow them to interpret and evaluate research and Psychology can be defined as the empirical theory; analysis of mind and behavior. The department • expose students to a broad selection of members believe that reliable knowledge of courses that typify the breadth of the psychological processes represents a necessary discipline and the expertise of depart- condition for meaningful action in the world. mental faculty; History, culture, economics, international affairs, • instill in students cooperative learning health and biological sciences – virtually any field strategies that will enable them to participate effectively in group projects; of study profits from attention to psychological • perfect students’ abilities to write variables. Psychology is a versatile, inherently clearly, succinctly and with authority, interdisciplinary, and multi-methodological and to orally present theory and data in enterprise. We concur with William James, who a research forum; wrote: “The union of the mathematician with the • and guide students’ career choices by poet, fervor with measure, passion with providing them with information on correctness; that surely is the ideal.” opportunities in basic and applied Psychology, as well as allied health and Our faculty teach a range of courses representing service professions. the discipline’s major subject areas: Social, Developmental, Biocognitive, and Personality/ Clinical. Psychology classes stress the MAJOR IN PSYCHOLOGY importance of data analysis, but at the same time The Psychology major must complete the encourage students to keep theoretical, “Big following required courses with a grade of Picture” issues in mind. Because we support the “C” or better and maintain a 2.0 grade point average for Psychology electives: traditional aims of liberal arts education, we help students learn how to think clearly and critically, Requirements challenge orthodox assumptions, organize and Psy 150 Introduction to present complicated information, make use of Psychology...... 3 both qualitative and quantitative methods, write Psy 248 Mind, Theory & Method....3 well, and develop a commitment to ideals of Psy 348 Experimental Psychology..3 scholarship and lifelong learning. Psy 349 Experimental Psychology Lab ...... 1 Initial requirements for the major in Psychology Psy 350 Behavioral Statistics ...... 3 include Introduction to Psychology; Mind, Theory Psy 390 Junior Seminar ...... 3 & Method; Experimental Psychology; and Psy 490 Senior Thesis Preparation..2 Behavioral Statistics. Students then choose from a menu of elective courses, some focused on Psy 495 Senior Thesis Project ...... 2 basic processes, some strictly theoretical, and 20 some applied. The major concludes with a required Senior Capstone project in which students reflect over the field, consolidate knowledge from previous classes, and form and test hypotheses of their own.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 153 Plus required electives: Students interested in the Psychology Courses that reflect the study minor should consult with a faculty of mind, body, & behavior member of the department prior to over time: Psy 180, 318, or 340 ...... 3 choosing electives. in diverse contexts: Courses from other departments approved Psy 160, 213, 260, 308, or 408...... 3 for elective credits in Psychology: Courses that explore the human psyche: Bio 330 Genetics...... 3 Psy 208, 309, 311 or 444 Phil 103 Critical Thinking...... 3 (or Phil 314)...... 3 Phil 310 Philosophy of Science ...... 3 the function of brain/body: Phil 314 Philosophy of Mind...... 3 Psy 315, 321, OR 352...... 3 Soc 317 Gender & Sexuality ...... 3 Theory/praxis relations in applied settings: Psy 341, 395, OR 475 (or theory/praxis courses from COURSE DESCRIPTIONS other departments, by approval)...... 1-4

13-16 Psychology (Psy) Plus general electives: Psy 150 Introduction to Psychology This course provides an overview of psychol- Any two Psychology, or approved, ogy including psychobiology, learning, electives (One must be at the memory, perception, motivation, development, 400 level and have a Psy prefix) ...... 6 social, behavioral/emotional problems and treatments. 3 hours. 39-42 Psy 160 Culture & Behavior The requirements listed above are for the This course provides a cross-cultural review of Bachelor of Arts Degree with a major in general principles of human psychology. Psychology. Students pursuing a Bachelor Emphasis is on the organizing syndromes of of Science degree with a major in Psychol- particular cultures and how these world views ogy must also complete the following affect an individual’s emotions, cognitions and requirements. behaviors. Fills cross-cultural core require- ment. 3 hours. Burns-Glover. Additional courses: Two additional science Psy 180 Lifespan Human laboratory courses ...... 8 Development A survey of human development and develop- 47-50 mental theories from conception until death focusing on physical, cognitive, and social MINOR IN PSYCHOLOGY changes that occur across the lifespan. Recommended for non-majors. 3 hours. The Psychology minor must complete the Gallahan. following required courses with a grade of “C” or better and maintain a 2.0 grade Psy 208 Addictions & Society point average for Psychology electives. This course takes a transhistorical, interdisci- plinary approach to the question of alcohol, Requirements substance abuse and the social costs of Psy 150 Introduction to addiction and use. We will address the human Psychology...... 3 motive to alter consciousness using classic and modern research in the physiology of addiction; Psy 248 Mind, Theory & Method....3 sociocultural risk factors and changing Plus five electives...... 15 cultural representations of drug use. (Two must have a Psy prefix. Two must be 4 hours. Burns-Glover. (Same as PACS 208.) upper-division courses.)

21

154 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 PSYCHOLOGY ■

Psy 210 Current Issues in Psy 248 Mind, Theory and Method Psychology This course will present the historical dialectic A seminar-style course on subjects of special between rationalism [theory] and empiricism interest and current importance within the [data] within the discipline. We will focus our field, such as The Nature of Self-Concept, attention on the current rise of neuroscience, Life-Story Models of Identity, Intelligence, behavioral genetics and the return to mind in Evolutionary Psychology, or Buddhism, psychological research. Students will learn the Psychology, and the Mind. Precise topic varies current status of several controversial from semester to semester. May be repeated for dichotomies: Mind-body dualism, Nativism- credit as topic varies. 3 hours. Environmentalism, Essentialism-Operational- ism, etc., and the role that social values play in Psy 213 Psychology of Altruism the creation, testing, and interpretation of & Aggression scientific theories. 3 hours. Historical and modern review of the human and non-human primate behaviors related to Psy 260 Psychology of Women altruism, empathy, violence, competition and A survey of the physiological, emotional, and aggression from a social, biological, cognitive aspects of the female experience. This interspecies and cross-cultural perspective. course examines both the similarities and 3 hours. Burns-Glover. (Same as PACS 213.) differences between men and women, with emphasis on experiences which are unique to Psy 215 Memory & Mind women. Cultural expectations are examined, The study of human memory which focuses on particularly those which either overemphasize how memory and other mental functions work, sex differences or underestimate their psycho- how they fail, and why we think the ways that logical and sociocultural value. Prerequisite: we do. This course samples across a range of Psy 150 or FS 201 or permission of the human thought processes, including memory, instructor. 3 hours. Staff. reasoning, language, and problem solving. 3 hours. Bodamer. Psy 280 Children in Time & Place This course examines human cognitive, social, Psy 220 Community Psychology personality and physical development from The study of how psychology can be applied to conception through adolescence across cultures social services such as community mental with an emphasis on cross-cultural compari- health centers to effect social change. Emphasis sons and universals. Meets cross-cultural core- is on planning, prevention, early intervention, requirement. 3 hours. Gallahan. research and evaluation as well as how to strengthen existing social support networks Psy 308 Social Psychology and create new ones. Empowerment and A consideration of humans as social beings- primary prevention will be focus of attention. how they affect and are affected by others. Prerequisite: Psy 150 or Soc 101 or Soc 102. Topics included are: perception of persons, 3 hours. affiliation, communication and attitude change, group processes, leadership, intergroup Psy 225 Human Learning tension, cultural syndromes, and social roles. & Motivation Prerequisite: Psy 150 and upper-division Course investigates principles of learning and standing. 3 hours. Burns-Glover. motivation among humans and other animals. Class will explore applications of these Psy 309 Personality Psychology principles in education and society at large. Students study the grand theories of personality 3 hours. Bodamer. through detailed examination of original writings by Freud, Skinner, R.D. Laing, and Maslow, Psy 226 History & Systems among others. We explore the assumptions, logic, of Psychology and ramifications of psychological theory, and its An inquiry into the foundations of modern place in modern experimental psychology. Some psychology. The intellectual heritage of the critique of psychology as a discipline is included. discipline within philosophy and the natural Prerequisite: Psy 150 and upper-division sciences will be examined and critiqued. We standing (or permission of the instructor). will consider major theories, emerging research 3 hours. Schultz. directions and controversies within the sub disciplines of psychology. 3 hours.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 155 Psy 311 Abnormal Psychology Psy 348 Experimental Psychology Students critically explore major categories of This course examines the principles of research disorder, with special emphasis on dissociative design, methodology, and analysis, and their identity disorder, depression, schizophrenia, application to a wide range of substantive areas and borderline personality. Questions are in psychology. The use of a wide variety of raised about the use of psychiatric drugs, and social research strategies will be addressed. attention is paid to the history of insanity. Prerequisite: Psy 150 and upper-division Includes both textbook and original readings. standing (or permission of the instructor) Prerequisite: Psy 150 and upper-division “C“ or better in Psy 150. Must be taken in standing (or permission of the instructor). Junior year. Co-requisite: Psy 349. 3 hours. 3 hours. Schultz. Fall Only. Bodamer.

Psy 315 Cognitive Neuroscience Psy 349 Experimental Psychology This course examines a range of cognitive Laboratory processes including perception, memory, A laboratory course to be taken concurrently problem solving, imagery, and language. with Psy 348. 1 hour. Co-requisite: Psy 348. A special emphasis will be placed on current Fall only. Bodamer. neuro-scientific investigations into these topics. Prerequisite: Psy 150 and upper- Psy 350 Behavioral Statistics division standing (or permission of the An introduction to experimental design, instructor). Bio 110 or 224 or 240 strongly descriptive and inferential statistics as well as recommended. 3 hours. Bodamer. computer statistical analysis. Math 165 strongly recommended. Prerequisite: Psy 348 Psy 321 Sensation & Perception and Psy 349. Any student substituting Math An in-depth analysis of how organisms 207 for Psy 350 must obtain permission perceive and comprehend their world. The through the Psychology Department and must course explores how receptors, transaction, and take one additional upper-division elective in neural networks shape and constrain our Psychology.“C“ or better in Psy 348. 3 hours. perception of reality. Prerequisite: Psy 150 and Spring only. Bodamer. upper-division standing (or permission of the instructor.). Bio 110 or 224 or 240 strongly Psy 352 Physiological Psychology recommended. 3 hours. Bodamer. An introduction to the basic biological foundations of behavior. This course examines Psy 340 Child Development neuroanatomy and neurophysiology, and An in-depth analysis of child development explores how these principles help explain with a focus on contemporary research from behavior. Bio 110 or 224 or 240 strongly the bio-social-behavioral framework. Students recommended. Prerequisite: Psy 150 and will conduct an in-depth study on a chosen upper-division standing. 3 hours. Bodamer. topic that complements the research project for the Human Development Lab. Prerequisite: Psy 390 Junior Seminar Psy 348 and upper-division standing; Co- An intensive and advanced review of issues requisite Psy341). Recommended for Spring central to the discipline of psychology which semester of Junior year. 3 hours. Gallahan. asks students to reflect critically on, and consolidate knowledge gained in previous Psy 341 Human Development Lab psychology classes. Prerequisite: “C“ or better A laboratory course to be taken concurrently in Psy 348/49, Upper-division standing and with or after Child Development or Applied instructor’s consent. Open to Psychology Human Development. Students will have the majors declaring in Junior Year. Spring only. opportunity to work with/observe individuals 3 hours. of various ages in research and applied settings. Prerequisite: Psy 349 and upper- division standing. Co or prerequisite: Psy 180; or Psy 340. May be repeated for credit. 1 hour. Gallahan.

156 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 PSYCHOLOGY ■

Psy 408 Social Psychology of Psy 444 Psychobiography Intergroup Relations An effort to understand the form and content This course examines the theories and research of artistic work from the vantage point of the in the social psychological study of how group artist’s life history. Previous classes have membership affects individual’s behaviors focused on Sylvia Plath, Picasso, Oscar Wilde, special attention will be paid to studies of Jackson Pollack, Vladimir Nabokov, Roald international conflict, race and gender Dahl, Jack Kerouac, James Agee, and Truman relations. The course is seminar style and will Capote, among others. Significant use is made include survey research and class demonstra- of psychological theory as a means of tracing tions. Prerequisite: “C“ or better in Psy 308 meaningful connections between the life and and upper-division standing (or permission of creative products. Prerequisite: Psy 150 and the instructor). 3 hours. Meets cross-cultural upper-division standing (or permission of the core requirement. Burns-Glover. instructor). 3 hours. Schultz.

Psy 420 Special Topics in Psy 490 Senior Thesis Preparation Psychology An intensive writing and research preparation Seminar course focusing on topics of special course to be taken following the Junior interest to students and faculty, such as Seminar course, this course emphasizes the Adolescence, Aging, Women and Violence, selection of an area of interest from which to Personality, Self-Concept, and Intelligence. develop an independent research project. Prerequisite: Psy 150 and Junior standing and Students will formulate, draft, and submit permission of the instructor. May be repeated a Senior Thesis Research Proposal which for credit as topic varies.3 hours. will then be used to carry out a Senior Research Project in the spring. Prerequisite: Psy 425 Basic Clinical Techniques “C“ or better in Psy 350 and 390 and This class introduces students to various permission of instructor. 2 hours. Fall only. theories of psychotherapy through the use of original writings by the theorists themselves. Psy 495 Senior Thesis A disorder-based approach is taken, and Research Project students learn specific techniques for specific Students will execute the research projects they types of clients and situations. Some self- designed during the fall semester and do public analysis takes place as a way of exploring presentations of their completed projects. principles of interpretation. Prerequisite: Course includes both independent research and Psy 311 (or permission of the instructor). lecture components. Senior psychology majors 3 hours. Schultz. who are required to complete a thesis project will enroll in this course after successfully Psy 440 Health Psychology & completing the Senior Thesis Preparation Behavioral Medicine course. Prerequisite: “C“ or better in Psy 490 Course focuses on the application of psychologi- and permission of the instructor. 2 hours. cal theories, principles, and techniques to the Spring only. prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of health problems. Topics include the role of behavioral and life style variables in illness, procedures for changing health habits and developing healthy life styles, and the utilization of psychological treatment as an adjunct to the medical treatment of health problems. Prerequisite: Psy 352 and upper-division standing (or permission of the instructor). 3 hours. Staff.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 157 SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY

Vernon L. Bates, Chair, Professor of Sociology Goals for the Majors Cheleen Mahar, Professor Students who successfully complete one of of Anthropology the majors should have the ability to carry out an independent senior research project Sarah R. Phillips, Associate Professor and to present that project in coherent oral of Sociology and written form to be evaluated by peers Byron D. Steiger, Professor of Sociology and by faculty. Students should also have the ability to carry out similar collabora- Christopher Wilkes, Professor of Sociology tive projects. It is presumed that these abilities are a foundation for one’s life and The Department of Sociology and Anthropology career. In order to do this students must offers the following programs: a major in possess the following: Anthropology and Sociology; a major in • an ability to exercise sociological/ Sociology; and an interdisciplinary major in Social anthropological imagination - seeing Work. In addition to the majors, the Department the relationship between individuals offers a minor in Sociology and and historical, cultural,and social forces; in Anthropology. • an ability to see the general in the particular-how one’s particular life The major in Anthropology and Sociology experiences are shaped by the general recognizes that both fields share a common categories into which one happens to philosophical and theoretical history. As well, both fall: class, age, race, ethnicity, gender, share a concern for the social and cultural religion, and subculture; conditions of human life. The fundamental aims of • a fundamental understanding of the the major are to provide students with the important theoretical constructs of analytical perspectives for the systematic each discipline; understanding of human social and cultural • a fundamental understanding of the existence and to prepare students for graduate basic scientific methods of the disci- education and professional employment in which plines, both quantitative and qualitative, and an ability to choose the appropriate cultural diversity and cross-cultural understanding methodologies for one’s work; are essential. • an ability to understand and use data The major in Sociology is designed to provide and statistics. basic knowledge about the development, structure and function of human groups and societies, and relationships among these groups and societies. The program contributes to liberal education, prepares students for graduate training in sociology, and is preparatory for social services and other careers. The interdisciplinary program in Social Work provides general knowledge about human needs and resources and elementary skills in building counseling relationships. The major is intended to either provide sufficient skills to function at an entry-level position, such as Public Assistance Case-worker, or to provide the background necessary for entry into graduate study, which is required for many specific careers.

158 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY ■

MAJOR IN ANTHROPOLOGY MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY The Sociology major must complete the A major in Anthropology and Sociology following core courses with a grade of must complete the following core courses “C-” or better and maintain a 2.0 average in with a grade of “C-” or better and main- the major. These same standards apply to tain a 2.0 average in the major. These the minor in sociology and anthropology. same standards apply to the minor in Anthropology. Requirements Soc 101 Introduction to Sociology ..3 Requirements Soc 102 Social Problems ...... 3 Anth 101 Introduction to Soc 300 Introduction to Social Anthropology...... 3 Research ...... 4 Anth 301 Research Methods in Soc 301 Social Statistics ...... 4 Anthropology, or Soc 414 Sociological Theory ...... 4 Soc. 300 Methods of Social Research...... 4 Soc 494 Senior Research Seminar ...1 Anth 400 Transnationalism in a Soc 495 Independent Research...... 3 Postmodern World ...... 4 Additional courses in sociology Anth 494 Senior Research Seminar ...1 which must include at least one 400 level course ...... 18 Anth 495 Independent Research...... 3 Soc. 414 Sociological Theory ...... 4 Note: Soc 400, 401, 470, 471, and 472 cannot be used for the Sociology major. Three of the following courses in Anthropology: 202, 210, 320, 330, 340 ...... 9-10 40 and three of the following Strongly recommended for a courses in Sociology: sociology major: Hist 101, 102; Phil 101; 308, 366, 325, 412, 413 ...... 9-10 Econ 101, 102.

37 or 38 MINOR IN SOCIOLOGY MINOR IN ANTHROPOLOGY Requirements Requirements Soc 101 Introduction to Sociology ..3 Anth 101 Introduction to Soc 102 Social Problems ...... 3 Anthropology...... 3 Electives ...... 15 Anth 301 Research Methods in Choose five or more 3-hour courses in Anthropology...... 4 sociology (at least four of which must be Electives ...... 9 upper-division.) Choose three courses in Anthropology (at Note: Soc 400, 401, 470, 471 and 472 cannot least two must be upper-division courses.) be used for the Sociology minor. 16 21

Any student interested in a Sociology minor should consult with a faculty member in the Sociology Department before the end of the sophomore year.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 159 MAJOR IN SOCIAL WORK COURSE DESCRIPTIONS The Social Work major must complete the Anthropology (Anth) following core courses with a grade of “C-” or better and maintain a 2.0 average Anth 101 Introduction to in the major. Anthropology The character of culture and the nature of Requirements social behavior as developed through the anthropological study of contemporary peoples. Psy 150 Introduction to 3 hours. Mahar. Annually. Psychology...... 3 Psy 180, Psy 318 or Psy 340 Anth 202 Film, Text and Culture (a Developmental Psychology course) ....3 This course examines the use of film, photogra- phy and text as data collection methods and Psy 311 Abnormal Psychology ...... 3 representations for ethnographic research. Psy 425 Basic Clinic and Methodological and epistemological issues are Counseling Techniques ...... 3 explored in a comparison of ethnographic Either Soc 101 or Soc 102 ...... 3 documentaries. As part of the course require- ment students are expected to complete short Soc 101 Introduction to Sociology observational and photographic projects. Soc 102 Social Problems Prerequisite: Anth 101 or Soc 101 or 102. Soc 299 Field Experience...... 2 3 hours. Mahar. Either Anth 301 or Soc 300...... 4 Anth 210 Mesoamerican Cultures Anth 301 Research Methods in A survey of early Mayan and Aztec societies, Anthropology how they fared under Spanish Colonial rule Soc 300 Intro to Social Research and their contemporary lives. The course Soc 301 Social Statistics ...... 4 focuses upon indigenous peoples, examining their articulation in contemporary states in Soc 400 Micro Social relation to ethnic consciousness and cultural Work Practice ...... 4 processes. Prerequisite: Anth 101 or Soc 101 or Soc 401 Macro Social Work 102 or consent of instructor 3 hours. Mahar. Practice ...... 4 Biennially. Meets cross-cultural requirement. Soc 470 and either Soc 471 or Soc 472: Anth 301 Research Methods in Soc 470 Social Work Anthropology Research Seminar...... 1 Helps students critically evaluate anthropo- Soc 471 Evaluation Research for logical methods and their own fieldwork Social Work ...... 3 strategies. Explores ethnographic fieldwork Soc 472 Social Work and methods through an analysis of the nature Internship...... 4-14 of social practice as it is reflected in the anthropological literature. Ethnographic Two of the following courses ...... 6 methods include participant observation, Soc 304 Criminology survey skills, interviewing skills, careful attention to language and the ethical dimen- Soc 308 Race Relations sions of research. Students have the opportu- Soc 309 Sociology of the Family nity to apply these methods in research projects Soc 311 Delinquency in the local community. Prerequisite: 6 hours Soc 325 Hispanics in the U.S. of Anthropology or Sociology or consent of instructor. 4 hours. Mahar. Biennially. Soc 321 Sociology of the City Soc 317 Gender and Sexuality Soc 366 Deviance

47-57

160 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY ■

Anth 320 South American Anth 495 Independent Research Traditional Societies Student-conducted individual research/ Ethnographic studies of the social, economic and theoretical project. Prerequisite: 20 hours of political forms of small-scale non industrial Anthropology or Sociology including Anth societies. This class looks at a variety of cultural 494. 3 hours. Faculty supervised. systems from the Amazon Basin to the Andes, during historical and contemporary times. Sociology (Soc) Prerequisite: 6 hours of Anthropology or Sociology Soc 101 Introduction to Sociology or consent of instructor. 3 hours. Mahar. Provides an intensive introduction to human Biennially. Meets cross-cultural requirements. behavior in groups including a study of family, education, religion, government, ecology, Anth 330 Gender in Cross-cultural deviancy. Basic concepts and terminology are Perspective emphasized. 3 hours. Staff. This class investigates the notion of gender as it has been constituted in different times and Soc 102 Social Problems places. The course examines theoretical Study of the nature, scope, causes, effects developments in the anthropology of gender alternatives and solutions to the major and explores gender cross-culturally, using problems in society, such as poverty, crime, examples from a wide range of societies, past and health. 3 hours. Staff. and present. Prerequisite: Anth 101 or Soc 101 or 102 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: Soc 299 Field Experience 6 hours of Anthropology or Sociology or A course to introduce the student to social consent of instructor. 3 hours. Mahar. service occupations. Placement is made in Biennially. Meets cross-cultural requirement. agencies such as youth services, counseling, and welfare services. Paper required. Anth 340 Symbolism, Myth and Instructor’s consent required at least two Ritual weeks prior to the beginning of the course. Anthropological approaches to the study of Graded P/N. 2 hours. Course may be repeated myth, ritual and symbols which focus upon once for credit. Staff cultural meaning. Examines the nature of myth and ritual in a variety of cultures. Soc 300 Introduction to Prerequisite: Anth 201 or 202 or Soc 413 or Social Research consent of instructor. 3 hours. Mahar. Analysis and application of the logic and Biennially. Meets cross-cultural requirement. methods of science in sociology is studied. The student learns by doing a research project that Anth 400 Transnationalism in a Post goes through all stages: theory, hypothesis, Modern World operationalization, research design, popula- Ethnographic approaches to the study of an tion/sampling, data collection, and analysis. increasingly mobile and interconnected world. Prerequisite: Soc 101 or 102. 4 hours. Topics include migration, identity, Biennially. Phillips. transnational communities; tourism and cultural self-representation; developments in Soc 301 Social Statistics mass media and communications; and Introductory statistics course for students in consumerism and international markets. the social sciences. The emphasis of the course Prerequisite: 9 hours of Anthropology or will be on understanding how social scientists consent of instructor. 3 hours. Mahar. use numerical data to understand social Biennially. Meets cross-cultural requirements. phenomena, and how to use and interpret statistical measures and techniques commonly Anth 494 Senior Research Seminar reported in the social sciences literature. The focus is to assist students in selecting an Prerequisite: Math 122 or consent of instruc- area of interest from which to draw an tor. 4 hours. Phillips. independent research project, to do an initial literature review, to develop a theoretical framework, and to develop a research method- ology for the senior research project. Prerequi- site: 19 hrs. of Anthropology or Sociology including Anth 301 or Soc 300. 1 hour. Annually in the Fall. Pass/No Pass. Staff

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 161 Soc 304 Criminology Soc 317 Gender and Sexuality An analysis of criminal behavior from theft to An introduction to the theories and methods homicide, and society’s reaction to it. Specific used by sociologists to study masculinity and areas covered include: the defining of criminal femininity, the social and historical construc- behavior, the varieties of crime, the causes of tion of sexuality, love, and romance. Discus- crime, and the criminal justice system from sion includes the sociology of homosexuality, arrest to imprisonment. Prerequisite: Soc 101 bisexuality, and heterosexuality, as well as or 102. 3 hours. Steiger. issues of HIV/AIDS, teen pregnancy, prostitu- tion, pornography, sexual harassment and rape Soc 308 Race Relations in the United States. Prerequisite: Soc 101 or The primary emphasis is on the relationships 102. 3 hours. Biennially. Phillips. between dominant (majority) and subordinate (minority) racial and ethnic groups in the Soc 319 Sociology of Medicine United States. Designed to enable the student The course analyzes the social and demo- to understand the principles and processes graphic variables affecting health, morbidity, which shape the patterns of relations among and mortality rates. It also examines the social racial, ethnic, and other groups in society. roles in illness (e.g., doctor and patient): their Prerequisite: Soc 101 or 102. 3 hours. Bates. definitions and consequences. Attention is given to the study of medical care institutions Soc 309 Sociology of the Family and their systems and structures. The relations The primary emphasis is on the relationship between social policy and health are debated. between the familial institution and the society Prerequisite: Soc 101. 3 hours. Steiger. Biennially. in which it is being studied. Attention is given to trans-historical and cross-cultural data, Soc 321 Sociology of the City social change, definitions of the family, An exploration of the modern United States socialization, courtship, marriage, divorce, sex city. We will use Portland as a “laboratory” roles, sexuality, socio-economic forces, for understanding the evolution of cities, how alternative forms, and the future. Prerequisite: modern cities “work,” the problems and Soc 101 or 102. 3 hours. Bates. successes of urban areas. Prerequisite: Soc 101 or 102. 3 hours. Phillips. Soc 311 Juvenile Delinquency An analysis of the definition of delinquency, its Soc 325 Hispanics in the U.S. history, causes, societal reaction, and treatment A study of the history, literature, culture, and and prevention. Prerequisite: Soc 101 or 102. demographics of Hispanic groups in the U.S. An 3 hours. Phillips. interdisciplinary approach will be taken toward placing in perspective the major political, social, PACS 313 The Sociology of Violence and educational issues facing these groups. (See PACS in section on Special Academic Students will simultaneously be engaged in a programs.) Counts toward the major in field experience in the Hispanic community. Sociology. 3 hours. Bates. Biennially. Prerequisite: Spanish 102. Fulfills cross-cultural requirement. 4 hours. Bates/Phillips Soc 315 Equality and Inequality The course analyzes inequalities of wealth, Soc 366 Deviance power, and prestige in societies. The sources An analysis of definitions of deviance, causes of and consequence of inequality as well as the deviance, and societal reaction to deviance. The moral issues involved are emphasized. relationship between deviant behavior and social Implications for social mobility for the justice will be explored. Topics include drug use, individual or for social groups are analyzed. mental disorder, the sex industry, suicide, Prerequisite: Soc 101 or 102. 3 hours. Steiger. sexual preference, crime and corporate crime. Biennially. Prerequisite: Soc 101 or 102. 3 hours. Bates. Soc 400 Micro Social Work Practice This course focuses on the change process at the three levels of social work practice (individual, family and group). Students will acquire specific skills which will assist them in assessing, contacting, working with and terminating some clients. Prerequisite: Soc 299 and Junior standing. 4 hours. Staff.

162 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY ■

Soc 401 Macro Social Work Practice Soc 414 Sociological Theory This course provides an overview of the major The origin and development of sociology are influences on the service delivery system, analyzed through the examination of major including social work values and ethics. The historical theorists and of contemporary student will trace the evolution of social schools of sociological thought. Prerequisite: welfare and American social policy in a 9 hours of Sociology. Junior standing 4 hours. multicultural context. Macro intervention and Steiger. Biennially. the change process at three levels of social work practice (organizations, community, and state Soc 450 Special Topics in Sociology and federal public policy) will be the focus of Seminar or tutorial course focusing on topics the course. Prerequisite: Soc 299 and Junior of interest to students and faculty. This course standing 4 hours. Staff. may be repeated for credit when topics vary. 3 hours. Prerequisite: Sociology 101 or 102 Soc 407 Collective Behavior and and Junior Standing. Social Movements Description and analysis of human behavior in Soc 470 Social Work collectives. Concentration focuses on the Research Seminar dynamics of rumor, panics, crowds, mass The focus is to assist students in selecting an behavior, mass communication, fashions, fads, area of interest from which to draw an public opinion, and social movements. independent evaluation research project for Prerequisite: 9 hours of Sociology. Junior social work. Students will do an initial standing 4 hours. Bates. Biennially. literature review to develop a theoretical framework and to develop a research methodol- Soc 411 Social Change ogy. This course is to be taken before or Review and critique of theories of social change. concurrently with Soc 471 or Soc 472. Analysis of factors causing change and the Prerequisite: 19 hours in Social Work required mechanisms by which social change comes courses including Soc 300 or Anthro 301 and about. Emphasis is placed on understanding the Soc 301. 1 hour. Staff. 20th century. Prerequisite: 9 hours of Sociology. 3 of the 9 maybe taken in Anthropology. Junior Soc 471 Evaluation Research for standing. 3 hours. Steiger. Biennially. Social Work Social work majors may choose, as one Soc 412 Social Interaction alternative, to engage in an evaluation research A study of the interaction process as the project-evaluating a social service agency central element in human social life, the using social science research methods-to fulfill primary occasion for communication, and the their Social Work major requirements. origin of both social structure and the Prerequisite: 19 hours in Social work required individual human identity. Attention is given courses including Soc 300 or Anthro 301, to symbolic communication, interaction, Soc 301 and Soc 470. 3 hours. Staff. socialization, role theory, self-concept, deviance. Prerequisite: 9 hours of Sociology. Soc 472 Social Work Internship 3 of the 9 may be taken in Anthropology. An internship in a social service agency may Junior standing. 3 hours. Bates. Biennially. be chosen as one alternative to fulfill the requirement for social work majors. Interns Soc 413 Sociology of Religion will be required to meet with the instructor, A sociological analysis of religious belief, with other social work interns, and with those ritual, experience, and organization. Issues to students doing evaluation research, in a be considered include the social origins of seminar setting (Soc 470) to discuss their work religion, its significance as a social force and as in this field placement. Prerequisite: 2.75 a form of social control, and the relation G.P.A., 19 hours in Social Work required between religious institutions and the larger courses including Soc 300 or Anth 301 and society of which they are a part. Prerequisite: Soc 301, and Soc 470. 4-14 hours. Staff. 9 semester hours of Sociology. 3 of the 9 may be taken in Anthropology. Junior Standing. 3 hours. Bates. Biennially.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 163 Soc 494 Senior Research Seminar The focus is to assist students in selecting an THEATRE areas of interest from which to draw an independent research project, to do an initial Edwin S. Collier, Chair, Associate Professor literature review, to develop a theoretical framework, and to develop a research method- Greta Christensen, Costume, Make-up ology for the senior research project. Prerequi- Instructor* site: 19 hrs of Sociology, including Soc 300 David Thorpe, Technical Director* and Soc. 301. 1 hour. Staff. Annually in the Fall. Pass/No Pass. Staff. Joan Gunness, Instructor of Dance* Rebecca Campbell, Instructor of Dance Soc 495 Independent Research Student-conducted individual research/ Barbara Stalick, Instructor of Dance* theoretical project. Prerequisite: 20 hours of Sociology including Soc. 494. 3 hours. Faculty *adjunct faculty supervised. At Pacific, the theatre experience is offered to Special topics in sociology taught all students regardless of background or major. periodically at faculty discretion: As the most collaborative of the arts, theatre Soc 255 Sociology of Humor blends performance with literature, history and Humor and laughter play a part in all the visual arts and provides practical, technical societies. This course examines various theories and organizational training. of humor (including Aristotle, Darwin, and Freud) and analyzes the contributions that the For those interested in professional theatre or sociological perspective can add to our teaching, the curriculum provides a well-rounded understanding of the functions and roles foundation for graduate school or the professional humor plays in society. Prerequisite: Any Soc or Anthro course. 3 hours. Steiger. world. Students in theatre-related fields such as the performance arts of dance and music, or Soc 255 Sociology through literature, television, film, and advertising, may Science Fiction enroll in theatre courses to develop skills which Sociology is concerned with understanding the can best be practiced in theatre productions. Dual culture and organization of societies. Sociology is concerned with norms, roles, values and majors are often advised. institutions (e.g., economics, family, political). At Pacific, students are encouraged to become The course will develop sociological thinking through the analysis of selected science fiction involved. Acting, directing, scenic and costume novels, which have to develop fully realized construction, design, playwriting, lighting and alternative worlds. Prerequisite: Any Soc or makeup are but a few of the variety of activities Anthro course. available. We invite you to participate. Soc 255 The Sociology of HIV/AIDS An examination of the epidemiologic, political, Theatre Department Goals and social history of HIV and AIDS in the Through theatrical production and academic United States. The social construction of AIDS study the Pacific Theater Department strives is studied, as is the social response to AIDS to provide students with: and people living with AIDS. We will examine the ethical issues raised by testing, reporting, and treatment policies. Psy 350, 450 and 1. A broad spectrum of high-quality Psy 490 and permission of the instructor. theatrical production experiences Spring only. Phillips. • Appreciation for the Theatre Arts; plays, dance, and musical theatre. • Human interaction and social issues from historical and foreign cultures. • Dramatic literature: serious drama; historical and social drama; comedy. • Theatrical spectacle.

164 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 THEATRE ■

2. Theatrical production: Arts Electives • Performance: acting; dance musical (6 hours from the following) ...... 6 theatre; improv and public speaking. Art 110, 210, 218, 226, 235, 270 • Production management. MedA Television, film or • Directing and producing. audio production • Design: scenography, costume, Danc 105, 121, 126, 205, 221, 226, audio and lighting. 426 (all 1 hour) • Playwriting. Mus 101-102, 111, 112, 211, 212 3. Real-world work experience for Upper-Division Electives careers after college: (9 additional hours [6 in Theatre] chosen from the following or • Team and small group projects. others with the approval of • Practical problem solving. Theatre Advisor) ...... 9 • Management, budget and project Art 310, 326 organization. MedA 320, 330, 331 Television, film • Personal and group communication. or audio production • Aesthetic decision making Danc 426 • Time and stress management Engl 310, 323, 340 • Publicity and audience development Fren 304 4. Preparation for careers in television, Mus 321-325 film, theatre, advertising, arts manage- Span 304 ment, public relations, etc. Thea 310, 325, 360, 370 5. Preparation for graduate study and or approved individual careers in teaching. Study Topics

MAJOR IN THEATRE 36-39 Requirements Core courses MINOR IN THEATRE Thea 110 Acting I: Fundamentals .....3 Requirements Thea 120 Technical Theatre ...... 3 Thea 110 Acting I...... 3 Thea 150 Theatre Company: Thea 150 Theatre Company: Performance ...... 1 Performance ...... 1 Thea 151 Theatre Company: Technical Thea 151 Theatre Company: and Organizational...... 1 Technical and Thea 215 Intro to Scene Design ...... 3 Organizational (P/N)...... 1 Thea 225 Makeup ...... 1 Thea 120 Technical Theatre ...... 3 Thea 330 Directing I: Thea 330 Directing I: Fundamentals.3 Fundamentals...... 3 Thea 350 Theatre History ...... 3 Thea 350 Theatre History or Electives: Six upper-division hours in Thea 360 Modern Theatre...3 Theatre Arts in consultation with the Thea 495 Thesis (Directing, Theatre Director ...... 6 play writing, choreography, design or performance – 20 Learning Contract required)...... 3-6

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 165 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Thea 215 Intro to Scene Design Introduction to scenic design for the stage, with Thea 101 The Theatre Experience emphasis on concepts of design, script analysis, An introductory course for the curious – those lighting, drawing, mechanical and computer with little or no background in theatre. design and model building. 3 hours. Collier. Students write, rehearse and produce plays in Offered in odd-numbered years or by arrange- class. Attend and critique 4-5 plays during ment in connection with a specific production. term. Not required for theatre majors. 3 hours. Collier. Offered in even numbered years. Thea 225 Makeup The theoretical and practical application of Thea 110 Acting I: Fundamentals makeup to the theatre and media. Students are Basic Method technique and vocabulary. Students expected to purchase their own makeup who hope to act in plays encouraged to take course supplies. 1 hour. Christensen. Offered spring Freshman or Sophomore years. (Advanced semester. beginning acting students are encouraged to enroll in Thea 210) 3 hours. Collier. Thea 270/370 Theatre in London An experiential two-week exploration of Thea 120 Technical Theatre theatre in England, during which students An introductory practicum to technical attend and critique at least 9 professional Theatre: scenic construction, painting, plays, meet with British theatre professionals lighting, costume and audio production. and tour theatre facilities in London and sA minimum of 35 lab hours will include Stratford-upon-Avon. Extra cost for airfare, assignments on construction and running tickets and lodging. (Approximately $1,875. crews for department productions. 3 hours. See schedule for current rate) Offered Winter Christensen/Thorpe. Three. 3 hours. Collier.

Thea 150 Theatre Company Thea 310 Acting III: Style Performance Introduction to style acting through research Active participation in a dramatic production and scene work from classic drama: Greek play, as an actor or performer. 1 hour, Collier. Comedia del’Arte, Elizabethan (Shakespeare) Graded P/NP. Offered each semester. May be 17th century French and Restoration, 19th taken 4 times. Must audition and be cast in a century melodrama. 3 hours. Collier. Offered play to enroll. in even numbered years.

Thea 151 Theatre Company Technical Thea 325 Directing Performers and Organizational for the Camera Active participation in a dramatic production An exploration of the relationship between or project as a production assistant or directors and performers in television and film technician. 1 hour. Thorpe. Offered each production. Rehearsal and production of short semester. May be taken 4 times. dramatic scenes utilizing video tape. Prerequi- site: A basic working knowledge of Method Thea 210 Acting II: Intermediate Acting, television production experience, or Intensive scene work and an introduction to consent of instructor. 3 hours. Collier. Offered classical and style acting, dialect and film in odd-numbered years. acting technique based on fundamentals and vocabulary from Acting I. Advanced begin- ning actors with considerable prior experience and basic understanding of method acting may enroll with instructor’s consent. Prerequisite: Thea 110. 3 hours. Collier. Offered in even numbered years.

166 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 THEATRE ■

Thea 330 Directing DANCE Lecture-laboratory course exploring the director’s art: script analysis, production All dance classes count toward satisfaction design, casting, rehearsal and production. of the arts core requirement for and can Prerequisite: Thea 110 and 220 or consent of be repeated. All are one credit and are instructor. Limited to a small number of graded P/NP. students committed to the demanding task of producing one-act plays during a regular Danc 105 Ballet I academic term. 3 hours. Collier. Offered yearly Classical ballet technique beginning at basic or by arrangement in connection with a level. Graded P/N. May be repeated for credit. specific project. 1 hour. Stalick.

Thea 350 Theatre History Danc 121 Jazz Dance I An exploration of theatre production from Basic Jazz dance for beginners. Graded P/N. Greece to Broadway, including comparisons May be repeated for credit. 1 hour. Campbell. with film and TV drama. Attend and critique Danc 126 Modern Dance I 4-5 plays during term. 3 hours. Collier. Exploration of basic concepts of dance Offered in odd-numbered years. movement – space, time, design, expression – Thea 360 Modern Theatre and appropriate techniques. Graded P/N. May Development of theatre from 1875, to the be repeated for credit. 1 hour. Gunness. present with special emphasis on the influential Danc 205 Intermediate Ballet practitioners and styles of the period. Attend Continuation of ballet technique. Graded P/N. and critique 3-5 plays during the term. 3 hours. May be repeated for credit. 1 hour. Stalick. Collier. Offered in even-numbered years. Danc 221 Jazz Dance II Thea 495 Senior Thesis Continuation of Jazz Dance I. Graded P/N. Intensive practicum arranged with the May be repeated for credit. 1 hour. Campbell. Director of Theatre. 3-6 hours. Most often a directing assignment, but project may be in Danc 226 Modern Dance II any of the following disciplines: Continuation of modern dance technique. • Directing Graded P/N. May be repeated for credit. 1 hour. Gunness. • Playwriting • Performance Danc 426 Advanced Modern Dance • Choreography Continuation of Dance 226. Graded P/N. May be repeated for credit. 1 hour. Gunness. • Design: Costume or Scenic Video Drama

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 167 WORLD LANGUAGES & LITERATURES

Naoya Fujita, Chair, Associate Professor as a primary language. Majors are required to of Japanese complete 12 semester hours in an accredited Sara Bagley, Instructor of Spanish program outside the United States, offered in the Susan U. Cabello, Professor of Spanish language in which the student is specializing. Students may also select a major in Japanese or Nancy Christoph, Associate Professor Spanish or a major in Chinese, French or German of Spanish Studies. Pacific students may apply their financial Mingfen Cui, Instructor of Chinese aid awards to foreign study undertaken through the Lorely French, Professor of German Study Abroad program of the department. (For more information on studying abroad, see the Kazuko Ikeda, Associate Professor of Japanese appropriate section in this catalog.) Elena Rodríguez, Instructor of Spanish All courses in the department are open to non-majors having the appropriate prerequisites. Victor Rodríguez, Associate Professor of Spanish Students are invited to pursue their area of interest within the framework of Sara Steinert Borella, Associate Professor departmental offerings. of French David F. Stout, Associate Professor of For information about language courses, the major, or German, Associate Dean of Arts and Sciences the Study Abroad program, contact Professor Fujita. Sandra García, Instructor of Japanese* Goals for Majors in the Department of * indicates part-time World Languages and Literatures The Department of World Languages and The department seeks to graduate Literatures seeks to provide the general student with majors who: awareness of and sensitivity toward the cultural and • embody the essence of liberal arts linguistic diversity of an increasingly interconnected values; world. For students specializing in language study, • have a high level of proficiency in all the Modern Languages curriculum teaches four skill areas of the language of proficiency in speaking, writing, and comprehending concentration: listening, speaking, reading, and writing; a modern language. Majors spend a semester or a • have participated in at least a semester year in study abroad. The curriculum is designed to of study abroad and are sensitive to ensure mastery of the languages studied through cultural differences; intensive conversational training. • have some knowledge of the major literary and intellectual trends of the The faculty of the Department is diverse and culture of concentration; international. There are nine full-time faculty • are acquainted with the different modes members and three part-time members. Seven of research within their field; languages are represented in the curriculum: • have conducted original research and Chinese, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Latin, written a senior thesis in the language and Spanish. All the members of the faculty carry out of specialization or have completed a research or creative writing projects, publish regularly, capstone project; and participate actively in professional organizations. • are prepared to pursue graduate/ professional studies or immediately The Modern Languages student may concentrate in enter the job market able to seek Chinese, French, German, Japanese, or Spanish employment in a broad spectrum of career possibilities.

168 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 WORLD LANGUAGES & LITERATURES ■

MAJOR IN MODERN LANGUAGES MAJOR IN SPANISH Requirements Requirements Primary Language (Chinese, French, Span 101-102 ...... 6 German, Japanese, Spanish)...... 30 Span 201-202 ...... 6 Lower Division ...... 12 2 classes numbered 300 at Pacific ...... 6 Upper-Division (at Pacific)...... 6 (one of these classes may be waived, if Upper-Division (overseas) ...... 12 student studies abroad for the whole year) Secondary Language(s)...... 12 1 class from the following list: English Literature or Pols 332, Pols 336, Pols/History 240; Linguistics (300 or above)...... 3 Hist 207; Anth 210, Anth 320...... 3 Upper-Division hours 45 earned overseas...... 12-16 *Span/Educ 466 does not count) Students will enter the sequence at a level 2 classes numbered 400 at Pacific ...... 6 appropriate to their previous preparation and may be exempt from up to 12 hours of Span 485 Seminar in Hispanic Studies ....3 lower-division credit. 42-46 International students, who have taken ESL classes at the university level and who Students will enter the sequence at a level want to major in Modern Languages, may appropriate to their previous preparation be exempted from the 12 credits of a and may be exempt from up to 12 hours of secondary foreign language. lower-division credit.

MAJOR IN JAPANESE MAJOR IN CHINESE STUDIES Requirements Rationale: To provide a viable major that emphasizes Chinese language, literature, Japn 101-102...... 6 and culture. Japn 201-202...... 6 Requirements Upper-Division hours earned overseas...... 12-16 Chin 101-102 ...... 6 4 Upper-Division classes at Pacific, Chin 201-202 ...... 6 at lease two of which must be Upper-Division hours numbered 400...... 12 earned overseas in a One course from the following list: Chinese-speaking country...... 12-16 Art 274, Hist 111, Hist 112, Hist 211, 3 upper-division Hist 315, Hum 205, Phil 305, Pols 344 ... 3-4 Chinese courses at Pacific...... 9 3 classes from the following list of related 39-44 classes: (Must include at least 6 credit hours taken at Pacific)...... 9-12 Students will enter the sequence at a level appropriate to their previous preparation Anthropology: and may be exempt from up to 12 hours of Anth 340 Symbolism, Myth lower-division credit. and Ritual...... (3 hours) Art: Art 273 Art and Architecture of China...... 3

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 169 English/International Studies: Art: Engl 33 Introduction to Art 271 History of Western Art II: Linguistics ...... 3 Renaissance through OR Impressionism ...... 3 Engl 343 Studies in Criticism Art 272 History of Western Art III: & Theory ...... 3 Post Impressionism Through 20th Century ...... 3 OR English/International Studies: IS 201 Intercultural Communications...... 3 Engl 332 Introduction to Linguistics...... 3 History: OR Hist 111 Foundations of East Asia....3 Engl 343 Studies in Criticism Hist 112 East Asia...... 3 and Theory...... 3 Hist 212 China Past and OR Present with Film...... 3 IS 201 Intercultural Hist 316 China from Communications...... 3 Mao to Tinanmen...... 3 History: Philosophy: Hist 206 France from Phil 305 Asian Philosophy...... 4 Caesar to Napoleon ...... 3 Check individual departments for Hist 301 The Medieval World: course descriptions and course schedules for 400-1500...... 3 semesters offered. Hist 302 Renaissance, Reformation, Thesis (2 credits/semester) ...... 4 Revolt: 1500-1800 ...... 3 Hist 401 Charlemagne and his Era....3 46-53 Media Arts: MAJOR IN FRENCH STUDIES MedA 401 Film Topics* ...... 3 Philosophy: Rationale: To provide a viable major that Phil 412 Major Philosophers* ...... 4 emphasizes France and the French- speaking world. Phil 420 Seminar in Philosophy* .....4 (*will depend on topic) Requirements Note: Check individual departments for Fren 101-102 ...... 6 course descriptions and course schedules for semesters offered. Fren 201-202 ...... 6 Upper-Division hours earned overseas Thesis (2 credits/semester) ...... 4 in a French-speaking country ...... 12-16 2 French classes 46-53 numbered 300 at Pacific ...... 6 1 French class MAJOR IN GERMAN STUDIES numbered 400 at Pacific ...... 3 Rationale: To provide a viable major 3 classes from the following list that emphasizes Germany and the of related classes: (Must include German-speaking world. at least 6 credit hours taken at Pacific)...... 9-12 Requirements Anthropology: Ger 101-102 ...... 6 Anth 340 Symbolism, Myth and Ritual...... 3 Ger 201-202 ...... 6 Anth 400 Transnationalism in a Upper-Division hours Postmodern World ...... 3 earned overseas in a German-speaking country ...... 12-16

170 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 WORLD LANGUAGES & LITERATURES ■

2 German classes Requirements numbered 300 at Pacific ...... 6 Chinese: 1 German class Chin 101-102 Introduction to numbered 400 at Pacific ...... 3 Chinese Language 3 classes from the following list and Culture ...... 6 of related classes: ...... 9-12 Chin 201-202 Intermediate Chinese....6 (Must include at least 6 credit hours Upper-Division work in Chinese ...... 6 taken at Pacific) English/International Studies: 18 Engl 332 Introduction to Linguistics ...3 French: OR Engl 343 Studies in Criticism Fren 101-102 Introduction to French and Theory...... 3 Language and Culture ...6 IS 201 Intercultural Fren 201-202 Intermediate French ...... 6 Communications...... 3 Upper-Division work in French ...... 6 Engl 220 Literature and Human Concerns: The 18 Holocaust History: Hist 232 The Holocaust ...... 3 German: Hist 301 The Medieval World: Ger 101-102 Introduction to German 400-1500...... 3 Language and Culture..6 Hist 302 Renaissance, Reformation, Ger 201-202 German Conversation Revolt: 1500-1800 ...... 3 and Grammar Review....6 Hist 401 Charlemagne and his Era ..3 Upper-Division work in German ...... 6 Hist 430 Adolf Hitler and the Question of Germany...... 3 18 Media Arts: Japanese: MedA 401 Film Topics* ...... 3 Japn 101-102 Introduction to Music: Japanese Language Mus 322 Music History: 1585-1809 ....3 and Culture ...... 6 Mus 323 Music History: 1809-1918 ....3 Japn 201-202 Intermediate Japanese....6 Philosophy: Upper-Division work in Japanese ...... 6 Phil 403 Twentieth Century Philosophy 18 Phil 412 Major Philosophers* ...... 4 Spanish: Phil 420 Seminar in Philosophy* .....4 Span 101-102 Introduction to (*will depend on topic) Spanish Language and Culture ...... 6 Note: Check individual departments for course descriptions, prerequisites, and course Span 201-202 Intermediate Spanish ....6 schedules for semesters offered. Upper-Division work in Spanish ...... 6 Thesis (2 credits/semester) ...... 4 18

46-53 Students who enter with previous foreign language training may be exempt from a maximum of 6 hours of the minor MINORS IN MODERN LANGUAGES requirement. Students entering the sequence at the 301 level will complete Students interested in a minor are urged to consult with the professor of the language a minimum of 12 hours selected from they wish to pursue. upper-division offerings.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 171 MINOR IN SPANISH FOR WORLD LANGUAGES ELEMENTARY TEACHERS & LITERATURES Proficiency level of Chinese (Chin) Spanish 202 required ...... 6 Chin 101-102 Introduction to Chinese Span/Ed 465 Spanish in the Language and Culture Elementary School...... 4 The beginning course is intended to give Span/Ed 466 Mexico: A Cultural Mosaic 4 training in the basic listening and reading of Hum 306 OR 325 (Latino Fiction or Chinese (Mandarin). Introduction of Chinese Hispanic in U.S.) ...... 3/4 characters and presentation of the cultural Span/Ed Practicum in Tapalpa, Mexico ....3 behaviors that influence language usage. 3 hours each semester. Cui.

20-21 Chin 201-202 Intermediate Chinese The intermediate course is intended for 5th year/MAT students can student teach in expansion of conversational skills, reading Mexico for 3 of their 18 weeks in the schools. practice, and grammatical constructions. (The above Spanish courses may not Development of writing skills. Emphasis on replace Spanish 401, 402, 411, 412 in the effective spoken communication and reading Spanish major.) practice. Prerequisite: Chin 102 or equivalent proficiency. 3 hours each semester. Cui.. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Chin 301 Communicating in Chinese Teaching Languages Development of communicative competence in Chinese with emphasis on conversational skill. World Languages (WorL) Application of cultural awareness in various WorL 301-302 Mentoring in communication situations. Prerequisite: Language Teaching Chinese 202 or equivalent proficiency. Taught Each student serves as a mentor in one section of in Chinese. 3 hours. Cui. a beginning language class (101 and 102 classes in Chinese, French, German, Japanese, Latin, and Chin 305 Chinese Reading Spanish). Mentors attend all three of the regular and Writing sessions of the class, which will be taught by the Study of Chinese writing and the enhancement of professor. Mentors are responsible for facilitating reading skills. Acquisition of more vocabulary to the activities for the fourth hour. They do not facilitate Chinese reading and writing. Cultural participate in the evaluation of students, except and social influences on expressions and styles will to take attendance during the fourth hour. The be discussed. Taught in Chinese. 3 hours. Cui. mentor meets once a week with the supervising professor in the language to develop activities Chin 401 Selected Chinese that build oral proficiency, grammatical accuracy, Short Stories and cultural understanding of the language. This course will focus on selected topics in Mentors also meet as a group with language contemporary Chinese short stories, which faculty to discuss pedagogical issues associated include such themes as nature and humans, with language instruction. Mentors are selected life and death, love and loyalty, family and by an application process in the spring. Prerequi- friends, and self and public. Students will site: consent of instructor. 3 hours. Graded P/NP. understand Chinese values, beliefs, and norms Fujita, Staff. through extensive analysis of these topics. The course also provides the opportunity to WorL 430 Methods of Teaching enhance Chinese reading skills by studying Foreign Languages various styles of the stories. Taught in Chinese. Theoretical and practical considerations in the Prerequisite: Chinese 301 and 305, or teaching of foreign languages at the elementary equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. Meets and secondary school levels. Required of all Humanities core requirement. Cui. Offered who are working for certification as language alternate years. teachers. Prerequisite: consent of the instruc- tor. 3 hours. Staff. Offered intermittently. (G)

172 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 WORLD LANGUAGES & LITERATURES ■

Chin 485 Seminar in Chinese Studies Fren 304 Twentieth Century An in-depth study of various cultural issues as French Theatre reflected in the literature, history, politics, Analysis of representative plays by French and society, films & television, art & music, and Francophone authors including Jarry, Sartre, sports & leisure of China. Taught in Chinese. Anouilh, Genet, Beckett, Ionesco, Schwarz- 3 hours. May be repeated once for credit when Bart, and others. Introduction of theoretical content varies. Prerequisite: consent of texts relevant to the plays studied. Prerequi- instructor. Cui. Offered alternate years. site: Fren 202 or an equivalent competency. Taught in French. 3 hours. Meets Humanities Chin 494/495Senior Thesis in core requirement. Steinert Borella. Offered Chinese Studies intermittently. (G) This course is designed to assist senior students who are writing a thesis for a major in Chinese Fren 305 French Literature and Studies. Students will receive direction in Culture: 1637 to the present completing their research proposal and help in An introduction to major developments in conducting and writing their senior thesis. French literature and culture including These are student-conducted individual research Classicism, the Enlightenment, Romanticism, theses. Students take 494 and 495 in consecu- Realism, surrealism, and the “nouveau tive semesters. Prerequisite: Senior standing roman”. Prerequisite: French 202 or equiva- and study abroad. 2 hours per semester. Cui. lent. Taught in French. 3 hours. Meets Humanities core requirement. Steinert Borella. French (Fren) Offered intermittently. (G) Fren 101-102 Introduction to French Fren 307 The Contemporary Short Language & Culture Story The beginning course is intended to give Study of significant short stories by major training in the basic patterns and structures writers in the French-speaking world, among of French. Conversation and reading related them Maupassant, Leciezio, Kamanda, Roy, to the cultures of French-speaking areas. and others. Prerequisite: Fren 202 or an Classroom work is supplemented by laboratory equivalent proficiency. Taught in French. experience. 3 hours each semester. Steinert 3 hours. Meets Humanities core requirement. Borella, Ricciardi. Steinert Borella. Offered intermittently. (G) Fren 201-202 Intermediate French Fren 308 Contemporary Issues in Expansion of conversational skills and French Press continuation of reading practice. Use of Reading and discussion of selected articles periodical and literary sources and audio- from French newspapers and magazines. visual aids. Prerequisite: Fren 102 or an Course work would be supplemented by equivalent proficiency. 3 hours each semester. relevant video and audio-visual materials. Steinert Borella. Prerequisite: Fren 202 or equivalent profi- Fren 301 Composition & Conversation ciency. Taught in French. 3 hours. Steinert Practice in conversational idiom through Borella. Offered intermittently. (G) reading and discussion of contemporary short Fren 401 Gender, Culture, and stories, periodical literature and oral inter- Society: Women’s Writing in views. Extensive practice in composition with the Francophone World analysis and correction of students’ errors in Survey of women’s writing in the Francophone the classroom. Taught in French. Prerequisite: world throughout the 20th century. Special Fren 202 or equivalent competency. 3 hours. focus on the novel and the development of Steinert Borella. Offered alternate years. alternative prose forms. Authors from France, Switzerland, Belgium, Quebec, the French Caribbean, Senegal, and Algeria may be included. Taught in French. 3 hours. Meets Humanities and Cross-cultural core require- ment. Steinert Borella. Offered intermittently. (G)

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 173 Fren 485 Seminar in French Studies Ger 302 Contemporary Short Stories A concentrated study of one of the major and Narrations movements in French and Francophone Study of significant short stories by major literature, art, and culture. Topics include: the writers in the post-WWII, German-speaking rise of Classicism, the French Revolution, the world: Ingeborg Bachmann, Peter Bichsel, 19th century French novel, writing and Heinrich Böll, Irmtraud Morgner, Peter resistance: 1848-1968, and literature in French- Schneider, Christa Wolf, and others. Students speaking Switzerland. May be taken more than report on stories or authors not covered in the once for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of the classroom. Prerequisite: Germ 202 or equivalent instructor. Taught in French. proficiency. 3 hours. Meets Literature core 3 hours. Steinert Borella. Offered intermittently. requirement. French. Offered intermittently. (G)

Fren 494/495 Senior Thesis in Ger 303 German Literature and French Studies Culture 1750 to the present This course is designed to assist senior Study of significant developments in literature students who are writing a thesis for a major and culture with focus on the Enlightenment, in French Studies. Students will receive Classicism, Romanticism, Realism, Expression- direction in completing their research proposal ism, the Nazi period, and the post-WW II period, and help in conducting and writing their including the 1990 unification. Prerequisite: senior thesis in French. These are student- Germ202 or equivalent proficiency. Taught in conducted individual research theses. Students German. 3 hours. Meets Literature core take 494 and 495 in consecutive semesters. requirement. French. Offered intermittently. (G) Prerequisite: Senior standing and study abroad. Taught in French. Ger 315 Advanced Grammar and 2 hours per semester. Steinert Borella. Composition Extensive review of advanced grammatical German (Ger) concepts and practice of written idiom through reading, viewing, discussing, and writing Ger 101-102 Introduction to German using short stories, newspapers, films, and Language and Culture magazine articles. Development of vocabulary The beginning course is intended to give and grammatical constructions through training in the basic patterns and structures of composition with analysis and correction of German. Conversation and reading related to students’ errors in class. Prerequisite: Germ the cultures of German-speaking areas. 3 hours 202. or equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. French. each semester. French, Stout. Offered intermittently. (G) Ger 201-202 Intermediate German Ger 400 German Film Designed to prepare students to identify Analysis of significant 20th-century German conversational vocabulary. Expansion of films with concentration on films from the conversational, reading, and comprehension Weimar Republic and on New German Cinema. skills. Review and development of grammatical Study of theoretical and literary texts in relation constructions most commonly used in speaking. to the cultural and political climate. Prerequisite: Use of periodical and literary sources and audio- consent of the instructor. Taught in German. visual materials. Prerequisite: Germ 102 or an 3 hours. French. Offered intermittently. (G) equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. French, Stout. Ger 485 Seminar in German Studies Ger 301 Topics in German Culture An in-depth study of various cultural issues as Extensive practice in composition and reflected in the literature, art, history, and politics conversation. Reading and discussion of of German-speaking countries. Topics include: materials from German newspapers, maga- survey of German literature in historical context; zines, and short story collections. Audio-visual German unification; gender and society; politics materials develop the students’ comprehension and culture. Taught in German. Prerequisite: of the German language, media, society and consent of the instructor. 3 hours. French. culture. Prerequisite: Germ 202 or an Offered intermittently. (G) equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. French. Offered alternate years.

174 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 WORLD LANGUAGES & LITERATURES ■

Ger 494/495 Senior Thesis in Japn 307 Readings in Contemporary German Studies Japanese Writers This course is designed to assist senior Study of short stories and essays written by students who are writing a thesis for a major major writers in Japan. Reading materials are in German Studies. Students will receive utilized for vocabulary expansion, Kanji direction in completing their research proposal recognition and writing in order to achieve better and help in conducting and writing their understanding of the content by grasping senior thesis in German. These are student- cultural meanings. Prerequisite: Japn 202 or conducted individual research theses. Students equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. Meets Literature take 494 and 495 in consecutive semesters. core requirement. Ikeda. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: Senior standing and study abroad. Taught in German. 2 hours per Japn 315 Grammar and Composition semester. French. Extensive review of grammatical concepts and practice of written idiom through Italian (Ital) reading, writing, and discussing short stories, newspapers, films, and magazine articles. Ital 100 Elementary Development of vocabulary and grammatical Conversational Italian constructions through composition with analysis This beginning course is intended to give and correction of students’ errors in class. immersion training in Italian during the Prerequisite: Japn 202 or equivalent proficiency. Winter 3 period. Conversation and reading 3 hours. Fujita. Offered alternate years. related to the cultures of Italian-speaking areas. Classroom work is supplemented by video work Japn 401 Topics in Contemporary and laboratory experience. This course does Literature NOT meet the core requirement. 3 hours. Study of Japanese culture through selected Ricciardi. Offered intermittently. topics in contemporary literature. Topics include various human relationships in Japan, Japanese (Japn) love and death, aesthetic attitudes, attitudes Japn 101-102 Introduction to Japanese toward religion. Extensive analysis of these Language and Culture topics by understanding Japanese cultural Intensive introductory Japanese. Training in values, beliefs, norms and behavioral patterns. the basic patterns and structures of Japanese. Taught in Japanese. Prerequisite: 302. 3 hours. Emphasis on oral and aural skills. Japanese Meets Literature core requirement. Ikeda. writing of Hiragana and Katakana is intro- Offered alternate years. (G) duced from the beginning to ensure the overall development of language skills. Development Japn 402 Selected Issues in the of cultural awareness that influences language Japanese Press usage. 3 hours each semester. Ikeda, Fujita, The course provides the opportunity to Garcia. enhance Japanese reading skills and acquisition of cultural knowledge through newspaper and Japn 201-202 Intermediate Japanese magazine article reading. Supplementary Expansion of conversational skills. Develop- materials are brought in to broaden the ment of reading and writing skills in three students’ understanding of the Japanese different characters in Japanese. Application of language, people, and culture. Prerequisite: cultural awareness in Japanese language Japn 302. Taught in Japanese. 3 hours. Ikeda, learning. Prerequisite: Japn 102 or an Fujita. Offered intermittently. (G) equivalent proficiency. 3 hours each semester. Ikeda, Fujita, Garcia. Japn 415 Structure of Japanese Development of linguistic knowledge about the Japn 301-302 Communicating in Japanese Japanese language. Study of structure of Japanese Development of communicative competence in words and their categorization. Grammatical and Japanese with emphasis on conversational syntactical analysis of Japanese sentences. skills. Reading and writing skills will also be Structural analysis of Japanese paragraphs. This practiced to expand vocabulary and cultural course will be of use to both students of Japanese knowledge. Application of cultural awareness and to those who intend to become teachers of in various communication situations. Japanese. Prerequisite: Japn 301 and 302, or Prerequisite: Japn 202 or equivalent profi- equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. Fujita. Offered ciency. 3 hours. Fujita. intermittently. (G)

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 175 Japn 445 The Sociolinguistics of Span 302 Contemporary Japanese Spanish Novel This course will provide the opportunity to Study of representative 20th century novels study the impact of the Japanese social norm, from both Spain and Latin America. Student and cultural attitudes and values on language reports on works and authors not covered in usage. Attitudes toward standard language the classroom. Prerequisite: Span 202 or an and dialects will be discussed. Variations of equivalent proficiency. Taught in Spanish. styles in spoken and written Japanese will be 3 hours. Meets Literature core requirement. also analyzed. This course will be of use to both Cabello and V. Rodríguez. Offered students of Japanese and to those who intend to intermittently. (G) become teachers of Japanese. Prerequisite: Japn 302, or equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. Span 303 Introduction to Fujita. (G) Hispanic Literatures An introduction to the study of literature in Japn 485 Seminar in Japanese Spanish through the genres from different Studies (G) periods and countries of the Hispanic world. An in-depth study of various cultural issues as Continued practice in composition with in- reflected in the literature, art, history, and class editing. Prerequisite: Span 202 or an politics of Japan. Topics include: survey of equivalent proficiency. Taught in Spanish. Japanese literature in historical context; gender 3 hours. Meets Humanities core requirement. and society; politics and culture. Taught in Christoph. Offered annually. Japanese. Prerequisite: consent of the instruc- tor. 3 hours. May be taken more than once for Span 304 Contemporary Spanish credit. Ikeda, Fujita. (G) Drama Analysis of representative plays of contempo- Spanish (Span) rary dramatists from both Spain and Latin America: Sastre, Mihura, Arrabal, Usigli, Span 101-102 Introduction to Spanish Wolf, Carballido, and others. Students report Language and Culture on plays and authors not covered in class. The beginning course is intended to give Prerequisite: Span 202 or equivalent profi- training in the basic patterns and structures ciency. Taught in Spanish. 3 hours. Meets of Spanish. Conversation and reading related Literature core requirement. Christoph. to the cultures of Spanish-speaking areas. Offered intermittently. (G) Classroom work is supplemented by laboratory practice. 3 hours. Bagley, Christoph, Span 305 Contemporary E. Rodriquez and V. Rodriquez. Spanish Poetry Analysis of representative poems of the major Span 201-202 Intermediate Spanish contemporary poets of Spain and Latin Expansion of conversational skills and America: Antonio Machado, Garcia Lorca, Juan continuation of reading practice. Use of Ramon Jimenez, Vicente Alexandre, Pablo periodical and literary sources and audio- Neruda, Cesar Vallejo, and others. Student visual aids. Prerequisite: Span 102 or an reports on poems and authors not covered in the equivalent proficiency. 3 hours. Cabello, classroom. Prerequisite: Span 202 or equivalent Christoph, Rodríguez, and staff. proficiency. Taught in Spanish. 3 hours. Meets Span 301 Composition and Literature core requirement. Cabello and Conversation V. Rodriquez. Offered Intermittently. (G) Practice in conversational idiom through Span 308 Contemporary Short Story reading and discussion of contemporary short A study of short stories by major contemporary stories, periodical literature, and oral inter- writers in the Spanish-speaking world: Borges, views. Extensive practice in composition with Cortazar, Rulfo, Onetti, Garcia Marquez, analysis and correction of students’ errors in Concha Lagos, Carmen Conde, Medardo Fraile, the classroom. Prerequisite: Span 202 or and others. Student reports on stories and equivalent proficiency. Taught in Spanish. authors not covered in the classroom. Prerequi- 3 hours. Christoph and V. Rodríguez. Offered site: Span 202 or equivalent proficiency. Taught annually. in Spanish. 3 hours. Meets Literature core requirement. Cabello, V. Rodríguez and Christoph. Offered intermittently. (G)

176 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 WORLD LANGUAGES & LITERATURES ■

Span 315 Advanced Grammar and Span/Ed 466 Mexico: Composition A Cultural Mosaic This course is designed to 'fill in" the Spanish This class will focus on Mexican history, grammar and vocabulary gaps of the advanced/ folklore, culture, music, and visual arts with intermediate student. Course reviews the more the needs of the elementary classroom in mind. difficult grammatical structures in Spanish The class will be taught bilingually and while introducing advanced vocabulary, idioms discuss the historical and cultural basis for and colloquialisms. Emphasizes vocabulary the Mexican aesthetic. In addition, students building, composition skills and comprehen- have opportunities to participate in musical sion of the wide range of Spanish found in experiences and hands-on art projects also literature, journalism, advertising, and suitable for the elementary classroom. As a everyday speech. Taught in Spanish. Prerequi- culminating event, the students will design site: Span 202. 3 hours. Christoph. Offered and implement Festival day that will include intermittently. (G) community participation. Includes an observation component in a bilingual Span 401-402 classroom. Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or Survey of Peninsular equivalent. 4 hours. Does not count towards Spanish Literature Spanish major. Cheyne/ V. Rodríguez. Offered A study of the major works and literary intermittently. (G) movements of Spain. Student reports on authors, genres, or works not covered in the Span/Ed 467 Practicum classroom. Prerequisite: a Spanish course at in Tapalpa, Mexico 300 level or consent of the instructor. Taught Students will complete a teaching practicum in Spanish. 3 hours. Meets Literature core in an elementary/middle school in Tapalpa, requirement. Cabello and Christoph. Offered Mexico. This will also include a weekly alternate years. (G) seminar and weekend cultural excursions and a two day orientation prior to departure. Span 411-412 Prerequisite: Span/Ed 465 Spanish in the Survey of Spanish Elementary School or consent of instructors. American Literature 3 hours. Does not count towards Spanish A study of the major works and literary major. Cabello/ McClain. Offered intermit- movements of Spanish America from the tently. (G) pre-Columbian era through the 20th century. Prerequisite: a Spanish course at 300 level Span 485 Seminar in or consent of the instructor. Taught in Hispanic Studies Spanish. 3 hours. Meets Literature core Detailed study of the works of one or more requirement. V. Rodríguez. Offered alternate contemporary writers or of selected areas of years. Hispanic culture. Students will conduct research and complete a major paper. Taught in Span/Ed 465 Spanish in the Spanish. Prerequisite: completion of study Elementary School abroad or near-native fluency. May be repeated This course is an introduction to the principles once for credit when content varies. 3 hours. of second language acquisition as they apply to Cabello, Christoph, and V. Rodríguez. bilingual education and second-language instruction in elementary school programs. Students will become acquainted with dual language materials, bicultural perspectives, and strategies for the achievement of biliteracy. This class includes the observation component in a bilingual classroom. Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or equivalent. Taught in Spanish and English. 4 hours. Does not count towards Spanish major. Cabello and McClain. Offered intermittently (G)

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 177 Academic Policies & Procedures ACADEMIC POLICY Course Registration ADMINISTRATION Course registration procedures and class schedules are distributed each semester by In the College of Arts and Sciences, the the Registrar’s Office. Continuing students Associate Dean, in cooperation with the may pre-register for classes (see Academic Registrar, handles matters of academic Calendar). The University reserves the rules and regulations. The office of the right to cancel the registration of any Associate Dean is located in Bates House. student who is delinquent in meeting their financial obligation to the University. REGISTRATION POLICIES Registration Requirements Measles Vaccination Policy In keeping with Pacific’s philosophy The State of Oregon requires all full-time regarding the student-advisor relationship, college students born after 1956 to have prior to registration all students are required had two doses of the measles vaccine. to meet with their advisor and together Students who have not satisfied this develop the student’s schedule of classes. requirement by November 1 of Fall semester (March 15 for Spring semester) New students meet with their assigned will not be permitted to pre-register for advisors during the summer; continuing future classes until they are in compliance. students are advised in April for the fall Please direct questions regarding this semester, and in November for the winter matter to the Student Health Center at term and spring semester. An early 503-359-2269. registration occurs at the end of those advising periods in November and April, with students registering in priority Oregon Independent Colleges according to the number of credits earned. Cross-Registration All new students must complete their initial Pacific University participates in the registration no later than the fourth day of Oregon Independent Colleges (OICA) classes (or equivalent) of the semester; Cross-Registration program, in which continuing students may complete initial students enrolled full-time at any OICA registration through the 10th day (or college may take a maximum of one equivalent) of the semester. Students may undergraduate course per term at another add and drop classes through the 10th day OICA campus. No additional tuition will (or equivalent) of the semester. The adding of be charged for the cross-registered course classes is not normally allowed after the 10th by either institution, with the exception of day. Students may withdraw from classes possible overload or special course fees. through the 10th week (or equivalent) of the Students may not cross-register for a semester, with a “W” posted on the student’s course that is offered on their own campus academic record. Please refer to the Schedule unless scheduling conflicts prevent taking of Classes for add/drop equivalents for the course. Registration is permitted on a Winter III and summer terms. “space-available” basis. For more informa- A student is officially registered for classes tion contact the Pacific University only after needed approvals from the Registrar’s Office. advisor and instructors have been filed with the Registrar and classes are entered into the computer registration system.

178 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 POLICIES & PROCEDURES ■

Withdrawals does not apply to the content of speech or written work protected by freedom of Students may drop a class through the expression or academic freedom. Due first ten class days of the semester (first process will be followed and students may three days of a three week term) without appeal such decisions to the appropriate having the class appear on the transcript. committee or administrator. Students may withdraw through the tenth week of the semester (second week of a The Dean of Students, acting on behalf of three week term) and receive a “W” on the the University, may withdraw a student transcript, with no grade penalty. Late from the University if the student has withdrawals are normally not permitted mental or physical health problems that unless approved by the appropriate cause the student to engage in or threaten to Academic Standards committee. engage in behavior which (a) poses a danger of causing physical harm to the It is the responsibility of the student to notify student or to others or (b) directly and the Registrar’s Office and the instructor substantially impedes the activities of other regarding withdrawing from a class, members of the campus community. (The otherwise the student may receive a failing procedure to be followed in these with- grade. Prior to the end of the withdrawal drawals is printed in its entirety in Pacific period instructors may notify the Registrar of Stuff and is in accord with the guidelines of student(s) not attending class, and may the American Psychiatric Association and withdraw them and issue a grade of “W”. If Section 504 of The Rehabilitation Act of a student has pre-registered for a class and 1973.) Re-enrollment will be at the discre- does not attend during the first two weeks tion of the Dean of Students, in consultation (first three days of a three week term), that with appropriate health professionals. student may be dropped from the class (unless prior arrangements have been made). Normal Load, Overloads If a student wishes to withdraw from all classes, an exit interview with the Dean of To be a full-time student, the student must Students is necessary to initiate the formal be registered for at least 12 hours in the withdrawal process. semester. Students who must withdraw for health Students may register up to 18 semester emergencies or other emergency reasons hours with no additional tuition charges. A may be granted an Administrative normal load is 14 or 15 hours. Registration Withdrawal by the Dean of Students (for for more than 18 hours requires the undergraduate students) or by the approval of the advisor and the Dean. appropriate Dean or Program Director (for In the Winter III a normal load is one Professional students). The Dean/Program course or three credit hours. Overloads Director will consult with the course during Winter III are not possible. instructors and may require a statement from a physician or other documentation. Class Standing: Instructors may withdraw a student from a class for misconduct, or for disruptive or • Freshman/0-29 semester hours completed endangering behavior that interferes with • Sophomore/30-59 semester hours completed the faculty member’s obligation to set and • Junior/60-89 semester hours completed meet academic and behavioral standards • Senior/90 + semester hours completed in each class. Misconduct or disruption

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 179 GRADING POLICIES Auditing As an auditor, a student enrolls in, pays for, Grades are recorded by letter, with the and attends classes, but does not necessarily following point values: complete assignments or take examinations. A 4.0...... Excellent No credit is received for an audited course. A- 3.7...... Excellent Students must declare the Audit option B+ 3.3...... Good before the end of the add-drop period. Once B 3.0...... Good you declare the Audit option you may not revert back to the graded option. B- 2.7...... Good C+ 2.3...... Satisfactory Pass/No Pass Option C 2.0...... Satisfactory Students must declare the Pass/No Pass C- 1.7...... Substandard option before the end of the tenth week of D+ 1.3...... Substandard the course, by completing the appropriate D 1.0...... Substandard form in the Registrar’s Office. Once you F 0...... Failure declare the Pass/No Pass option you may P ...... Pass not revert back to the graded option. H ...... Pass-A equivalent In Arts and Sciences, the “P” grade is HP ...... Pass-B equivalent equivalent to a “C” or above. In Arts and Sciences, students may take one course, in L ...... Actual grade will be addition to courses requiring P/N grading, turned in late each semester on a Pass/No Pass basis; N ...... No Pass such courses may not be used to fulfill core I 0.0...... Incomplete requirements, science requirements for the IA 4.0...... Incomplete; B.S. degree, major or minor requirements, contingent grade A or teaching endorsement requirements. IA- 3.7...... Incomplete; contingent grade A- Incompletes IB+ 3.3...... Incomplete; Instructors may issue a grade of Incom- contingent grade B+ plete only when the major portion of a IB 3.0...... Incomplete; course has been completed satisfactorily, contingent grade B but health or other emergency reasons IB- 2.7...... Incomplete; prevent the student from finishing all contingent grade B- requirements in the course. The instructor and the student should agree upon a IC+ 2.3...... Incomplete; timeline for the completion of all work, contingent grade C+ with the following limitations: IC 2.0...... Incomplete; contingent grade C 1. Incompletes given for Fall and or Winter III terms must be completed by IC- 1.7...... Incomplete; the following April 15. contingent grade C- 2. Incompletes given for Spring semester ID+ 1.3...... Incomplete; or Summer session must be completed contingent grade D+ by the following November 15. ID 1.0...... Incomplete; contingent grade D Instructors will issue the grade the student would have earned by not complet- IF 0.0...... Incomplete; ing the course, preceded by an “I”. This contingent grade F grade is determined by including a failing W ...... Withdrawal by Student grade for the missing assignment(s) in the AW ...... Administrative calculation of the final grade. If the agreed Withdrawal upon course work is not completed in the X ...... Continuing Course period allotted and an extension has not (Limited to courses approved by the been granted, the grade issued will become College. The grade of “X” will revert to permanent. The contingency grade will be a “P,” “N,” or letter grade when work used in the computation of the GPA until is completed.) such time as a new grade is recorded.

180 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 POLICIES & PROCEDURES ■

Repeated Courses Transcripts If a course taken at Pacific University is Students may review their academic repeated at Pacific University, in the records online or order a transcript of the College of Arts and Sciences and in Pacific University record in accordance Education, only the higher grade is used with the Family Rights and Privacy Act in computing the grade point average; in guidelines. A signed request for the all other professional programs BOTH transcript must be supplied to the grades are counted in the grade point Registrar’s Office, with a $3 fee assessed for average. each official transcript requested. Faxed If a course taken at Pacific is repeated at copies are available for an additional $3. another institution, the Pacific grade will Unofficial transcripts for presently enrolled still be counted in the GPA. No course students are free, with a limit of two per may be counted more than once towards request, and are to be picked up in person. graduation requirements. Up to one week may be necessary for official transcript requests; two days for Grade Change unofficial requests. If transcripts must be processed within 24 hours, a “rush” fee of Once a grade is submitted to the Registrar $15 is charged. it shall not be changed except in the case of recording errors. Grade changes must be approved by the appropriate Dean or Dean’s List Program Director. In order to make the Dean’s List in the College of Arts and Sciences, a student Retro-Active Credit must achieve a term GPA of 3.70 with 12 or more graded hours. There is a one year time limit for granting retro-active Pacific University institutional credit for which the student did not Transfer Credits and GPA initially register. This course work must be Only grades earned at Pacific are calcu- documented, with the instructor’s lated into the Pacific GPA. Courses taken approval, and completed at Pacific elsewhere, if approved by the Registrar, University. can be used to meet degree requirements, but the grades in transfer courses are not Grade Reports included in the calculation of the GPA. A grade of below “C-” earned at another Grades will be available to students at the institution will not transfer to Pacific end of each grading period. Grades University. Transfer courses used to satisfy normally are available at “Boxer online,” a major or minor requirement may need on Pacific University’s website. According department approval. to the Student Academic Records Policy, parents of students will be mailed grade reports only if the student has provided the Registrar with a signed release.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 181 SATISFACTORY Readmission after Suspension ACADEMIC PROGRESS Suspended students may apply to the Dean’s Office to begin the readmission process one Students will maintain satisfactory year after suspension. Applications will be academic progress with: reviewed by the Standards and Advising 1. a cumulative GPA at Pacific University Committee. Complete applications for of at least 2.0. readmission for fall semester must be received no later than August 1st; complete 2. 12 hours of coursework credited applications for spring semester must be toward graduation in the previous received no later than January 2nd. Com- semester in which they were enrolled pleted applications received after those dates as a full-time student. will be considered for the following semester. 3. a GPA of at least 2.0 in the previous Within the application for readmission semester. students should present evidence of renewed motivation and commitment to academic Warning success such as successful employment or Full-time students who do not meet each study at another college during the interim. of these three standards for the first time With such evidence readmission may be will be placed on Warning. Students on granted, unless the Standards and Advising warning, after meeting with their faculty Committee determines that academic success adviser, may be asked to consult with the at Pacific is still unlikely. Associate Dean, who can help students Students re-admitted after being on suspension get the help they need. will be placed on probation (see above). If a re- The academic progress of students receiving admitted student subsequently does not meet an academic “warning” who have received the academic standards of Pacific University a “warning” for any previous semester at and becomes eligible for suspension, that Pacific University will be reviewed by the student may be dismissed from the University Standards and Advising Committee to by the Standards and Advising Committee. determine if their status should be changed to “probation” or “suspension”. Students encountering academic problems VETERANS’ are reminded that financial aid eligibility EDUCATIONAL BENEFITS also depends on academic achievement. See Financial Aid section in this catalog, The Registrar is the certifying official for and consult the Financial Aid office. all Veterans’ benefits for students. All eligible students are requested to fill out Suspension and Probation necessary application and certification documents prior to the start of classes. Students on Warning who fail to meet one or more of the three standards in any SUMMER SESSIONS subsequent semester may be suspended from the College for one academic year. Each summer, Pacific University offers Students on Warning whose records show three intensive 4-week terms through the significant improvement, or whose circum- Summer Sessions program. A variety of stances are unusual, may be allowed to classes are available which apply to continue on academic probation. Decisions undergraduate degree requirements and on suspension or probation are made by the graduate teacher education programs. Standards and Advising Committee of the Summer Sessions provide an affordable College of Arts and Sciences. option for earning additional credits or Students on academic probation are not in accelerating degree completion. The good academic standing and are ineligible to Summer Sessions catalog is available in participate in University sponsored activities mid-March and may be requested by including intercollegiate athletics, forensics, writing or calling the Registrar’s Office. student media and in other activities as the Dean of Arts and Sciences may direct.

182 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 POLICIES & PROCEDURES ■

OTHER POLICIES & PROCEDURES Independent Study (Learning Contract) Academic Advising To undertake advanced and independent study in subjects not covered by regular Students are assigned a faculty advisor by courses, students may arrange independent the Dean’s Office upon admission to Pacific. study with a professor. An independent Advisors work closely with students to study form, available at the Registrar’s Office, develop a sequence of courses that meets must be submitted to the Dean’s office, individual needs. Experience shows that complete with all approval signatures. successful students are those who have frequent contact with their Faculty Advisors, and students may not register for classes International Baccalaureate Degree until they have consulted with their advisor. Pacific University recognizes the Interna- When students declare a major, during the tional Baccalaureate program as providing sophomore year, they should be working college-level work. Six semester credits will with a Faculty Advisor in their major area. be awarded for each higher examination Problems with advising should be taken to passed with a score of 5 or higher. Course the Dean’s office. credits will be regarded as transfer credit and will be determined by the Registrar in Students who expect to apply to Pacific consultation with the appropriate department programs in Teacher Education, Optometry, chairs. No credit will be awarded for Physical Therapy, Occupational Therapy, or Subsidiary courses. A maximum of 30 credits Professional Psychology must pass specific can be earned. prerequisite courses: see the relevant sections of this catalog. Progress Assessments Students are urged to seek the help of the Admissions Office which maintains informa- At the beginning of a student’s senior year, or tion on prerequisite courses. upon student request, the Registrar’s Office will prepare an academic evaluation showing Advanced Placement progress toward meeting graduation requirements. Students are expected, Credit toward graduation will be given for a however, to know what the requirements are. score of 4 or 5 on the advanced placement test in any field. Credit awarded will be four ROTC credits in mathematics and the natural sciences and three credits in all other subjects. Students attending Pacific University who Actual placement in college courses depends are receiving ROTC funding and wish to on the student’s preparation and is arranged take ROTC coursework may do so at through the relevant department. Portland State University. Pacific will accept up to 14 semester hours of Military Attendance science coursework from PSU, excluding MS 111, 112, 113. Students are responsible for class attendance, Under a cooperative agreement with the participation, and completion of assign- University of Portland, Pacific University ments. The University believes that students students may participate in the Air Force should attend all classes. Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC) Individual faculty members should notify offered on the University of Portland campus. students in their classes of their attendance The purpose of the program, which is policy at the beginning of each semester; administered by the Aerospace Studies students should request a clear statement of faculty, is to select and train students to serve policy. The instructor may lower a student’s as officers in the United States Air Force. grade or may officially withdraw the student AFROTC is available to men and women from the course through the tenth week of the with a minimum of 2 years of college semester for poor attendance or participation. remaining. Scholarships are available on a Students are encouraged to inform their competitive basis for those who qualify. For instructors of unavoidable absence in more information, check out the University of advance. Assignment of make-up work is at Portland web site or contact the Program the discretion of the instructor. Counselor at the University of Portland.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 183 STUDENTS’ RIGHTS UNDER THE 3. The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS contained in the student’s education AND PRIVACY ACT (FERPA) records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without The Family Educational Rights and consent. Privacy Act (FERPA) affords students One exception which permits disclo- certain rights with respect to their education sure without consent is disclosure to records. They are: school officials with legitimate educa- 1. The right to inspect and review the tional interests. A school official is a student’s education records within 45 person employed by Pacific University days of the day Pacific University receives in an administrative, supervisory, a request for access. Students should academic or research, or support staff submit to the Registrar’s Office written position (including law enforcement requests that identify the record(s) they unit personnel and health staff); a wish to inspect. The Registrar will make person or company with whom Pacific arrangements for access and notify the University has contracted (such as an student of the time and place where the attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a records may be inspected. If the records person serving on the Board of are not maintained by the Registrar’s Trustees; or a student serving on an Office, the student shall be advised of the official committee, such as a disciplin- correct official to whom the request ary or grievance committee, or should be addressed. assisting another school official in 2. The right to request the amendment of performing his or her tasks. the student’s education records that the A school official has a legitimate student believes are inaccurate. educational interest if the official needs Students may ask Pacific University to to review an education record in order amend a record that they believe is to fulfill his or her professional inaccurate. They should write the responsibility. Registrar, clearly identify the part of Pacific University may disclose the record they want changed, and education records without consent to specify why it is inaccurate. officials of another school, upon If Pacific University decides not to request, in which a student seeks or amend the record as requested by the intends to enroll. student, the student shall be notified of 4. The right to file a complaint with the the decision and advised as to his or U.S. Department of Education concern- her right to a hearing regarding the ing alleged failures by Pacific Univer- request for amendment. Additional sity to comply with the requirements of information regarding the hearing FERPA. The name and address of the procedures will be provided to the Office that administers FERPA is: student when notified of the right to a hearing. Family Policy Compliance Office U.S. Department of Education 400 Maryland Avenue, SW Washington, DC 20202-4605

184 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 POLICIES & PROCEDURES ■

Directory Information At its discretion Pacific University may provide Directory Information in accor- dance with the provisions of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act. Directory Information is defined as that information which would not generally be considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if disclosed. Designated Directory Information at Pacific University includes the following: student name, permanent address, local address, temporary address, electronic mail address, telephone number, dates of attendance, degrees and awards received, major field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of members of athletic teams, thesis title/topic, photograph, full- time/part-time status, most recent previous school attended, date and place of birth. Students may withhold Directory Informa- tion by notifying the Registrar in writing; please note that such withholding requests are binding for all information to all parties other than for those exceptions allowed under the Act. Students should consider all aspects of a Directory Hold prior to filing such a request.Although the initial request must be filed during the first two weeks of the enrollment period, requests for non-disclosure will be honored by the University for no more than one academic year. Re-authorization to withhold Directory Information must be filed annually in the Registrar’s Office within the first two weeks of the fall semester.

Policy Availability Pacific University policy explains in detail procedures to be used by the institution for compliance with the provisions of FERPA. Copies of the policy are on the Registrar’s Office web site or are available in the Office of the Registrar.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 185 Academic Conduct Policies

CODE OF ACADEMIC CONDUCT behavior, or behavior which is harmful to themselves, other persons or property. Honesty and integrity are expected of all Students have the responsibility to abide by students in class participation, examina- the standards, policies, and regulations of tions, assignments, patient care and other the University. academic work. Students have the obligation to conduct themselves as Policy of Academic Integrity mature and responsible participants in this community. Towards this end, the Pacific University is an academic commu- University has established policies, nity where the pursuit of knowledge, standards and guidelines that collectively understanding, and skills unites us as its define the Student Code of Conduct. The members. This community depends on Student Code of Conduct includes all the integrity of its members to fulfill its policies, standards and guidelines mission, and we all have a clear and included in, but not limited to: vested interest in promoting it. Every one of us has reasons to be concerned about • The University Catalog academically dishonest practices. Among • The University Handbook such reasons are the following: • The student handbook, “Pacific Stuff” 1. Academic integrity is at the core of our • Professional program policy manuals community values. • Residence Hall Handbook and Contracts 2. Academic dishonesty can undermine the value of Pacific diplomas by Statement of Students’ Rights and weakening the reputation of Pacific University, associating it in the public Responsibilities mind with institutions whose students Every student has a right to conditions have little integrity and a poor work favorable to learning. Students have the ethic. right to pursue an education free from 3. Academically dishonest practices are discrimination based on gender, race, corrosive of individual and community ethnicity, religion, marital status, age, integrity. sexual orientation or physical handicap. 4. In the long run they harm the Students at Pacific enjoy the freedoms of perpetrator, who fails to give him/ speech, expression, and association, the herself the opportunity to develop right to privacy, the right to freedom from ideas and skills. harassment, the right to due process in judicial matters, and the right to appeal 5. They are unfair, because they give the judgments and penalties for alleged cheater an advantage over other misconduct. students who are relying on their own work and knowledge. Students have the responsibility to conduct themselves, both individually and in groups, 6. They are unfair because they weaken in a manner which promotes an atmosphere the link between grades and work, conducive to teaching, studying and undermining the immediate incentive learning. Students are expected to uphold of students to put in the hard work academic and personal integrity, to respect necessary to develop skills and the rights of others, to refrain from disrup- knowledge. tive, threatening, intimidating, or harassing

186 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 ACADEMIC CONDUCT POLICIES ■

7. Certain forms of academic dishonesty, Plagiarism because they infringe on copyrights, Plagiarism is the use of someone else’s are illegal. words, ideas, or data as your own without 8. Academic dishonesty is a violation of proper documentation or acknowledg- the Pacific University Code of Academic ment. Quotations must be clearly marked, Conduct and will be punished according and sources of information, ideas, or to university and college policy. opinions of others must be clearly indi- cated in all written work. Plagiarism can Forms of Academic Dishonesty Cheating be unintentional, depending on the nature of the violation; nevertheless, in all cases it Cheating is an attempt to use deception to is and will be treated as a violation. portray one’s knowledge and skills as Behaviors that fall under this category better than they really are. Behaviors that include, but are not limited to: fall under the label of cheating include, but are not limited to: 1. Quoting another person’s actual words, complete sentences or paragraphs, or 1. giving or receiving unauthorized aid in an entire piece of written work without academic work such as the improper acknowledgment of the source. use of books, notes, or other students’ tests or papers. 2. Using another person’s ideas, opinions, or theories, even if they are presented 2. taking a dishonest competitive advan- entirely in your own words, without tage, for instance preventing others proper acknowledgment of the source from obtaining fair and equal access to from which they were taken. information resources. 3. Using facts, statistics, or other material 3. using work done for one course in to support an argument without fulfillment of the requirements of acknowledgment of the source. another, without the approval of the instructors involved. 4. Copying another student’s work. 4. copying from another student’s paper. Fabrication 5. allowing another student to cheat from your test paper. Fabrication is the intentional use of 6. collaborating on projects or exams that invented information, or the use of are clearly meant to be individual falsified results or data with the intent to enterprises. deceive. Behaviors that fall under this category include, but are not limited to: 7. using any unauthorized materials during a test. 1. Citation of information not taken from the source that is cited. 8. taking a test for someone else, or allowing someone else to take a test 2. Listing sources in a bibliography not for you. used in the academic project. 9. stealing another student’s work, 3. Submitting a paper or lab report or any including material in a computer file, other kind of document based on and submitting it as your own. falsified, invented information, or the deliberate concealment or distortion of the true nature of such data. 4. Forging a signature on a University document.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 187 Other Forms of Academic Misconduct In all instances, the violation shall be reported to the appropriate Dean or These address the intentional violation of Director. In most first offenses, no perma- University policies, including but not nent record of the violation will be made. limited to: Should the student not be involved in any 1. tampering with grades or helping subsequent incidents of academic dishon- another to tamper with grades or any esty, then the confidential file will be other part of a student’s academic destroyed upon the student’s graduation. record. Only those faculty members directly 2. furnishing to a University office or involved in the incident and those serving official a document based on informa- on panels that might hear a student’s tion that you know is false or which has appeal will be notified. Serious or second been tampered with in an unauthorized violations will, however, be noted on the fashion. permanent record. 3. stealing, buying, or otherwise obtaining all or part of an unadministered test. Also Procedures the unauthorized (by the instructor) use The faculty members will follow these of a previously administered test. procedures when they believe that an 4. changing a grade in a faculty member’s instance of academic dishonesty has records, on a test, or on other work for occurred. which a grade has been given. 1. Review the evidence to ensure that there 5. using electronic information resources are sufficient grounds to warrant a charge in violation of the “Acceptable Use of academic dishonesty. Faculty involved Policy” (which must be signed before will not consult with colleagues and joining the University’s electronic discuss the details of the incident, but network). instead consult with the Dean’s or Program Directors office to help deter- Sanctions and Procedures for Handling mine what course of action to pursue. Cases of Academic Dishonesty 2. If the faculty member is fairly certain that she or he is dealing with a case of It is Pacific University policy that all acts of academic dishonesty, the faculty academic dishonesty be reported to the member should meet with the student Dean or Director of the applicable College in question as soon as possible. If the or School. student is unable to explain away the faculty member’s suspicions, then the Sanctions faculty member will collect all available The range of possible sanctions that may evidence, keeping the originals and be imposed in instances of academic submitting photocopies to the Dean or dishonesty includes, but is not limited to, Program Director. Consultation with those listed below; it is general policy that the the program head will occur sanctions are imposed that are consistent immediately after having consulted with the severity of the violation. with the student(s) involved. Either the faculty member or the Dean/Program 1. An “F” for the assignment. Director will make a photocopy of the 2. An “F” for the course. work in question available to the 3. In case of violations of the “Acceptable accused student(s) on request. Use Policy,” sanctions range from being 3. When a faculty member believes that a barred from the campus electronic student has violated the academic network to suspension from the honesty code during the final examina- University. tion period and cannot discuss the issue 4. In particularly serious broaches of the with the student in question (because academic honesty code, or in repeat he/she has left campus for the holiday offenses, suspension or dismissal from or summer), the faculty member will the University may be imposed, as well assign the student an “L” grade to as other appropriate sanctions. show that the actual grade will be turned in late.

188 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 CONDUCT POLICIES ■

4. In cases in which the student and the Following the receipt of the appeal, the faculty member come to an agreement Board shall convene to consider the about the violation and its sanction, the appeal. On the basis of the available faculty member may assign the grade evidence, the Board will deny the appeal, agreed upon. In any event, the faculty call for a hearing, or when deemed member will submit a timely, brief, appropriate, return the appeal to the written report of the incident to the original academic standards committee Dean or Program Director. for reconsideration. Decisions of the 5. In cases where mutual agreement University Standards and Appeals between student and faculty member Board are final. has not been reached, the following The Vice President for Academic Affairs procedures shall be followed: shall appoint alternate members in cases a. The faculty member will collect all of conflict of interest or if a regular available evidence and submit member is unavailable. photocopies of it (keeping the originals) to the Dean or Director, Things Students Can Do to Avoid Charges along with a brief written report of of Academic Dishonesty the incident and a recommended sanction. 1. Prepare in advance for examinations and assignments; don’t let yourself get b. The Dean or Director will review the too far behind in your reading and evidence, consult with the studying for any of your courses. student(s), make a determination about whether or not academic 2. Prevent other students from copying dishonesty occurred, and, if so, will your exams or assignments. Try to impose a sanction commensurate choose a seat during an exam away with the nature of the offense. from other students. Shield your exam. Don’t distribute your papers to other c. The student may appeal the decision students prior to turning them in. of the Dean or Director to the committee designated to receive 3. Check with your instructor about such appeals for his or her program. special requirements that might pertain to that particular course or assignment. If you cannot find a written section in University Level Appeals the syllabus or on the actual assign- Final appeals for all cases of academic ment to answer your questions about misconduct will be heard by the Univer- what is acceptable, ask the instructor sity Standards and Appeals Board. All what his/her expectations are. requests for appeals of rulings by college 4. Utilize a recognized handbook on the or school academic standards committees citation of sources (Many professional shall be submitted in writing to the Vice organizations have style manuals for President for Academic Affairs within 10 this purpose, for example, the APA school days after the ruling is received by Style Manual for psychology or the the student. Appeals shall be considered MLA Style Sheet for the humanities). by the University Standards and Appeals Be sure to ask your professor what an Board, which is a standing committee of acceptable style guide is for the written the University. work you will be submitting in her/his Appeals must be explicitly justified by at course. least one of the following reasons: 5. Discourage dishonesty among 1. Evidence of error in procedure by a other students. school or college academic standards 6. Refuse to help students who cheat. committee, 7. Protect your rights and those of other 2. New evidence sufficient to alter honest students by reporting incidents a decision, of cheating you have observed to the 3. Evidence that the sanction(s) imposed professor. was not appropriate to the severity of the violation.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 189 University Services and Resources

STUDENT LIFE DIVISION aimed at providing diverse opportunities. These include activities such as a tradi- Dean of Students tional Hawaiian Luau, the McCall Forum, where nationally recognized speakers The Dean of Students has overall responsi- debate issues of national concern, bility for many of the services to students Founder’s Week and Wassail, a traditional at the University such as crisis interven- holiday celebration. tion, disability services, health and All students at Pacific University are wellness, international student services, members of the Associated Students of learning support services, mediation Pacific University (ASPU). ASPU supports services, multicultural services, new numerous student activities including student orientation, parents’ programs, intramural sports, concerns and lectures, residence life, housing, student activities, an outdoor and off-campus program, and the University Center, Pacific Outback, interest groups such as Politics and Law Pacific Information Center, the Student Forum and Students for Environmental Code of Conduct, the judicial process, Awareness. student government, and the student handbook, “Pacific Stuff”. Both under- Student Government graduate and professional student Student Government at Pacific provides governing bodies work closely with the ample opportunity for students to develop Dean in presenting, discussing and and exercise leadership, to make decisions, resolving student concerns. The Dean and to create a stimulating campus assists individual students and student atmosphere. Undergraduate students are groups with a wide variety of interests and represented by the President and Vice concerns, and ensures that student opinion President of the undergraduate student is communicated throughout the Univer- body and by the Pacific Undergraduate sity. As the Dean for all students at the Community Council (PUCC). The PUCC, University, the Dean should be regarded which includes faculty, administrators, as a resource by both undergraduate and and undergraduate students develops, professional program students for reviews, and recommends policy on questions, problem solving, or simply matters affecting undergraduate students. when it is unclear where to go with a Professional students are represented by particular issue. The Dean welcomes the Professional Programs Council (PPC) students’ viewpoints on programs, which includes a representative of each of policies and facilities. the professional schools. Forensics Activities Students wishing to increase public Pacific University supports numerous speaking skills or analytical skills may student activities including intramural compete in Forensics (intercollegiate sports, concerts and lectures, an outdoor speaking and debating). Students repre- and off-campus program (Pacific Outback) sent Pacific at regional and national and a variety of other student groups and Speech and Debate Tournaments through- clubs. The Milky Way is the center for out the academic year. numerous activities, concerts and movies, Membership on the Forensics Team and also houses Cosmic Coffee and Pacific includes membership in Pi Kappa Delta, a Outback. In addition, the University National Honorary Fraternity. In addition sponsors a variety of student activities to competing, students are expected to

190 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 UNIVERSITY SERVICES & RESOURCES ■

help with the administration of the “Hap” classmates. Staffed by a Ph.D. Director, full Hingston Invitational High School Speech time Staff Psychologist, a half-time and Debate Tournament, held in early Masters in Social Work, and other trained December. counselors who provide guidance and Student Media support to students, the Counseling Center offers services which are free and Student publications and the campus confidential. radio station provide valuable opportuni- ties for Pacific students wishing to gain management and production experience Food Service in these particular media fields. The campus dining services in the • The Pacific Index, the campus newspa- University Center offer a convenient and per, gives students the opportunity to economical way to meet student’s nutri- gain valuable writing, editing, advertis- tional needs. ARAMARK, the University’s ing, and business experience. The Index meal service provider, offers a variety of is published bi-weekly. dining options, such as a salad bar, TacoTime, a grill, a deli bar (The Dive) and • The Pacific Review, a literary magazine, a coffee kiosk. includes poetry, graphics, articles, photography, short stories, and other ARAMARK also offers, for the commuter items contributed by students. It is students, faculty/staff and part-time published twice a year and is spon- students a Declining Balance program. sored by the English Department. While cash is the method of choice to pay for meals in the University Center, there is a • KPUR, the campus radio station, is growing number of students who are broadcast to residence halls and the choosing a declining balance option. University Center. Student-managed Whether a student lives on or off campus and operated, KPUR, 94.5 FM offers heor she can pay at a discount to have meals music, news, and special programs – all or snacks in the commons or the Dive. provided by students. • Pacific Productions provides an opportu- Health Services nity for video production experience through the taping of athletic events, Health care is provided through the campus activities and independent Tuality Student Health Center. Staffed by projects. Productions are broadcast over two Nurse Practitioners, a Registered the community cable TV system. Nurse, a Certified Medical Assistant, and Office Administrator, the Student Health Counseling Center Center provides treatment of acute illness/injury and stable chronic illness, Assistance is available through the Tuality family planning services (to partners as Student Counseling Center for all regis- well as to students), health education, and tered students who pay a health fee as part referral to physicians. Nurse Practitioners of their tuition. Services are provided to provide general health care including students experiencing personal problems physical exams and prescriptions for or academic adjustment difficulties. medication when appropriate. Appoint- Common concerns include adjustment to ments are available throughout the week school pressures, homesickness, career as well as some evenings and weekends. anxieties, family issues, and relationships All records in the Student Health Center with friends, domestic partners and are confidential.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 191 Housing and Residence Policies Because residence hall living is an impor- tant factor in the process of social and Residence Halls academic growth, it is necessary for all Because learning outside of the classroom students to be aware of the policies that is as essential as learning inside the apply to living in the halls: classroom, residential living is an integral Freshmen and sophomores are required to part of the total Pacific experience. live and board on campus unless: Residence halls are designed to be living- learning environments where trained 1. they have graduated from high school at residence staff help students make least two years prior to matriculation; smoother transitions to the next phase of 2. are married/or the parent of a depen- their development. Fostering a climate of dent child; friendship and understanding among 3. are 21 year of age; or students with diverse backgrounds is a priority of the residence life program. 4. live full-time with their parent(s) and/ or legal guardians. The University offers accommodations in four on-campus residence facilities, all of (Note: Criteria #2 requires a residency waiver which are smoke-free environments and are form on file. These forms are available through supervised by Resident Directors, profes- the Student Life Office.) sional staff members who live in the halls. The three residence halls, Clark, Walter, and Housing contracts are binding for a full McCormick, each have lounges, storage academic year. Early releases are rare and areas, and coin-operated laundry. The halls must be approved by the Residency are divided into smaller living units called Options Committee. “wings”. Students in each wing vote on a Pacific University admits students with variety of matters such as how to use the understanding that they will uphold activity funds or determining quiet hours. standards of community living. All They are also involved in governance and students are expected to respect the rights judicial matters. There are also several and integrity of other members of the Theme-Wings, such as the International community. Conduct that is detrimental to Wing for students who want an even the University community, that violates greater exposure to other cultures or the the Student Code of Conduct, or that Environmental/Outdoor Wing for students transgresses civil law is grounds for who wish to actively participate in outdoor disciplinary action. If a student is asked to activities and/or environmental projects. leave the residence halls for disciplinary Trained undergraduate Resident Assistants reasons, room and board fees will not be live in each wing and assist students with refunded. the transition with college, with personal New students receive housing information and academic concerns, and in mediating over the summer. New students applying and solving residence life problems. Tutors for space in Vandervelden Court must and Wellness Program Coordinators are submit a non-refundable $100 housing available in each hall. Students in these application fee. Returning students select halls live in single, double, triple, quad rooms in the spring of the preceding rooms or suites. academic year through a lottery process, The fourth residential area, Vandervelden and must pay a $100 lottery entrance fee in Court, offers apartment-style living in 37 order to reserve their room for the four-bedroom suites with living and following year. Cancellation of a room cooking facilities in each unit. The facility reservation before June 30 will result in a is designed primarily for junior and senior $50 refund; cancellation after June 30, will undergraduate students and offers more result in forfeiture of the entire $100. independent living. Residence Policies

192 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 UNIVERSITY SERVICES & RESOURCES ■

Off-Campus Housing It is the responsibility of each student to The University owns some off-campus inform the Director of Learning Support apartment complexes and rental houses Services of his or her status and particular that are available to upperclassmen. The issues. Students are encouraged to work Student Life Office does not provide off- proactively with the faculty and staff in campus housing placement but does have developing strategies for accommodation. a Housing Network web site to assist The University complies with the students looking for housing off-campus Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 and/or roommates. Extensive lists of (ADA). Questions or complaints about apartment complexes and links to other University policy should be directed to the housing resources are also present. The Dean of Students. site provides individuals with an option to post information to the web if they are Multi-Cultural Services looking for housing, seeking a roommate, or have a place to rent. Students who The Office of Multicultural Services is utilize the housing web site frequently designed to assist students in dealing with find the information very helpful and issues concerning the multiplicity of many have secured housing from this site, cultures we have on the Pacific University so it is recommended that students start campus. Spreading cultural awareness and their searches here. understanding, integrating students from all cultures into the campus community, The University’s housing web site address and celebrating diversity are the main is www.pacificu.edu/housing/network. concerns of this office. Students having questions, concerns, or suggestions for International Programs topics dealing with multi-cultural issues The Office of International Programs serves are encouraged to call or visit the office. as a campus liaison for all international students, scholars and staff in matters of Pacific Information Center (PIC) immigration and support services. Both the The Pacific Information Center, commonly Director and Assistant Director are well referred to as the PIC, provides efficient, versed in F-1, J-1, H-1B regulations and can reliable, accurate and quick service for the provide information regarding travel, Pacific Community. This includes, but is general maintenance of immigration status, not limited to, the University Switchboard, and work authorization both during and the Boxer Card (student ID), parking after studies in the U.S. permits, phone cards, guest housing, summer housing, vendors, publications Learning Support Services for Students and brochures of University departments with Disabilities and programs, forms, general information, the sale of stamps, Tri-Met tickets and The Learning Support Services for Students movie tickets, Boxer Briefs and Week At A with Disabilities Office is designed to Glance (WAAG). Computer terminals are arrange for specialized academic support provided outside the PIC for students to services or modifications to the learning access the Web and their accounts. The environment for students with disabilities. office of the Director of the Pacific Infor- In general, the University will work with mation Center may be found here as well. students to provide a variety of services that will accommodate their specific needs. The following services are available: test accommodations; extended test time; distraction free testing; test readers; alternative format; adaptive technology; text on tape; and notetakers. All services can be adapted to accommodate individual needs. The University requires appropriate documentation of a disability in order to better enable students to meet the estab- lished academic standards.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 193 OTHER UNIVERSITY SERVICES Campus Public Safety Campus Public Safety provides assistance Alumni Relations and educational information in matters of The purpose of the Pacific University personal safety, dealing with emergencies, Alumni Association, formed in 1892, is to protection of personal property including extend and deepen the social and intellec- providing equipment to engrave personal tual experience of student’s years at items, and other crime prevention and Pacific, and to further the welfare of awareness information. CPS coordinates Pacific. All graduates of Pacific University nightly security checks of housing on and and all former students having completed off campus, campus buildings and a year here and who have expressed a grounds. CPS is also responsible for desire to retain ties with the University are parking and traffic control on University- considered members. The Alumni owned property. If a student is concerned Relations Office provides services to the about walking to and from buildings on alumni of Pacific University including campus, CPS will escort anyone within a group travel opportunities, alumni six block radius around the university. gatherings and class reunions, as well as Students must assume responsibility for organizing events that bring current their safety by exercising good judgment students and former students together and personal responsibility and CPS is for seminars, events and cultural and available to aid in this endeavor. The social functions. For more information University is not responsible for the contact the Alumni Office in Marsh Hall, loss of personal property of students, 503-359-2828. faculty or staff. CPS can be contacted at 503-359-2230 or by e-mail at Bookstore [email protected] and is staffed 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year. The Pacific University Bookstore, located in the University Center and managed by Barnes and Noble College Bookstores, Career Development Center carries all required texts and supplies for Located in Chapman Hall, the Career course work, including those for profes- Development Center’s mission is to help sional students. The bookstore stocks both students integrate their classroom educa- new and used textbooks, and buys back tion with careful preparation for profes- some textbooks at the end of each term. In sional opportunities and graduate addition, the bookstore sells some profes- programs. Students should take full sional program equipment, office supplies, advantage of the wealth of resources here gifts, snacks, emblematic apparel and supporting career exploration, job and drug-store items. internship search, graduate school search, employer research, and related topics. Business Office Many career programs and workshops are The Business Office at Pacific University offered throughout the year, covering such handles all cashier and accounting opera- things as resume writing, graduate school tions for the university. This is where applications, and interview preparation. students pay their tuition, fees, and any Larger profile programs include alumni other charges which may be placed on the career panels as well as an annual job fair student account. Information on payment in the spring featuring over 150 employers plans and refunds as well as short term and and a graduate school fair in the fall emergency loans can also be acquired at the drawing reprentatives from over 60 Business Office. For more information programs across the country. Also figuring about policies, payment plans, fees and prominently among these resources is the other Business Office matters. Alumni Career Network, a database profiling several hundred Pacific alumni ready and willing to lend career network- ing assistance to students and graduates of the University.

194 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 UNIVERSITY SERVICES & RESOURCES ■

Through the Career Center’s Partnership The purpose of the Humanitarian Center Program students can embark upon a is to help Pacific students make a signifi- series of thoughtful work and internship cant contribution to the community and experiences in a wide range of businesses integrate the learning from that experience and organizations. Career Center staff and in their studies and understanding of civic faculty work together to develop these responsibility. Students who take advan- opportunities and shepherd students tage of a service learning placement also through this process to complement an gain unique insight and experience related outstanding liberal arts education with a to careers and valuable life skills. thorough grounding in practical, profes- sional preparation. The staff of the Career Internship Program Development Center take pride in working with students individually to Pacific University’s Internship Program ensure that they receive the very best reinforces the University’s commitment to career support and guidance possible. an outstanding education and service to the surrounding communities. Recogniz- ing the value of a healthy marriage Financial Aid Office between classroom and experiential The Financial Aid Office at Pacific is learning, Pacific aggressively helps designed to provide financial guidance students to develop opportunities to apply and information to all students of the knowledge and skills gained in the University. Information about scholar- classroom to a professional work situation ships, loans, grants, and the Free Applica- for a sustained period. Typically, intern- tion for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA), can ships are developed in concert by the be obtained at the Financial Aid Office. For student, a faculty advisor, a participating further details, refer to the Financial Aid organization, and the Career Development section of this catalog. Center. Internships are available in a variety of settings – large corporations, Humanitarian Center non-profit organizations, government agencies, and small businesses – depend- The Pacific University Humanitarian ing on the needs of the student. The Career Center facilitates student access to service- Center maintains a rich array of opportu- learning opportunities for field placement nities in collaboration with alumni and and courses having a service component. other professionals in the area, across the Living groups, campus organizations, and country, and around the world. individual students may also find assis- tance in developing or finding sites for To be eligible for a for-credit internship, a volunteer projects. The Center’s database student must have upper-division contains more than 200 local organizations standing and normally at least a 2.7 GPA. that utilize volunteers as well as commu- Internships require careful and early nity outreach programs coordinated planning with a faculty advisor and must through the Humanitarian Center itself. be approved by the student’s academic advisor, the department chair, and the Most of the Center’s service placements Dean of Arts and Sciences. To receive are in local social service organizations, academic credit, the student must first peace organizations, governmental complete a learning contract, obtained in agencies and public schools. Among the the Registrar’s Office. Interns typically more popular placements are tutoring and keep a daily journal analyzing work mentoring youth, working with homeless experiences and recording personal and women’s shelters, working with reflections, write a paper that integrates senior citizens, helping environmental course material and on-the-job experience, agencies, teaching in literacy programs for assemble a portfolio of materials devel- Hispanic families, and sponsoring a oped during the internship, and give a variety of projects on the Navajo Reserva- presentation on the internship to the tion each January. Pacific community upon completion of the experience.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 195 Both part- and full-time internships are The field station has dormitories and available and carry one semester hour of trailers, food service, laundry facilities, a credit for each 40 hours of work up to a store, laboratory and classroom faclities, a maximum of 14 credits in any one small library and a museum. semester. A maximum of 17 credits of Courses in such areas a ethnobiology, internship may be counted toward ecology, natural history, biology, ornithol- graduation. For further information, ogy, geology, art, astronomy and photog- students should contact the Career raphy are offered during the summer. Development Center. Pacific students are encouraged to take classes for credit offered by Malheur Field Library Station. Information about classes and use The Harvey W. Scott Memorial Library of the field station is available from offers a welcoming atmosphere and a Professor William Jordan and from The variety of information and research Director, Malheur Field Station, HC 72, resources. The Library’s collections Box 260, Princeton, OR 97721, telephone include books, periodicals, and electronic 541-493-2629, e-mail [email protected]. databases, as well as government Information can also be obtained by documents, videos, dvds, and sound visiting the web site at recordings. Library faculty and staff work www.geol.pdx.edu/MFS. regularly with students and faculty to assist them in locating, evaluating and Oregon Campus Compact using today’s world of information— both In 1996, Pacific University joined with five traditional and electronic. While the other Oregon colleges and universities to Library strives to build strong, core form the Oregon Campus Compact, a collections, it also participates in area division of national Campus Compact: library consortia to meet the considerable Higher Education in Service to the Nation. research needs of our students and faculty. This is an organization of college and Through courier services and interlibrary university presidents committed to loans, students and faculty can efficiently helping students develop the values and tap the research resources of our region skills of citizenship through participation and beyond. in public and community service. Oregon Campus Compact has as its Malheur Field Station purpose to increase campus-wide participa- Pacific University participates in Malheur tion in community and public service, and Field Station as part of a consortium of 15 to integrate community service and/or colleges and universities in Oregon, service learning as valued elements of Washington and Idaho. education. It is committed to enhancing a Malheur Field Station is located in the sense of personal and social responsibility, high desert country, 32 miles south of citizenship, and awareness of societal Burns, Oregon, on the western edge of the institutions and structures by all members Malheur National Wildlife Refuge. An of the academic community while reinvigo- astounding range of wildlife habitats in rating higher education’s concern for the region generates more than 840 species improving the quality of life in our society. of vascular plants, 280 species of birds, Faculty members, staff, and students may and 50 species of mammals. Steens take advantage of ORCC services and Mountain, a large fault block which rises resources including: technical assistance to 9,700 feet, lies along the southeast for developing service learning courses boundary of the refuge. Desert landforms, and programs, mini-grants, a quarterly outstanding volcatic features, massive newsletter, resource library, and work- uplifts carved by ancient glaciers, numer- shops on topics of interest in community ous 9,000 to 10,000-year-old archeological service learning. sites, cattle baron ranches, pioneer settlements, mines and ghost towns are just a few of the rich discoveries nearby.

196 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 UNIVERSITY SERVICES & RESOURCES ■

Oregon Holocaust Resource Center Pacific Athletic Center and Intramurals Established independently in 1984, The The home for athletic activities at Pacific is Oregon Holocaust Resource Center is a the newly remodeled and spacious Pacific not-for-profit educational organization Athletic Center (PAC). The PAC is dedicated to communicating the lessons of available for all student use and houses a the Holocaust to teachers, students and gymnasium with three activity areas, a the general community in Oregon and state-of-the-art fitness center, a fieldhouse, southwest Washington, in fulfillment of three handball-racquetball courts, saunas, the testament left by the victims to the dance studio and wrestling room. survivors – to remember, to record, to Admittance to on-campus Boxer athletic understand, to explain, and to enlighten events including basketball, soccer, future generations. volleyball and wrestling, are free of charge The OHRC maintains curricular materials, to all students, spouses and domestic the Sylvia Frankel Collection, the Shirley partners, both undergraduate and graduate Tanzer Oral History Project, and is a with a Pacific University Boxer Card. repository for documents, photographs, Pacific sports also include baseball, cross letters, and other Holocaust artifacts. It country, golf, softball, track and tennis. also has a Speaker’s Bureau that includes Pacific University provides opportunities Holocaust survivors, liberators, and for participation in the sports of Handball children of survivors as well as scholars and Men’s Volleyball at the club level. The who go out to schools, exhibit sites, and club sports compete against club level other institutions around the state. programs from other institutions and in The OHRC organizes a series of annual some cases, intercollegiate programs. The educational events which include teachers’ Handball Club annually sends club workshops and seminars, the Sala Kryszek players to the Intercollegiate National Writing and Art Competition, and the Tournament. Middle and High School Holocaust The Intramural Program provides the Symposium. Center Programs targeted at the campus community with the opportunity general public include lectures by internation- to participate in athletic events on a non- ally known scholars, film presentations, varsity level. Organization is provided for plays, exhibits, symphony and commemora- same sex and co-ed competition. Sports for tive events such as Yom Hashoah, Day of the Pacific University student body Holocaust Remembrance. include, but are not limited to: flag Pacific University recognizes and fully football, three-on-three basketball, supports the importance of the work of the volleyball, five-on-five basketball, soccer OHRC and, accordingly, the OHRC and and softball. Pacific joined in a mutual affiliation in 1994. The OHRC’s executive director’s office is located in Warner 25 on the main campus. In addition, the OHRC maintains an office in Portland.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 197 Pacific University’s Museum and verification, degree evaluations, and (Old College Hall) informing students of their rights, responsibilities, and institutional proce- Old College Hall was built in 1850 and is dures regarding academic regulations and the oldest permanent structure on the confidentiality of student educational Pacific University campus. It is among the records. The Registrar’s Office also oldest collegiate buildings in the western provides students with easy access to their United States. In 1894 it was moved from its educational information, such as course original site where Marsh Hall stands and schedules, grades, financial aid awards, became Science Hall. Containing laboratories billing information and transcripts. More and classrooms for biology and chemistry, for information regarding the Registrar's years it was fondly known as the “Chem Office services can be obtained from either Shack.” Old College Hall was moved in 1963 staff in the Registrar's Office or from the to its present location. office’s web site at www.pacificu.edu/ This compact two-story building with its registrar/ octagonal belfry or cupola is symbolic of pioneer efforts during territorial days. A Service Center significant structure for Oregon and the region, Old College Hall was listed on the The Service Center acts as the University’s National Register of Historic Places in print shop and produces many of Pacific’s 1974. A few years later, in 1980, a major print materials such as class handouts, renovation project was completed. The department forms, and campus memos. first floor area contains the Tualatin At least two days should be given for Academy Room and the Henry Price small projects for students, which can be Memorial Chapel. Both of these spaces completed for a fee. are used for special gatherings and events. Technology Information Center (TIC) As part of Pacific’s centennial celebration in (University Information Services) 1949, the second floor rooms of Old College The Technology Information Center (TIC) Hall were converted into museum galleries. is operated by University Information The Pacific University Museum exhibits Services (UIS). Resources are available to artifacts relating to the history of the Univer- support the effective use of computing sity. Many interesting objects donated by and information technology to meet alumni and friends of the University are student academic needs. Some of the interpreted here. Personal items from founder services that are managed through UIS Tabitha Brown and President Sidney Harper include: computer assistance, data Marsh are among the collections on exhibit. processing support, educational technolo- Treasures from various foreign cultures are gies, media services, online resources, also featured in the museum, reflecting technology training and 24-hour student Pacific’s missionary heritage. access computer labs. Visits to the Old College Hall Museum Several computer labs are available at may be arranged by appointment Pacific University offering both PC and through the Office of University Relations Macintosh computers with various at 503-359-2211. academic software packages as well as research and communication tools Registrar including e-mail, the World Wide Web, The Registrar’s Office at Pacific University Telnet, FTP, and an international collection strives to provide excellent service to of academic reference material. Print students, faculty and staff through resources are also available in a cost-per- maintenance of academic records and copy basis. information, and course scheduling. The The TIC provides answers to student, Registrar’s Office is responsible for a faculty and staff with technology concerns number of services including: maintaining and questions over the phone, by e-mail student academic records and carrying out and in person. course scheduling, enrollment changes

198 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 UNIVERSITY SERVICES & RESOURCES ■

Tutoring and Study Skills Upward Bound All students who want assistance with Upward Bound is a Federally-funded their course work are encouraged to use college preparatory program that offers the Writing Resource Center, House educational assistance to high school Tutors, and the Math/Science Center. students. Since 1966, Pacific University’s The Writing Resource Center, UC 104, Upward Bound Program – the oldest in provides free consultation service to Oregon – has helped high school students students who require assistance with develop the skills and motivation needed writing, English as a second language, to succeed in college. The project provides World Languages, and with courses in the academic skills courses; in-school contact; humanities and social sciences. Trained individual tutoring and counseling; peer consultants are available on a drop-in college and career planning; cultural and system and appointment arranged with educational activities; help applying to individual consultants. The Center is open college and for financial aid; a six-week to all students from 7pm to 10pm from residential summer school; and experience Sunday through Thursday during the in college classes for seniors. school year, with limited hours during Winter Three. Web Based Information House Tutors also provide tutoring, in the Resources for Professional Students are Residence Halls, for a wide range of Arts abundant on the World Wide Web. The and Sciences subjects, plus workshops on Pacific Library through its links with other time management and study skills. Please library systems, can provide navigational contact the Writing Resource Center tools for students to access information. through Pacific University’s home page – The following sites are recommended as www.pacificu.edu. starting points for seeking information: The Math and Science Center, located in Pacific’s Home Page Strain 322, provides free tutorial service to www.pacificu.edu students from 7-10pm every Sunday through Thursday. Qualified tutors are Pacific’s Graduate Studies Page available on a walk-in, first-come, first- www.pacificu.edu/pphome/index.html served basis. Pacific’s Library Page www.pacificu.edu/library/index.html University Relations Pacific’s Student Life Page The University Relations Office, located in www.pacificu.edu/studentlife/ Marsh Hall, coordinates fund-raising and Pacific’s Handbooks and Policies alumni activities for Pacific. This office is www.pacificu.edu/policies also responsible for public relations Please note, web pages are living docu- activities, including the dissemination of ments. The addresses shown may change news and public information. Print as services to students and others are communications for external audiences of improved. Pacific University are produced in this office including “Pacific Magazine” (the University alumni magazine), catalogs, brochures, and other publications. University Relations also keeps local and national media in contact with happenings at Pacific, sends news of Pacific students to hometown media, and operates a Speakers Bureau to facilitate professors speaking for area civic and public school groups. Special events such as the annual Tom McCall Forum political debate, and the Performing Arts Series are also coordinated by University Relations staff.

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 199 Faculty of Arts & Sciences

Edmond Alkaslassy (1993) Michael E. Boardman (1995) Assistant Professor of Biology Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., University of California at Los Angeles, 1989 B.A., Western Washington University, 1985 M.A., Austin College, 1992 M.S., Western Washington University, 1987 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1992 Sara Bagley (2000) Instructor of Spanish Mark D. Bodamer (2001) B.A., Pacific University, 1997 Assistant Professor of Psychology M.A., Miami University, Ohio, 2000 B.A., Marquette University, 1981 M.S., Central Washington University, 1987 Jeffrey G. Barlow (1994) Ph.D., University of Nevada, Reno, 1997 Professor of History, Matsushita Professor of Asian Studies David Boersema (1985) B.A., Southern Illinois University, 1964 Professor of Philosophy, Douglas C. Strain M.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1965 Professorship in Natural Philosophy Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley, 1973 B.A., Hope College, 1973 M.A., Michigan State University, 1978 Michelle M. Baron (1999) Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1985 Assistant Professor of Business Administration Sara Steinert Borella (1993) B.S., University of California, Santa Barbara, 1990 Associate Professor of French M.S., Stanford University, 1992 B.A., Bates College, 1988 Ph.D., Stanford University, 1996 Ph.D., Brandeis University, 1993 Vernon L. Bates (1975) Juliet Brosing (1987) Professor of Sociology Professor of Physics B.A., University of Oregon, 1969 B.S., Humboldt State University, 1976 M.A., University of California, Davis, 1973 M.S., Florida State University, 1978 Ph.D., University of California, Davis, 1976 Ph.D., University of British Columbia, 1983 Pauline Beard (1994) Lorelle Lee Browning (1990) Associate Professor of English Associate Professor of English B.A., London University, 1978 B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara, 1972 M.A., SUNY Binghamton, 1981 M.A., University of California, Santa Barbara, 1980 Ph.D., SUNY Binghamton, 1986 Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara, 1986 Thomas D. Beck (1991) Michael Burch-Pesses (1995) Dean of the College of Arts & Sciences and Associate Professor of Music Professor of History B.S., University of the State of New York, 1989 B.A., University of California, Berkeley, 1965 M.M., The Catholic University of America, 1992 M.A., University of California, Berkeley, 1966 D.M.A., The Catholic University of America, 1995 Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley, 1972

200 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 FACULTY ■

Alyson L. Burns-Glover (1989) Andrea Doerfler (1999) Associate Professor of Psychology Instructor of Sociology B.A., California State University, Long Beach, 1983 B.A., Linfield College, 1986 M.A., University of California, Davis, 1985 M.S., , 1988 Ph.D., University of California, Davis, 1989 Russell A. Dondero (1974) Susan U. Cabello (1975) Professor of Politics and Government Professor of Spanish B.A., Whitman College, 1964 B.A., University of Arizona, 1966 M.A., University of Minnesota, 1968 M.A., University of Arizona, 1971 Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1973 Ph.D., University of Arizona, 1978 Mary H. Fehrs (1979) David Cassady (1984) Professor of Physics Associate Professor of Journalism B.A., Wellesley College, 1966 B.S., Arizona State University, 1971 M.A., Boston University, 1968 M.A., University of Iowa, 1977 Ph.D., Boston University, 1973 Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1980 Lorely French (1986) Patricia B. Cheyne (1994) Professor of German Associate Professor of Art B.A., McGill University, 1979 B.F.A., University of Hartford, 1978 M.A., University of California, LA, 1981 M.A., Wesleyan University, 1988 Ph.D., University of California, LA, 1986 M.F.A., University of Colorado, 1992 Naoya Fujita (1994) Nancy K. Christoph (1995) Associate Professor of Japanese Associate Professor of Spanish B.A., University of Hawaii, Hilo, 1986 B.A., Williams College, 1986 M.A., Ohio State University, 1988 M.A., University of California, 1990 Ph.D., University of Rochester, 1994 Ph.D., Cornell University, (1995) Linda B. Gallahan (1993) Michael C. Clock (1967) Associate Professor of Psychology Professor of Mathematics B.S., College of Charleston, 1985 B.S., Lewis and Clark College, 1957 M.A., University of Southern California, 1990 M.S., Oregon State University, 1961 Ph.D., University of Southern California, 1993 Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1967 Bogdana Georgieva (2001) Edwin S. Collier (1978) Assistant Professor of Mathematics Associate Professor of Theatre B.S., Lewis and Clark College, 1994 B.S., Lewis and Clark College, 1964 M.S., University of Oregon, 1997 M.S., Portland State University, 1970 Ph.D., Oregon State University, 2001 Mingfen Cui (1999) Michael Geraci (1999) Instructor of Chinese Assistant Professor of Media Arts B.A., Yantai Teachers’ College, 1981 B.A., Pacific University, 1991 M.A., Beijing Normal University, 1982 W. Thomas Griffith (1967) M.A., Zhengzhou University, 1988 Distinguished University Professor of Physics James O. Currie Jr. (1972) B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1962 Distinguished University Professor M.S., University of New Mexico, 1964 of Chemistry Ph.D., University of New Mexico, 1967 B.S., Ohio State University, 1965 Ph.D., University of Washington, 1970 Christine Guenther (1998) Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences David DeMoss (1993) B.A., Stanford University, 1989 Associate Professor of Philosophy M.S., University of Washington, 1993 B.A., Oklahoma Baptist University, 1981 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1998 M.A., Baylor University, 1983 Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1987

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 201 Deke T. Gundersen (2000) Melissa Jones (1997) Assistant Professor of Environmental Science Assistant Professor of Media Arts, B.S., Indiana University Southeast, 1987 Head Softball Coach M.S., University of Louisville, 1990 B.A., St. Louis University, 1984 Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1995 M.A., Southern Illinois University, 1991 Jamie R. Haag (2000) William T. Jordan (1976) Assistant Professor of Economics Professor of Chemistry B.A., University of Washington, 1991 B.A., Portland State University, 1964 M.A., University of Oregon, 1996 M.A., Portland State University, 1968 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1996 Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, 1972 Stephen Hall (2000) Chris Lane (1999) Assistant Professor of Physics Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S., Worchester Polytechnic Institute, 1988 B.A., University of Oregon, 1991 Sc., M., Brown University, 1991 M.S., University of Oregon, 1993 Ph.D., Brown University, 1995 Lawrence M. Lipin (1992) George A. Harshbarger (1993) Associate Professor of History Associate Professor of Music A.B., University of California, Davis, 1978 B.A., California State University, 1967 M.A., University of California, LA, 1981 M.A., San Francisco State University, 1973 Ph.D., University of California, LA, 1989 D.M.A., University of Washington, 1985 Pamela T. Lopez (1993) Shawn Henry (1998) Associate Professor of Biology, Thomas J. and Associate Professor of Exercise Science Joyce Holce, Professorship in Science B.S.Ed., Montana State University, 1988 B.S., Columbus College, 1980 M.S., University of Montana, 1991 Ph.D., University of California, LA, 1990 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1995 Cheleen Mahar (1994) Johanna Hibbard (2000) Professor of Anthropology Assistant Professor of Media Arts B.A., University of Northern Colorado, 1967 B.A., University of Oregon, 1992 M.A., University of Illinois, 1972 M.A., New School for Social Research, 1995 Ph.D., Massey University, 1986 M.A., University of Iowa, 1998 Marc Marenco (1988) M.F.A., University of Iowa, 2000 Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion Michelle Hribar (1999) B.S., California State University, Chico, 1975 Assistant Professor of Mathematical Science M.Div., , 1982 B.A., Albion College, 1991 D. Phil., University of Oxford, 1992 M.S., Northwestern University, 1994 Jere M. Marrs (2000) Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1997 Visiting Professor of Chemistry Kazuko Ikeda (1983) B.S., University of Kentucky, 1963 Associate Professor of Japanese Ph.D., Florida State University, 1971 B.A., Portland State University, 1981 Marlene Martinez (1999) M.A., Portland State University, 1985 Assistant Professor of Biology Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1992 B.S., University of California, Davis, 1990 Richard I. Jobs (2001) Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley, 1998 Assistant Professor of History Samuel Mathies (1998) B.A., Murray State University, 1991 Assistant Professor of Media Arts and M.A., Murray State University, 1994 Director of Forensics Ph.D., Rutgers University, 2001 B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1986 Kevin E. Johnson (1994) M.A.,California State University, Northridge, 1990 Associate Professor of Chemistry B.A., Stanford University, 1983 M.S., University of Washington, 1987 Ph.D., University of Washington, 1991

202 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 FACULTY ■

Vijay Mohan (2001) Philip J. Ruder (1994) Asssistant Professor of Economics Associate Professor of Economics B.A., Sri Ram College, 1993 B.A., Dartmouth College, 1983 M.A., Delhi University, 1996 M.S., University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1991 Ph.D., Iowa State University, 2001 Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1994 N. Charles O’Connor (1985) Douglas J. Ryan (1983) Professor of Business Administration Professor of Computer Science B.S., University of Northern Colorado, 1972 B.A., University of Northern Colorado, 1980 M.A., University of Iowa, 1976 M.S., Colorado State University, 1983 Terry Fischer O’Day (1998) Lori S. Rynd (1981) Assistant Professor of Art Professor of Biology B.F.A., University of Illinois, 1982 B.S., University of Washington, 1970 M.F.A., Arizona State University, 1985 M.S., Oregon State University, 1975 Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1979 Jodi Paar (2000) Assistant Professor of Chemistry Sheryl Sanders (1998) B.A., University of Nebraska, 1990 Assistant Professor of Anatomy M.Ed., Northern Arizona University, 1993 B.A., Asbury College, 1985 M.S., Cornell University, 1998 Ph.D., University of Kentucky, 1989 Ph.D., Cornell University, 2000 Lisa Sardinia (1996) Darlene Pagán (2001) Associate Professor of Biology Assistant Professor of English B.S., Whitworth College, 1979 B.A., Aurora University, 1992 Ph.D., Montana State University, 1985 M.A., Illinois State University, 1994 J.D., Hastings College of Law, 1996 Ph.D., University of Texas, Dallas, 2000 Jon Schnorr (2000) Sarah R. Phillips (1995) Assistant Professor of Biology Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of B.A., University of Chicago, 1990 Honors Ph.D., University of Washington, 1997 B.A., Whitman College, 1986 Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1993 Philip K. Schot (2001) Associate Professor of Exercise Science Kathlene Postma (2000) B.A., Pacific Lutheran University, 1983 Assistant Professor of English M.Ed., Western Washington University, 1986 B.A., Northern Michigan University, 1986 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1991 M.A., Northern Michigan University, 1988 Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, 1993 Todd Schultz (1996) Associate Professor of Psychology Martha Rampton (1994) B.A., Lewis and Clark College, 1985 Associate Professor of History M.A., University of California, Davis, 1987 B.A., University of Utah, 1979 Ph.D., University of California, Davis, 1993 M.A., University of Utah, 1988 Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1998 Jeffrey G. Seward (1990) Associate Professor of Politics and Government Elena Rodríguez (2000) B.A., University of Texas, Austin, 1969 Instructor of Spanish M.A., University of Washington, 1981 B.A., Universidad Autónoma de Barcelona, 1996 Ph.D., Stanford University, 1994 B.A., Universidad Autónoma de Barcelona, 1999 Jan Shield (1971) Victor M. Rodríguez (1996) Professor of Art Associate Professor of Spanish B.A., Whitworth College, 1967 B.A., Universidad de Puerto Rico, 1982 M.F.A., University of Oregon, 1969 M.A., Brown University, 1987 Ph.D., Brown University, 1993 Murry Sidlin (1994) Professor of Music, James DePreist Professor- ship in Music B.M., Peabody Conservatory of Music, 1962 M.M., Peabody Conservatory of Music, 1968

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 203 Seth Singleton (1984) Tim Thompson (1994) Professor of Politics and Government Assistant Professor of English A.B., Harvard College, 1962 B.A., University of South Florida, 1985 M.A., Yale University, 1963 M.A., University of South Florida, 1988 Ph.D., Yale University, 1968 Ph.D., Emory University, 1996 Steve R. Smith (1999) Scott Tuomi (1993) Instructor of English, Coordinator of First-Year Assistant Professor of Music Seminar, Director of the Resource Center B.M., University of Southern California, 1981 B.A., University of Utah, 1978 M.S.T., Portland State University, 1993 M.A., Portland State University, 1997 Robert Van Dyk (1994) John Suroviak (2000) Associate Professor of Politics and Government Associate Professor of Business Administration B.A., Duke University, 1986 B.A., Trinity College, 1973 M.A., University of Washington, 1989 M.S., University of Hartford, 1976 Ph.D., University of Washington, 1995 Michael R. Steele (1975) Elaine Vance (2000) Distinguished University Professor of English, Instructor of Sociology Director of the Humanitarian Center, Executive B.S., College of Charleston, 1993 Director of Oregon Holocaust Research Center M.S., Portland State University, 2000 B.A., University of Notre Dame, 1967 M.A., Michigan State University, 1971 Doyle Walls (1989) Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1975 Associate Professor of English B.A., Wayland University, 1975 Byron D. Steiger (1974) M.A., Baylor University, 1979 Professor of Sociology B.S., University of Oregon, 1966 Richard V. Whiteley Jr. (1986) M.S., University of Oregon, 1972 Professor of Chemistry Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1976 A.A., Santa Ana College, 1972 B.S., California State University, Long Beach, 1974 Timothy Stephens (1993) Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 1978 Associate Professor of Music B.M., University of New Mexico, 1975 Richard J. Wiener (1995) M.M., University of New Mexico, 1977 Associate Professor of Physics D.M.A., University of Colorado, Boulder, 1984 B.A., University of California, Berkeley, 1978 M.S., University of Oregon, 1988 Robert E. Stockhouse II (1976) Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1991 Distinguished University Professor of Biology B.S., Colorado State University, 1969 Christopher Wilkes (1996) Ph.D., Colorado State University, 1973 Professor of Sociology B.A., University of Canterbury, 1975 David F. Stout (1988) M.A., University of Canterbury, 1976 Associate Dean of Arts and Sciences, Associate M.A., Stanford University, 1977 Professor of German Ph.D., Stanford University, 1982 B.A., University of Rochester, 1974 Ph.D., Cornell University, 1979

204 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 FACULTY EMERITI ■ Faculty Emeriti

Amy Beaupre Jane L. Ellis-Horner Professor of Music Professor of Education B.M., Pacific University, 1933 M.A.T., Lewis and Clark College, 1965

Ramendra K. Bhattacharyya George G. Evans Associate Professor of Mathematics Distinguished University Professor of English B.S., Calcutta University, 1951 B.A., Beloit College, 1956 M.S., Calcutta University, 1953 M.A., Northwestern University, 1957 Ph.D., Stanford University, 1964 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1966

Edward J. Buecher Grazio Falzon Professor of Biology Professor of Romance Languages B.A., St. Anselmís College, 1960 B.A., Malta University, 1959 M.A., Indiana University, 1962 Licent., Malta University, 1959 Ph.D., University of California, Davis, 1968 J.C.D., Lateran University, 1963

Jane B. Carmichael Joseph K. Frazier Associate Professor of Optometry Professor of History B.A., Mississippi State, 1936 B.A., Reed College, 1950 O.D., Southern College of Optometry, 1945 Albert M. Freedman Richard T. Carter Professor of Music Professor of Biology B.M., VanderCook School of Music, 1938 B.S., Portland State University, 1963 A.B., Central College, 1939 M.S., Oregon State University, 1968 M.M., Roosevelt University, 1947 Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1973 D.M.E., Indiana University, 1972

Florence S. Chino Alfred Furie Associate Professor of Music Professor of Optometry B.M., MacPhail College of Music, 1942 B.S., Pacific University, 1958 B.S., Bemidji State College, 1945 O.D., Pacific University, 1960 M.M., Eastman School of Music, University of Rochester, 1948 Leigh Hunt Jr. Professor of Political Science Margaret Y. Chou B.A., Yale College, 1947 Associate Professor of Mathematics M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949 B.A., National Taiwan University, 1961 Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1968 B.A., University of Oregon, 1966 M.A., University of Montana, 1968 Marshall M. Lee M.B.A., Portland State University, 1983 Professor of History B.S., Whitman College, 1967 Robert A. Davies M.A., Claremont Graduate School, 1969 Professor of English Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1974 A.B., University of Massachusetts, 1952 M.A., University of Michigan, 1953

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 205 Leonard Levine Fred Scheller Distinguished University Professor Professor of Speech and Communications of Physiology and Pharmacology B.A., Pacific University, 1943 B.S., Rutgers University, 1950 M.A., Pacific University, 1954 Ph.D., Columbia University, 1959 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1959

William Ludlam Donald O. Schuman Professor of Optometry Professor of Optometry B.S., Columbia University, 1953 O.D., Illinois College of Optometry, 1948 M.S., Columbia University, 1954 O.D., Massachusettes College of Optometry, 1964 Richard D. Septon Professor of Optometry James V. Miller B.A., Concordia College, 1956 President Emeritus O.D., Pacific University, 1960 B.A., Indiana Central College, 1942 M.S., Indiana University, 1968 M.Div., United Seminary, 1946 Ph.D., Boston University, 1955 Miles M. Shishido LL.D., Otterbein College, 1972 Distinguished University Professor of Religion LL.D., Indian Central College, 1979 and Philosophy A.B., University of Hawaii, 1947 Gary V. Mueller D.B., Federated Theological Faculty, 1948 Professor of Art A.M., University of Chicago, 1963 B.S., University of Oregon, 1957 Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1967 M.S., University of Oregon, 1962 M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art, 1971 H. Joe Story Distinguished University Professor of Economics John L. Neff B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara, 1959 Professor of Dance M.A., San Francisco State College, 1968 Indiana University, 1947 Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1975 Edna McRae School of Dance, 1951 Gertrude Shurr-May O’Donnell School of Truman Teeter Modern Dance, 1955 Professor of Chemistry School of American Ballet, 1955 B.S., Oregon State University, 1942 M.S., University of Oregon, 1949 William E. Preston Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1954 Clinical Professor of Optometry B.S., Pacific University, 1952 Don C. West O.D., Pacific University, 1958 Professor of Optometry O.D., Southern College of Optometry, 1949 W. Steve Prince B.S., Pacific University, 1961 Professor of English B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara, 1950 Ph.D., Yale University, 1954

A. Richard Reinke Associate Dean of Academic Programs, Associate Professor of Optometry B.S., Pacific University, 1951 O.D., Pacific University, 1952

Niles Roth Professor of Physiological Optics & Optometry B.S., University of California, 1955 M.Opt., University of California, 1956 Ph.D., University of California, 1961

206 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 TELEPHONE DIRECTORY ■ Telephone Directory

Pacific University 2043 College Way Forest Grove, OR 97116 USA 503-357-6151

Academic Vice President ...... 503-359-2215 Optometry, College of ...... 503-359-2202

Admissions ...... 503-359-2218 Pacific Information Center (PIC)...... 503-359-3174 Alumni Relations...... 503-359-2828 Physical Therapy, Business Office ...... 503-359-2231 School of...... 503-359-2846

Career Development Center ... 503-359-2877 Physician Assistant Studies, School of...... 503-359-2898 Catalogs...... 503-359-2218 President’s Office ...... 503-359-2214 Events and Conferences...... 503-359-2223 Professional Psychology, Dean of the College of School of...... 503-359-2240 Arts and Sciences ...... 503-359-2201 Public Affairs/Events ...... 503-359-2211 Education, School of...... 503-359-2205 or Eugene Campus ...... 541-485-6812 Registration ...... 503-359-2793

Financial Aid and Student Services/ Scholarships...... 503-359-2222 Residential Programs ...... 503-359-3157

Information Services ...... 503-359-2944 Study Abroad ...... 503-359-2725

International Programs...... 503-359-2725 Transcripts/Records...... 503-359-2793

Library...... 503-359-2204 Tuition/Fees/ Payment of Bills ...... 503-359-2128 Occupational Therapy, or 2231 School of...... 503-359-2203 University Relations...... 503-359-2211

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 207 Academic Calendar 2001-2002

2001 FALL SEMESTER October October 5 No classes for College August of Arts and Science August 20 - 21 Faculty Conference October 29 thru August 21 International Student Nov 19 Advising for Winter III Orientation and Spring Semester August 22 Residence Halls Open for Freshmen, 7a.m. November August 22 New Student November 5 Last Day to Withdraw Orientation Begins from Courses August 25 Residence Halls Open November 21 Food Service Closes for Returning Students, after Lunch 10 a.m. November 21 Begin Thanksgiving August 26 Food Service for Holiday, Noon Residence Hall Students Opens for Dinner November 22, 23 Thanksgiving August 27 Classes Begin November 25 Food Service Opens for Dinner August 30 Last Day for New Student Registration December September December 4 Last Day of Classes September 3 Labor Day December 5 Reading Day No Classes December September 10 Last Day to 6, 7, 10, 11, 12 Final Examinations Add Courses December 12 Residence Halls Close, September 10 Last Day to Drop 9 p.m. Courses With Food Service Closes No Record after Dinner

208 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 ACADEMIC CALENDAR ■

2001 WINTER III January April January 2 Residence Halls Open for April 1 thru 22 Advising for Fall Returning Students, noon Semester Food Service Opens April 8 Last Day to Withdraw for Dinner from Courses January 3 Winter III Term April 17 Senior Projects Day Classes Begin (no Arts and Science classes) January 7 Last Day to Add Courses May January 7 Last Day to Drop Courses With May 7 Last Day of Classes No Record May 8 Reading Day January 16 Last Day to Withdraw May from Courses 9, 10, 13, 14, 15 Final Examinations January 23 Reading Day May 15 Residence Halls Close January 24 Winter III Final Exams for Students Not in Commencement, 9 p.m. January 25 Residence Halls Open for Returning Students, Noon May 15 Food Service Closes for Residence Hall Students January 31 Fall Graduation Date after Dinner 2002 SPRING SEMESTER May 18 Commencement May 19 Residence Halls January 25 International Close for Students Student Orientation in Commencement, January 28 New Student Noon Orientation January 29 Spring Classes Begin 2002 SUMMER TERM May 27 Classes begin for Term I February Classes conclude on the February 1 Last Day for New date printed in the class Student Registration schedule February 11 Last Day to Add Courses June February 11 Last Day to Drop June 24 Classes begin for Term II Courses With Classes conclude on the No Record date printed in the class schedule March July 22 Classes begin for Term III March 22 Food Service Closes after Dinner Classes conclude on the date printed in the class March 25 schedule thru 29 Spring Break March 31 Food Service Opens for Dinner

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 209 210 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 C A M P U S M A P ■

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 211 Index

A C Academic Advising ...... 183 Calendar...... 208 Academic Conduct Policies...... 186 Campus Map ...... 210 Academic Policies and Procedures ...... 178 Campus Public Safety ...... 194 Academic Programs ...... 27 Campus Visits ...... 15 Academic Progress ...... 182 Career Development Center ...... 194 Accounting ...... 46 Chemistry ...... 52 Accreditation and Memberships ...... 3 Chinese Studies...... 93 Activity Courses ...... 25 Club Sports ...... 35 Admission as a Freshman ...... 14 Coaching ...... 74 Admission as a Transfer Student...... 14 College of Arts & Sciences Admissions Expenses...... 18 Mission Statement ...... 9 Advanced Placement ...... 183 Computer Science...... 100 Alumni ...... 194 Computing and Network Services...... 198 Anthropology, Sociology and ...... 158 Communications, Media Arts and ...... 107 Appeals ...... 189 Continuing Education...... 13 Applied Science ...... 28 Cooperative Programs with OGI ...... 60 Art ...... 29 Counseling Center...... 191 Athletics ...... 34 Creative Writing...... 62 Auditing...... 180 Curricular Goals ...... 23

B D Bachelor of Arts...... 23 Dance...... 167 Bachelor of Science ...... 25 Dean of Students...... 190 Biology ...... 38 Degree Requirements...... 23 Bookstore ...... 194 Deposit Policy ...... 15 Business Policies on Tuition and Fees ...18 Disabilities, Support Services for ...... 193 Business and Economics...... 45

212 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 I N D E X ■

E H Economics, Business and ...... 45 Harvey W. Scott Memorial Library...... 13 Education ...... 56 Health Services...... 191 Electrical Engineering ...... 61 History...... 81 Engineering ...... 60 Honors Program ...... 87 English...... 61 Humanitarian Center ...... 195 English Language Institute ...... 13 Humanities ...... 90 Entering the University ...... 14 Environmental Studies Program ...... 68 Exercise Science...... 72 I Incompletes ...... 180 Insurance...... 18 F Integrated Media ...... 109 Faculty...... 200 International Baccalaureate Degree .....183 Feminist Studies...... 78 International Programs Film Production ...... 109 and Study Abroad ...... 92 Finance ...... 46 International Students...... 15 Financial Aid ...... 20 International Studies ...... 97 Food Service ...... 191 Internship Program ...... 195 Forensics...... 190 Intramural Sports ...... 35, 197 French ...... 170 Introduction to the University ...... 8

G J Japanese ...... 169 Geology ...... 55 Journalism...... 108 German...... 170 Grade Change ...... 181 Grade Reports ...... 181 Grading Policies...... 180 Graduate Schools and Policies...... 10

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 213 L P Learning Support Services for Pacific: An Overview...... 8 Student’s With Disabilities...... 193 Pacific Athletic Center...... 197 Library...... 13 Pacific Humanitarian Center ...... 195 Literature ...... 63 Pacific Information Center (PIC) ...... 193 Loans ...... 22 Pacific University’s Museum (Old College Hall) ...... 198 Pass/No Pass Option ...... 180 M Past Due Accounts...... 19 Malheur Field Station...... 196 Peace and Conflict Studies ...... 130 Management...... 51 Philosophy...... 132 Map...... 210 Physical Therapy ...... 136 Marketing ...... 50 Physician Assistant Studies...... 140 Mathematical Sciences ...... 100 Physics...... 142 Measles Vaccination Policy ...... 178 Political Science...... 147 Media Arts and Communications...... 107 Politics and Government ...... 147 Mission of Pacific University ...... 8 Pre-Medical Studies...... 152 Monthly Payment Plan ...... 17 Psychology...... 153 Music ...... 115 Music Programs ...... 117 Museum ...... 198 R Readmission ...... 15 Readmission After Suspension ...... 182 N Registrar...... 198 Normal Load, Overloads...... 179 Registration Requirements...... 178 Religion ...... 134 O Repeated Courses ...... 181 Retro-Active Credit ...... 181 Occupational Therapy ...... 126 Room and Board ...... 16 Optometry and Visual Science...... 127 ROTC ...... 183 Oregon Campus Compact...... 196 Oregon Graduate Institute ...... 60 Oregon Holocaust Resource Center.....197 Overseas Programs Winter III...... 96

214 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002 I N D E X ■

S T Satisfactory Academic Progress...... 182 Telephone Directory ...... 207 Scholarships...... 21 Theatre...... 164 Service Center ...... 198 Transcripts ...... 181 Short-term Loans ...... 22 Transfer Credits and GPA...... 181 Social Work ...... 160 Tuition and Fees...... 16 Sociology, and Anthropology ...... 158 Tuition and Fee Payment Option ...... 17 Speech Communication...... 111 Tutoring and Study Skills ...... 199 Spanish ...... 169 Spanish for Elementary Teachers ...... 172 Sports Medicine ...... 74 U University Officers and Trustees ...... 4 Statement of Student Rights and Responsibilities ...... 186 University Relations...... 199 Student Activities ...... 190 University Services and Resources ...... 190 Student Employment ...... 21 Upward Bound ...... 199 Student Government...... 190 Student Media...... 191 V Students’ Rights Under the Family Educational Rights Veterans’ Educational Benefits ...... 182 and Privacy Act (FERPA) ...... 184 Video Production ...... 108 Study Abroad ...... 92 Visual Science ...... 127 Summer Sessions ...... 182 Suspension and Probation...... 182 Symphony Conducting W Apprenticeship Program...... 124 Withdrawal and Refund Policy ...... 19 World Languages and Literatures...... 168

www.pacificu.edu ❖ 215 NOTES ______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

216 ❖ PACIFIC UNIVERSITY ❖ College of Arts & Sciences Catalog 2001-2002